SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC
S-3/A, 1998-03-20
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: DOLLAR THRIFTY AUTOMOTIVE GROUP INC, 10-K, 1998-03-20
Next: GE FINANCIAL ASSURANCES HOLDINGS INC, S-3/A, 1998-03-20




   
   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 1998.
    
                                                                             
                                                 Registration  No. 333-41949

   
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington , D.C. 20549
                              AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                                                        
                     ----------------------------------

                  SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC. 
                   (Sponsor of the Trusts described herein)
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
             Delaware                                   Not Yet Available    
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
                                         (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                           Seven World Trade Center
                           New York, New York 10048
                                (212) 783-7000
 (Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                                 Zachary Snow
                                  Secretary
                   Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc.
                           Seven World Trade Center
                           New York, New York 10048
                                (212) 783-7000
   (Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area
Code, of Agent for Service)
                                  Copies to:
                         Jack M. Costello, Jr., Esq.
                               Brown & Wood LLP
                            One World Trade Center
                           New York, New York 10048
                                (212) 839-5816
                                                         
                   -------------------------------------

     Approximate date  of commencement of  proposed sale to the  public: From
time to  time after  the effective  date of  this  Registration Statement  as
determined by market conditions.
     If the only securities  being registered on this form are  being offered
pursuant  to  dividend  or  interest  reinvestment  plans, please  check  the
following box. / /
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered
on a delayed  or continuous basis pursuant  to Rule 415 under  the Securities
Act of 1933,  other than securities offered only in  connection with dividend
or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  /x/
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for  an offering
pursuant  to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list  the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /                 
                                                            
If this  form is a  post-effective amendment  filed pursuant  to Rule  462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /                 
                            ----------------

     If delivery of  the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant  to Rule
434, please check the following box.  / /

   
                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Title of Securities Amount to Be    Proposed Maximum       Proposed Maximum       Amount of
 to be Registered    Registered(1)   Offering Price Per     Aggregate Offering     Registration
                                     Unit(2)                Price(2)               Fee(3)
<S>                   <C>            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
 Asset Backed           $500,000,000          100%                  $500,000,000        $147,500
 Securities

</TABLE>


(1)       This  Registration Statement relates  to the initial  offering from
          time  to  time   of  the  Asset  Backed  Notes   and  Asset  Backed
          Certificates   and  to  any   resales  thereof  in   market  making
          transactions by Salomon  Brothers Inc, Smith  Barney Inc. or  their
          affiliates to the extent required. 
(2)       Estimated  pursuant  to   Rule  457  solely  for   the  purpose  of
          calculating the registration fee.
(3)	  Includes the $304 previously paid.
    

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY  BE NECESSARY TO DELAY  ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL  THE REGISTRANT
SHALL   FILE  A  FURTHER   AMENDMENT  THAT  SPECIFICALLY   STATES  THAT  THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION  8(A) OF  THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF  1933, AS  AMENDED,  OR UNTIL  THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

                                                                        
                              INTRODUCTORY NOTE

     This Registration Statement  contains a form  of Prospectus relating  to
the offering of series of Asset Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates
by  various Trusts  created from  time to  time by  Salomon Brothers  Vehicle
Securities  Inc. and  two  forms  of Prospectus  Supplement  relating to  the
offering by a Trust of the particular series of Asset Backed Notes and  Asset
Backed Certificates or of Asset Backed Certificates, as applicable, described
therein.  Each form of  Prospectus Supplement relates only to  the securities
described therein  and is  a form  that may  be  used, among  others, by  the
Registrant to offer Asset Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates under
this Registration Statement.

   
Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to  buy be  accepted  prior to  the time  the  registration statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus supplement and the prospectus to which it
relates shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer
to buy nor shall there be any sale  of these securities in any state in which
such  offer, solicitation or sale would be  unlawful prior to registration or
qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
    

Subject to completion, dated (                )
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED            , 199__)

$(                   )

(________________________) TRUST 199 -(  )

(FLOATING RATE) ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
(FLOATING RATE) ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
(  %) ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES

SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
DEPOSITOR

(________________________________)
SERVICER
                             ____________________

(________________) Trust 199 (  ) (the "TRUST") will be governed  pursuant to
a Trust Agreement to be  dated as of                 , 199  , between Salomon
Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc. (the "DEPOSITOR") and (                     


           ), as (Owner) Trustee.  The  Trust will issue $                   
aggregate principal amount of (Floating Rate) Asset  Backed Notes, Class (  )
(the "CLASS (  ) NOTES") and $                  aggregate principal amount of
(Floating Rate) Asset Backed  Notes, Class (  ) (the "CLASS (   ) NOTES" and,
together with the Class  (  ) Notes, the "NOTES") pursuant to an Indenture to
be dated as of              , 199  , between the Trust and                   
   , as Indenture Trustee.  (No principal payments shall be made on the Class
(  ) Notes  until the Class (   ) Notes have been  paid in full and,  to that
extent,  the rights  of  the holders  of  the Class  (   )  Notes to  receive
distributions with respect to the  Receivables are subordinated to the rights
of the holders of the Class (   ) Notes, as more fully described herein.
                                          (Cover continued on following page)

   
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS  SHOULD CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET  FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" ON  PAGE S-12 HEREOF  AND BEGINNING ON  PAGE 12 OF  THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS.
    

THE NOTES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN, THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS
IN SALOMON  BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES  INC., THE  SERVICER OR ANY  OF THEIR
RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.    NONE  OF   THE  NOTES,  THE  CERTIFICATES  OR  THE
RECEIVABLES IS INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              ORIGINAL
                              PRINCIPAL            PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING     PROCEEDS TO THE
                                AMOUNT             PUBLIC(1)         DISCOUNT      DEPOSITOR  (1)(2)
<S>                        <C>                   <C>                <C>           <C>                <C>
Per Class (  ) Note . .   $                                     %                %                   %
Per Class (  ) Note . .                                         %                %                   %
Per Certificate . . . .                                         %                %                   %
     Total                $                      $                 $                 $                

</TABLE>

(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from          , 199 .
(2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $              .

The  Notes and  the  Certificates are  offered by  Salomon Brothers  Inc (the
"UNDERWRITER") subject to prior sale when,  as and if issued and accepted  by
the Underwriter, and subject to  the Underwriter's right to reject  any order
in  whole or  in part.   It is  expected that delivery  of the  Notes and the
Certificates will be  made in book-entry form only through  the facilities of
The Depository  Trust Company  and, in  the case  of the  Notes, Cedel  Bank,
soci t   anonyme,  and the  Euroclear  System  against  payment  therefor  in
immediately available funds, on or about              , 199  .

                             SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
          , 199  

(Continued from previous page)

The Trust will also issue $                     aggregate principal amount of
(   %) Asset Backed Certificates  (the "CERTIFICATES" and, together  with the
Notes,  the "SECURITIES").   The assets of  the Trust will include  a pool of
retail installment sale  contracts, retail installment loans,  purchase money
notes or  other notes (the  "RECEIVABLES"), secured by security  interests in
new  or used  automobiles,  light  duty  trucks,  recreational  vehicles  and
motorcycles  (the "FINANCED  VEHICLES") and  certain monies  due or  received
thereunder on or after               , 199  , transferred to the Trust by the
Seller on the Closing Date.   The Notes will be secured by the  assets of the
Trust pursuant to the Indenture.  

Interest  on the  Class (     )  and Class  (   )  Notes will  accrue at  the
respective (floating) interest rates specified  above.  Interest on the Notes
will generally be payable  on the          day of each month  or, if any such
day  is not  a Business  Day, on  the next  succeeding Business Day  (each, a
"DISTRIBUTION DATE"), commencing          , 199 . Principal of the Notes will
be payable on each Distribution Date to the extent described herein; however,
no principal payments will be made on the Class (   ) Notes until the Class (
 ) Notes have been paid in full.

The Certificates will represent fractional  undivided interests in the Trust.
Interest,  to the extent  of the Pass  Through Rate specified  above, will be
distributed   to   the   Certificateholders   on  each   Distribution   Date.
Distributions  of interest  on, and  principal of,  the Certificates  will be
subordinated in priority of payment to interest due and payable on the Notes.
No distributions of principal on the Certificates  will be made until all the
Notes have been paid in full.

Each class  of Securities  will represent  the right  to receive  a specified
amount of payments of  principal and interest on the related  Receivables, at
the rates, on  the dates and in the  manner described herein.   The rights of
one  or  more classes  of Securities  to  receive payments  may be  senior or
subordinate to the rights of one or more of the other classes of such series.
Each class of Notes or Certificates will differ as to the timing and priority
of payment, interest rate or amount  of distributions in respect of principal
or  interest  or  both.   (Each  class  of  Securities  may  be  entitled  to
distributions  in respect of  principal with disproportionate,  nominal or no
interest distributions, or to  interest distributions with  disproportionate,
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal.)  The rate of payment in
respect of principal  of any class of  Notes and distributions in  respect of
the Certificate Balance of  the Certificates of any class will  depend on the
priority  of payment  of  such class  and  the rate  and  timing of  payments
(including   prepayments,   defaults,   liquidations   and   repurchases   of
Receivables) on the related  Receivables.  A rate of payment  lower or higher
than that anticipated may affect the  weighted average life of each class  of
Securities in the manner described herein.

Each class  of Securities  will be payable  in full  on the  applicable final
scheduled Distribution Date as set forth herein.  However, payment in full of
a class of Notes or of the  Certificates could occur earlier than such  dates
as described herein.  In addition, the Notes will be subject to redemption in
whole, but not in part, and the Certificates will be subject to prepayment in
whole, but  not  in part,  on any  Distribution Date  on  which the  Servicer
exercises its  option to purchase the Receivables.  The Servicer may purchase
the Receivables when the aggregate principal balance of the Receivables shall
have declined to    % or  less of the initial aggregate  principal balance of
the Receivables purchased by the Trust.

THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT  CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION  ABOUT THE
OFFERING  OF THE  NOTES  AND  THE CERTIFICATES.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  IS
CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL.  SALES OF THE NOTES OR
THE CERTIFICATES  MAY NOT  BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS  THE PURCHASER  HAS RECEIVED
BOTH THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND  THE  PROSPECTUS.   TO  THE EXTENT  ANY
STATEMENTS  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT CONFLICT  WITH STATEMENTS  IN THE
PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

Certain persons  participating in  this offering  may engage  in transactions
that stabilize,  maintain or  otherwise affect the  price of  the Securities.
Such  transactions may  include stabilizing and  the purchase  of Securities.
Such transactions may  include stabilizing and the purchase  of Securities to
cover syndicate short positions.  For  a description of these activities, see
"Underwriting" herein.

     (This Prospectus Supplement may be used by the Underwriter, an affiliate
of  the Depositor,  in connection  with offers  and  sales related  to market
making transactions in the Securities.)


                          REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

Unless  and  until Definitive  Notes or  Definitive Certificates  are issued,
monthly  and annual unaudited  reports containing information  concerning the
Receivables will be prepared by the Servicer and sent on behalf  of the Trust
only  to Cede &  Co.  ("CEDE"), as  nominee of  The Depository  Trust Company
("DTC")  and  registered  holder of  the  Notes and  the  Certificates.   See
"Description of  the Notes --  General", "Description of the  Certificates --
General"  and  "Certain Information  Regarding  the  Securities -- Book-Entry
Registration"  and   "-- Reports  to  Securityholders"  in  the  accompanying
Prospectus (the  "PROSPECTUS").  Such  reports will not  constitute financial
statements  prepared   in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  accounting
principles.  The  Depositor, as originator of  the Trust, will file  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "COMMISSION") such  periodic reports
as are required  under the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, as  amended (the
"EXCHANGE ACT"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

     The  following  summary  is  qualified  by  reference  to  the  detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere  herein and  in  the  Prospectus.   Certain
capitalized terms  used  herein  are  defined elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus
Supplement on the pages indicated in the  "Index of Terms" or, to the  extent
not defined  herein,  have  the  meanings  assigned  to  such  terms  in  the
Prospectus.

  Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (_____________________)  Trust  199
                                          -(   )   (the    "TRUST"   or   the
                                          "ISSUER"),     a      (___________)
                                          business   trust  to   be  governed
                                          pursuant   to  a   Trust  Agreement
                                          dated as of              , 199  (as
                                          amended and supplemented from  time
                                          to  time,  the "TRUST  AGREEMENT"),
                                          between   the  Depositor   and  the
                                          Owner Trustee.

  Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . .       Salomon      Brothers       Vehicle
                                          Securities Inc. (the "DEPOSITOR").

  Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . .       (_______________________________)
                                          (in     such     capacity,      the
                                          "SERVICER").

  Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . .                               ,        as
                                          trustee  under  the Indenture  (the
                                          "INDENTURE TRUSTEE").

  Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . .                               ,        as
                                          trustee  under the  Trust Agreement
                                          (the "OWNER TRUSTEE").

  The Notes . . . . . . . . . . . .       The Trust  will issue  Asset Backed
                                          Notes pursuant  to an  Indenture to
                                          be dated as of                , 199
                                           (as amended and supplemented  from
                                          time  to  time,  the  "INDENTURE"),
                                          between    the   Trust    and   the
                                          Indenture   Trustee,  as   follows:
                                          (i) (Floating  Rate)  Asset  Backed
                                          Notes, Class  (    ) (the  "CLASS (
                                          ) NOTES") in  the aggregate initial
                                          principal amount of $              
                                           ;  and (ii) (Floating  Rate) Asset
                                          Backed  Notes, Class  (     )  (the
                                          "CLASS   (     )  NOTES")   in  the
                                          aggregate initial  principal amount
                                          of $                   .  The Class
                                          (    ) Notes  and  the Class  (   )
                                          Notes are collectively referred  to
                                          herein as the "NOTES".

                                          The  Notes will  be secured  by the
                                          assets  of  the Trust  pursuant  to
                                          the Indenture.

  The Certificates  . . . . . . . .       The Trust  will issue  (   %) Asset
                                          Backed      Certificates       (the
                                          "CERTIFICATES"  and, together  with
                                          the  Notes, the  "SECURITIES") with
                                          an  aggregate  initial  Certificate
                                          Balance of $                       
                                          .  The  Certificates will represent
                                          fractional  undivided  interests in
                                          the  Trust   and  will   be  issued
                                          pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

  The Receivables . . . . . . . . .       On                             (the
                                          "CLOSING  DATE"),  the  Trust  will
                                          purchase   Receivables   having  an
                                          aggregate   principal  balance   of
                                          approximately 
                                          $                              (the
                                          "INITIAL POOL  BALANCE") as of     
                                                            ,   199      (the
                                          "CUT-OFF DATE") from the  Depositor
                                          pursuant  to a  Sale and  Servicing
                                          Agreement to be dated as of        
                                                   ,  199   (as  amended  and
                                          supplemented  from  time  to  time,
                                          the     "SALE     AND     SERVICING
                                          AGREEMENT"),  among the  Trust, the
                                          Depositor  and the  Servicer.   See
                                          "Description  of  the Transfer  and
                                          Servicing  Agreements --  Sale  and
                                          Assignment  of Receivables"  herein
                                          and   in  the   Prospectus.     The
                                          Receivables will consist of  retail
                                          installment sale  contracts, retail
                                          installment  loans, purchase  money
                                          notes   or   other  notes   between
                                          Obligors  and  Dealers  secured  by
                                          new  or  used  automobiles,  light-
                                          duty trucks, recreational  vehicles
                                          and   motorcycles  (the   "FINANCED
                                          VEHICLES").   The  Receivables were
                                          purchased   by   __________    (the
                                          "SELLER").    The Receivables  will
                                          be transferred by  the Depositor to
                                          the  Trust, based  on the  criteria
                                          specified    in   the    Sale   and
                                          Servicing  Agreement and  described
                                          herein and in  the Prospectus.   As
                                          of the  Cut-off Date,  the weighted
                                          average annual  percentage interest
                                          rate   of   the   Receivables   was
                                          approximately      %, the  weighted
                                          average  remaining maturity  of the
                                          Receivables was approximately      
                                          months,  and  the weighted  average
                                          original     maturity    of     the
                                          Receivables was approximately      
                                          months.     No  Receivable   has  a
                                          scheduled maturity  later than     
                                                  ,    20__    (the    "FINAL
                                          SCHEDULED  MATURITY  DATE").    See
                                          "The Receivables Pool" herein.

                                          The  "POOL  BALANCE"  at  any  time
                                          will   represent    the   aggregate
                                          principal     balance     of    the
                                          Receivables  at  the   end  of  the
                                          preceding Collection  Period, after
                                          giving   effect  to   all  payments
                                          (other  than   Payaheads)  received
                                          from    Obligors,   Advances    and
                                          Purchase Amounts to  be remitted by
                                          the Servicer  or the  Depositor, as
                                          the  case  may  be,  all  for  such
                                          Collection  Period, and  all losses
                                          realized on  Receivables liquidated
                                          during such Collection Period.

  Terms of the Notes  . . . . . . .       The  principal terms  of the  Notes
                                          will be as described below:
       A.  Distribution Dates . . .
                                          Payments   of   interest   on   and
                                          principal  of  the  Notes  will  be
                                          made  on the            day of each
                                          month or,  if any such day is not a
                                          Business    Day,   on    the   next
                                          succeeding  Business  Day (each,  a
                                          "DISTRIBUTION  DATE"),   commencing
                                          in                    199  .   Each
                                          reference  to a  "PAYMENT DATE"  in
                                          the  Prospectus  shall refer  to  a
                                          Distribution      Date      herein.
                                          Payments  will be  made to  holders
                                          of   record  of   the  Notes   (the
                                          "NOTEHOLDERS")   as   of  the   day
                                          immediately     preceding      such
                                          Distribution     Date    or,     if
                                          Definitive Notes are  issued, as of
                                          the          day  of  the preceding
                                          month (each,  a "RECORD DATE").   A
                                          "BUSINESS DAY" is a  day other than
                                          a Saturday,  a Sunday  or a day  on
                                          which   banking   institutions   or
                                          trust  companies in  the States  of
                                          (_________) are authorized by  law,
                                          regulation  or  executive order  to
                                          be closed.

       B.  Interest Rates . . . . .       The  Class (     ) Notes  will bear
                                          interest  at a  (Floating Rate)  of
                                          interest  per annum  (the "CLASS  (
                                          ) RATE") and the  Class (  )  Notes
                                          will bear  interest at  a (Floating
                                          Rate)  of interest  per annum  (the
                                          "CLASS (  )  RATE").  (The rate  of
                                          interest per annum  with respect to
                                          the Class  (     )  Notes for  each
                                          Interest  Reset Period  (the "CLASS
                                          (   ) RATE") will  equal LIBOR  (as
                                          defined  in  the  Prospectus)   for
                                          such  Interest  Reset  Period  plus
                                             %; provided that the Class (   )
                                          Rate  shall  not   exceed    %  per
                                          annum.)

                                          The interest rates  for the various
                                          classes  of Notes  are referred  to
                                          herein  collectively  as  "INTEREST
                                          RATES".

       C.  Interest . . . . . . . .       Interest    on   the    outstanding
                                          principal   amount  of   the  Notes
                                          (other than the Class  (  )  Notes)
                                          will   accrue  at   the  applicable
                                          Interest  Rate  from  the   Closing
                                          Date  (in  the  case  of  the first
                                          Distribution Date)  or from the    
                                           day  of  the month  preceding  the
                                          month  of  a Distribution  Date  to
                                          and including  the          day  of
                                          the  month  of  such   Distribution
                                          Date  (each  an  "INTEREST  ACCRUAL
                                          PERIOD").      (Interest   on   the
                                          outstanding  principal  amount   of
                                          the  Class (   ) Notes  will accrue
                                          at  the Class (    )  Rate from the
                                          Closing  Date (in  the case  of the
                                          first  Distribution  Date) or  from
                                          the  most recent  Distribution Date
                                          on which interest has been  paid to
                                          but    excluding   the    following
                                          Distribution    Date    (each,    a
                                          "FLOATING  RATE  INTEREST   ACCRUAL
                                          PERIOD").)   Interest on  the Class
                                          (   ) Notes  will be  calculated on
                                          the   basis  of   a  360-day   year
                                          consisting    of   twelve    30-day
                                          months.   Interest on  the Class  (
                                          ) Notes will  be calculated on  the
                                          basis  of the actual number of days
                                          in  each  Floating  Rate   Interest
                                          Accrual  Period  divided  by   360.
                                          See  "Description  of the  Notes --
                                          Payments of Interest" herein.

       D.  Principal  . . . . . . .       Principal  of  the  Notes  will  be
                                          payable  on each  Distribution Date
                                          in   an   amount   equal   to   the
                                          Noteholders'              Principal
                                          Distributable   Amount    for   the
                                          calendar  month  (the   "COLLECTION
                                          PERIOD")       preceding       such
                                          Distribution Date  (in the  case of
                                          the  first  Distribution Date,  the
                                          period from and including          
                                          , 199  to  and including          ,
                                          199   (exclusive  of the  scheduled
                                          payments  of principal  due on  the
                                          Precomputed   Receivables    during
                                          that  period))  to  the  extent  of
                                          funds  available  therefor.     The
                                          "NOTEHOLDERS'             PRINCIPAL
                                          DISTRIBUTABLE  AMOUNT"  will  equal
                                          the   sum   of   (i) the    Regular
                                          Principal Distribution  Amount plus
                                          (ii) the   Accelerated    Principal
                                          Distribution Amount.  The  "REGULAR
                                          PRINCIPAL   DISTRIBUTION    AMOUNT"
                                          with  respect  to any  Distribution
                                          Date  will  equal   the  amount  of
                                          principal   paid  or,   in  certain
                                          circumstances,   scheduled   to  be
                                          paid    with    respect   to    the
                                          Receivables      (exclusive      of
                                          Payaheads  allocable  to  principal
                                          that  have  not   been  applied  as
                                          payments    under    the    related
                                          Receivables    in    the    related
                                          Collection Period and inclusive  of
                                          Payaheads  allocable  to  principal
                                          that have been  applied as payments
                                          under  the  related Receivables  in
                                          such  Collection  Period) plus,  in
                                          certain     circumstances,      the
                                          principal   balance  of   defaulted
                                          Receivables,  as calculated  by the
                                          Servicer    as    described   under
                                          "Description  of  the Transfer  and
                                          Servicing             Agreements --
                                          Distributions"    herein.       The
                                          "Accelerated              Principal
                                          Distribution  Amount" with  respect
                                          to a  Distribution Date  will equal
                                          the portion,  if any, of  the Total
                                          Distribution    Amount   for    the
                                          related   Collection   Period  that
                                          remains  after  payment of  (a) the
                                          Servicing  Fee  (together with  any
                                          portion of  the Servicing  Fee that
                                          remains    unpaid     from    prior
                                          Distribution    Dates),     (b) the
                                          interest due on  the Notes, (c) the
                                          Regular   Principal    Distribution
                                          Amount,  (d) the  interest  due  on
                                          the   Certificates   and    (e) the
                                          amount,  if  any,  required  to  be
                                          deposited  in  the Reserve  Account
                                          on such Distribution Date.

                                          On  the  Business  Day  immediately
                                          preceding  each  Distribution  Date
                                          (each,  a   "DETERMINATION  DATE"),
                                          the    Indenture   Trustee    shall
                                          determine   the   amount   in   the
                                          Collection  Account  available  for
                                          distribution    on   the    related
                                          Distribution  Date.    Payments  to
                                          Securityholders  will  be  made  on
                                          each    Distribution     Date    in
                                          accordance        with         such
                                          determination.   The  Servicing Fee
                                          in respect  of a  Collection Period
                                          (together with  any portion  of the
                                          Servicing  Fee that  remains unpaid
                                          from   prior  Distribution   Dates)
                                          will  be paid  at the  beginning of
                                          such   Collection  Period   out  of
                                          collections  for   such  Collection
                                          Period.

                                          No principal payments  will be made
                                          on the Class (   ) Notes until  the
                                          Class (   ) Notes have been paid in
                                          full.

                                          The  outstanding  principal  amount
                                          of  the Class  (   ) Notes,  to the
                                          extent  not  previously paid,  will
                                          be  payable on the                 
                                          (199  )(20    )  Distribution  Date
                                          (the  "CLASS (   )  FINAL SCHEDULED
                                          DISTRIBUTION   DATE");    and   the
                                          outstanding  principal   amount  of
                                          the  Class  (    )  Notes,  to  the
                                          extent  not  previously paid,  will
                                          be payable on the              (199
                                          )(20    )   Distribution  Date (the
                                          "CLASS   (     )  FINAL   SCHEDULED
                                          DISTRIBUTION DATE").

       E.  Optional Redemption  . .       The  Notes  will   be  redeemed  in
                                          whole,  but  not in  part,  on  any
                                          Distribution  Date  on  which   the
                                          Servicer  exercises  its option  to
                                          purchase  the  Receivables.     The
                                          Servicer  will have  the option  to
                                          purchase  all,  but not  less  then
                                          all,  of  the  Receivables  on  any
                                          Distribution Date  on or  after the
                                          Distribution  Date  on  which   the
                                          Pool Balance  has declined to (   )
                                          %  or  less  of  the  Initial  Pool
                                          Balance.   The  price at  which the
                                          Servicer   will   be  required   to
                                          purchase  the Receivables  in order
                                          to  exercise  such option  will  be
                                          equal  to  the   aggregate  of  the
                                          Purchase     Amounts     of     the
                                          Receivables  as of  the end  of the
                                          related  Collection  Period.    The
                                          Servicer will  be required  to give
                                          not less  than (  ) days' notice to
                                          the  Trustee  of its  intention  to
                                          exercise    such   option.       In
                                          addition, the Servicer  will not be
                                          permitted  to exercise  such option
                                          unless  the  resulting distribution
                                          would be  sufficient to  retire the
                                          Notes at  a redemption  price equal
                                          to the  unpaid principal  amount of
                                          the Notes  plus accrued  and unpaid
                                          interest thereon.  See "Description
                                          of     the     Notes --    Optional
                                          Redemption" herein.

  Terms of the Certificates . . . .       The   principal   terms   of    the
                                          Certificates  will be  as described
                                          below:

       A.  Distribution Dates . . .       Distributions  with respect  to the
                                          Certificates will  be made  on each
                                          Distribution Date, commencing      
                                                 , 199 .   Distributions will
                                          be  made to  holders  of record  of
                                          the        Certificates        (the
                                          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS" and,  together
                                          with    the     Noteholders,    the
                                          "SECURITYHOLDERS")   as   of    the
                                          related Record Date  (which will be
                                          the          day  of the  preceding
                                          month  if  Definitive  Certificates
                                          are issued).

       B.  Pass Through Rate              (       )%  per  annum  (the  "PASS
                                          THROUGH RATE").

       C.  Interest . . . . . . . .       On  each  Distribution  Date,   the
                                          Owner  Trustee will  distribute pro
                                          rata to Certificateholders 30  days
                                          of  accrued  interest at  the  Pass
                                          Through  Rate  on  the  outstanding
                                          Certificate  Balance  generally  to
                                          the   extent  of   funds  available
                                          following payment of the  Servicing
                                          Fee  and  distributions in  respect
                                          of   the  Notes   from  the   Total
                                          Distribution    Amount   and    the
                                          Reserve Account.   Interest will be
                                          calculated  on   the  basis   of  a
                                          360-day  year consisting  of twelve
                                          30-day   months.      Interest   in
                                          respect  of  a  Distribution   Date
                                          will accrue  from the  Closing Date
                                          (in   the   case   of   the   first
                                          Distribution Date)  or from the    
                                              day of the  month preceding the
                                          month of  the Distribution  Date to
                                          and including the        day of the
                                          month of such Distribution Date.

       D.  Principal  . . . . . . .       No  distributions  of principal  on
                                          the   Certificates  will   be  made
                                          until all  of the  Notes have  been
                                          paid    in   full.       On    each
                                          Distribution  Date   commencing  on
                                          the Distribution Date  on which the
                                          Class  (     )  Notes  are paid  in
                                          full,     principal      of     the
                                          Certificates will be  payable in an
                                          amount   generally  equal   to  the
                                          Certificateholders'       Principal
                                          Distributable   Amount    for   the
                                          Collection  Period  preceding  such
                                          Distribution  Date,  to the  extent
                                          of    funds   available    therefor
                                          following payment of the  Servicing
                                          Fee,   payments  of   interest  and
                                          principal, if  any, due  in respect
                                          of the  Notes and  the distribution
                                          of  interest  in   respect  of  the
                                          Certificates.                   The
                                          Certificateholders'       Principal
                                          Distributable  Amount  will be  the
                                          Regular   Principal    Distribution
                                          Amount  (less, on  the Distribution
                                          Date  on which  the Notes  are paid
                                          in   full,   the  portion   thereof
                                          payable on the  Notes) and will  be
                                          calculated by  the Servicer  in the
                                          manner       described        under
                                          "Description  of  the Transfer  and
                                          Servicing             Agreements --
                                          Distributions".

       E.  Optional Prepayment  . .       If   the  Servicer   exercises  its
                                          option to purchase the  Receivables
                                          (the  terms  of  which  option  are
                                          summarized  above  under "--  Terms
                                          of   the  Notes   --  E.   Optional
                                          Redemption"),   the    Certificates
                                          will be retired.  The Servicer will
                                          not be  permitted to  exercise such
                                          option    unless    the   resulting
                                          distribution to  Certificateholders
                                          would    equal   the    outstanding
                                          Certificate  Balance  together with
                                          accrued  interest  thereon  at  the
                                          Pass   Through   Rate.          See
                                          "Description         of         the
                                          Certificates --            Optional
                                          Prepayment" herein.

  Reserve Account . . . . . . . . .       (DESCRIBE RESERVE ACCOUNT FORMULA)

  Collection Account; Priority of
  Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . .       Except  under   certain  conditions
                                          described  herein  or as  otherwise
                                          acceptable  to each  Rating Agency,
                                          the  Servicer will  be required  to
                                          remit  collections   received  with
                                          respect to the  Receivables within 
                                             Business   Days  after   receipt
                                          thereof to one or  more accounts in
                                          the name  of the  Indenture Trustee
                                          (together,     the      "COLLECTION
                                          ACCOUNT").    At the  beginning  of
                                          each    Collection    Period,   the
                                          Indenture   Trustee    will   apply
                                          collections   in   the   Collection
                                          Account to pay to the  Servicer the
                                          Servicing  Fee for  such Collection
                                          Period  and  any overdue  Servicing
                                          Fees.    Pursuant to  the  Sale and
                                          Servicing  Agreement, the  Servicer
                                          will  have the  revocable power  to
                                          instruct  the Indenture  Trustee to
                                          withdraw  funds on  deposit in  the
                                          Collection  Account  and  to  apply
                                          such  funds  on  each  Distribution
                                          Date  to  the   following  (in  the
                                          priority   indicated):      (i) the
                                          Servicing  Fee,  together with  any
                                          unpaid  Servicing  Fees from  prior
                                          Distribution  Dates  (if  for   any
                                          reason such amount was not  paid at
                                          the  beginning  of  the  Collection
                                          Period as described  above), to the
                                          Servicer,   (ii) the   Noteholders'
                                          Interest  Distributable Amount  and
                                          the     Noteholders'      Principal
                                          Distributable Amount into the  Note
                                          Distribution   Account,   (iii) the
                                          Certificateholders'        Interest
                                          Distributable  Amount  and,   after
                                          the Notes  have been paid  in full,
                                          the  Certificateholders'  Principal
                                          Distributable   Amount   into   the
                                          Certificate  Distribution   Account
                                          and (iv) the remaining balance,  if
                                          any, to the Reserve Account.

   
  Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . .       In  the  opinion of  Brown  &  Wood
                                          LLP,  counsel  to the  Trust  ("TAX
                                          COUNSEL"),  for federal  income tax
                                          purposes,   the   Notes   will   be
                                          characterized  as  debt,  and   the
                                          Trust will not  be characterized as
                                          an   association  (or   a  publicly
                                          traded  partnership)  taxable as  a
                                          corporation.   Each  Noteholder, by
                                          the  acceptance  of  a  Note,  will
                                          agree   to  treat   the  Notes   as
                                          indebtedness,       and        each
                                          Certificateholder,      by      the
                                          acceptance  of a  Certificate, will
                                          agree  to  treat  the  Trust  as  a
                                          partnership     in    which     the
                                          Certificateholders   are   partners
                                          for   federal   income  and   state
                                          income  tax purposes.   Alternative
                                          characterizations of the Trust  and
                                          the Certificates are possible,  but
                                          would  not  result  in   materially
                                          adverse    tax    consequences   to
                                          Certificateholders.   See "Material
                                          Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"
                                          and   "State   Tax    Consequences"
                                          herein   and    "Material   Federal
                                          Income  Tax Consequences  -- Trusts
                                          for  Which  a Partnership  Election
                                          is  Made"  in  the  Prospectus  for
                                          additional  information  concerning
                                          the  application of  federal income
                                          and  state tax  laws  to the  Trust
                                          and the Securities.

                                          (In  the Opinion  of  Brown &  Wood
                                          LLP,  Counsel  for the  Trust,  for
                                          federal  income  tax purposes,  the
                                          Trust will, on the  startup date be
                                          treated   as   a  financial   asset
                                          securitization   investment   trust
                                          ("FASIT")  and its  proposed method
                                          of  operation  will  enable  it  to
                                          continue  to meet  the requirements
                                          for  qualification and  taxation as
                                          a FASIT under  the Internal Revenue
                                          Code  of  1986,   as  amended  (the
                                          "Code")  assuming  a  timely  FASIT
                                          election is made.   The Class (   )
                                          and the  Class (  ) will be treated
                                          as  FASIT  regular  interests,  the
                                          Class  (    )  will  be  treated as
                                          FASIT high-yield  regular interests
                                          and the  Class (  ) will be treated
                                          as  the   single  class   of  FASIT
                                          ownership  interests.   Holders  of
                                          FASIT   Regular   Securities   must
                                          report income from such  Securities
                                          under   an   accrual   method    of
                                          accounting, even if they  otherwise
                                          would have  used the  cash receipts
                                          and   disbursements    method   and
                                          accordingly,   may  report   income
                                          prior  to the  receipt of  any cash
                                          distribution corresponding  to such
                                          income.          For     additional
                                          information    regarding    federal
                                          income  tax consequences  regarding
                                          a  FASIT,  see  "Material   Federal
                                          Income  Tax  Consequences"   herein
                                          and  "Material  Federal Income  Tax
                                          Consequences -- Trusts  for which a
                                          FASIT  Election  is  Made"  in  the
                                          Prospectus      for      additional
                                          information     concerning      the
                                          application  of federal  income tax
                                          laws   to   the   Trust   and   the
                                          Securities.)
    

  ERISA Considerations  . . . . . .       Subject   to   the   considerations
                                          discussed       under        "ERISA
                                          Considerations"  herein and  in the
                                          Prospectus, the Notes are  eligible
                                          for  purchase  by employee  benefit
                                          plans.   The  Certificates may  not
                                          be   acquired   by   any   employee
                                          benefit   plan   subject   to   the
                                          Employee     Retirement      Income
                                          Security  Act of  1974, as  amended
                                          ("ERISA"), or  Section 4975  of the
                                          Internal Revenue  Code of  1986, as
                                          amended  (the  "CODE"),  or  by  an
                                          individual   retirement    account.
                                          See  "ERISA  Considerations" herein
                                          and in the Prospectus.

  Rating of the Notes . . . . . . .       It is a  condition to the  issuance
                                          of the  Notes that they be rated " 
                                          "  by   at  least   one  nationally
                                          recognized    rating    agency   (a
                                          "RATING  AGENCY").   The rating  of
                                          the  Notes  by   at  Rating  Agency
                                          reflects   such   Rating   Agency's
                                          assessment  of the  likelihood that
                                          the   Noteholders    will   receive
                                          payments of principal and  interest
                                          but  it does not address the timing
                                          of  distributions  of principal  of
                                          the  Notes   prior  to   the  Final
                                          Scheduled  Distribution  Date.    A
                                          rating is  not a  recommendation to
                                          buy,  sell or  hold securities  and
                                          may  be  subject   to  revision  or
                                          withdrawal  at  any   time  by  the
                                          assigning  Rating  Agency.     Each
                                          rating    should    be    evaluated
                                          independently of any other  rating.
                                          See  "Risk  Factors --  Ratings  of
                                          the  Securities" herein.  There can
                                          be no assurance that  a rating will
                                          not  be lowered  or withdrawn  by a
                                          Rating  Agency if  circumstances so
                                          warrant.

  Rating of the Certificates  . . .       It is  a condition to  the issuance
                                          of  the Certificates  that they  be
                                          rated  at  least  in  the  "      "
                                          category  or its  equivalent by  at
                                          least  one  Rating   Agency.    The
                                          rating  of  the Certificates  by  a
                                          Rating Agency reflects such  Rating
                                          Agency's    assessment    of    the
                                          likelihood         that         the
                                          Certificateholders   will   receive
                                          payments of principal and  interest
                                          but it does not address  the timing
                                          of  distributions  of principal  of
                                          the   Certificates  prior   to  the
                                          Final Scheduled Distribution  Date.
                                          A  rating is  not a  recommendation
                                          to  buy,  sell or  hold  securities
                                          and may be  subject to revision  or
                                          withdrawal  at  any   time  by  the
                                          assigning  Rating  Agency.     Each
                                          rating    should    be    evaluated
                                          independently of any other  rating.
                                          See  "Risk  Factors --  Ratings  of
                                          the Securities" herein.



                                 RISK FACTORS

     Investors should  consider, among  other things,  the matters  discussed
under "Risk  Factors" in  the Prospectus  and the  following risk factors  in
connection with purchases of the Notes and/or Certificates.

   
     LIMITED LIQUIDITY; ABSENCE  OF A SECONDARY MARKET MAY  LIMIT THE ABILITY
OF  THE  SECURITYHOLDER  TO SELL  THE  SECURITIES.    There is  currently  no
secondary market for  the Securities.  Each Underwriter  currently intends to
make a  market in the  Securities, but  it is under  no obligation to  do so.
There  can be  no assurance  that a  secondary market  will develop or,  if a
secondary market does develop, that  it will provide the Securityholders with
liquidity  of  investment  or that  it  will  continue for  the  life  of the
Securities offered hereby.

     (SIGNIFICANT GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION  MAY INCREASE THE EXPOSURE  OF THE
TRUST TO THE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS  IN CERTAIN STATES.  Economic conditions  in
states  where Obligors  reside  may  affect the  delinquency,  loan loss  and
repossession experience  of  the  Trust  with  respect  to  the  Receivables.
Obligors  on  Receivables  representing  approximately  _____%  by  principal
balance of the  Receivables were located in (__________________)  at the Cut-
off  Date.   As  a result,  economic conditions  in  such states  may have  a
disproportionate effect  on prepayments  and/or  defaults in  respect of  the
Receivables   and   thus   on   amounts   available   for   distribution   to
Securityholders.  In particular, an economic downturn in one or more  of such
states could adversely affect  the performance of the Trust as  a whole (even
if national economic  conditions remain unchanged or improve)  as Obligors in
such state  or states  experience the  effects of  such a  downturn and  face
greater difficulty  in making payments on their  Financed Vehicles.  See "The
Receivables Pool" herein.)

     SUBORDINATION OF THE CERTIFICATES TO THE NOTES WILL INCREASE THE RISK OF
THE  CERTIFICATES   OF  NOT  RECEIVING  FULL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  INTEREST  AND
PRINCIPAL.  Distributions of interest  and principal on the Certificates will
be subordinated in priority  of payment to interest and principal  due on the
Notes.     Consequently,  the   Certificateholders  will   not  receive   any
distributions with respect to  a Collection Period until  the full amount  of
interest on and principal of the Notes due on such Distribution Date has been
deposited in the Note Distribution  Account.  The Certificateholders will not
receive any distributions  of principal until the Distribution  Date on which
all of the Notes have been paid in full.

     SECURITYHOLDERS  ARE LIMITED  TO  DEPOSITS IN  THE  RESERVE ACCOUNT  AND
PAYMENTS ON THE  RECEIVABLES FOR PAYMENT ON  THE SECURITIES.  The  Trust will
not have, nor is it permitted or expected to have, any significant assets  or
sources of funds other than the Receivables and the Reserve Account.  Holders
of the Notes  and the Certificates must  rely for repayment upon  payments on
the Receivables and,  if and to the  extent available, amounts on  deposit in
the Reserve Account.  Although funds in the Reserve Account will be available
on each Distribution Date to cover shortfalls in distributions of interest on
and principal of the Notes and  the Certificates, amounts to be deposited  in
the Reserve  Account  are limited  in  amount.   If  the Reserve  Account  is
exhausted,  the Trust  will depend  solely  on current  distributions on  the
Receivables to make payments on the Notes and the Certificates.

     RATINGS  OF THE  SECURITIES ARE  SUBJECT  TO DOWN-GRADES  BY THE  RATING
AGENCIES.  It  is a  condition to the  issuance of the  Securities that  each
class of the  Notes be rated in  the highest investment rating  category, and
that  the  Certificates be  rated  at  least in  the  "   "  category  or its
equivalent, by at least one  nationally recognized rating agency (the "RATING
AGENCY").  A rating is  not a recommendation to buy, sell or  hold securities
inasmuch as it does not address market  price or suitability for a particular
investor.   The  ratings  of the  Securities  address the  likelihood  of the
payment of principal  of, and interest on,  the Securities pursuant  to their
terms but not the timing of the distributions of principal prior to the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date  of the Securities.   There  can be no  assurance
that a rating will remain for any given  period of time or that a rating will
not  be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a  Rating Agency if it judges future
circumstances to so warrant.
    

                                  THE TRUST

GENERAL

     The  Issuer, (____________________________________) Trust 199 -( ), is a
business trust  formed under the laws of the  State of (________) pursuant to
the  Trust  Agreement  for  the  transactions  described  in  this Prospectus
Supplement.  After its formation, the  Trust will not engage in any  activity
other than (i) acquiring, holding and  managing the Receivables and the other
assets of  the Trust and proceeds  therefrom, (ii) issuing the  Notes and the
Certificates, (iii) making  payments on the  Notes and  the Certificates  and
(iv) engaging  in other activities that are necessary, suitable or convenient
to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.

     The Trust will initially  be capitalized with equity in  an amount equal
to the  Certificate Balance of $                          , excluding amounts
deposited in the Reserve Account.  The equity of the Trust, together with the
net  proceeds from  the sale  of the  Notes,  will be  used by  the Trust  to
purchase  the  Receivables  from  the  Depositor pursuant  to  the  Sale  and
Servicing Agreement.

     If the protection  provided to the investment of  the Securityholders by
the Reserve Account is insufficient, the Trust will look only to the Obligors
on the  Receivables  and the  proceeds  from  the repossession  and  sale  of
Financed Vehicles which secure defaulted Receivables.  In such event, certain
factors, such  as the  Trust's not having  first priority  perfected security
interests in some of the Financed Vehicles, may affect the Trust's ability to
realize on the  collateral securing the Receivables, and thus  may reduce the
proceeds to be distributed to Securityholders with respect to the Securities.
See "Description of  the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions"
and  "-- Reserve  Account"   herein  and  "Certain   Legal  Aspects  of   the
Receivables" in the Prospectus.

     The Trust's principal offices are in                    ,              ,
in care of  (                             ), as Owner Trustee, at the address
listed below under "-- The Owner Trustee".

                         CAPITALIZATION OF THE TRUST

     The following  table illustrates the  capitalization of the Trust  as of
the  Closing Date,  as  if  the  issuance  and sale  of  the  Notes  and  the
Certificates had taken place on such date:

Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $       


                              THE OWNER TRUSTEE

                                 is  the   Owner  Trustee  under   the  Trust
Agreement.                                        is a        (state) banking
corporation and its principal offices are located at                    ,    
     ,                              .   The Depositor and  its affiliates may
maintain normal commercial  banking relations with the Owner  Trustee and its
affiliates.

                             THE RECEIVABLES POOL

     The pool of  Receivables (the "RECEIVABLES POOL") will  include only the
Receivables purchased  on the Closing  Date.  The Receivables  (will be)(have
been)  purchased  by  the  Depositor  from the  Seller  which  purchased  the
Receivables, directly or  indirectly, from Dealers in the  ordinary course of
business.  The  Receivables were selected from the  Depositor's portfolio for
inclusion in  the Receivables Pool by several  criteria, certain of which are
set forth in  the Prospectus  under "The  Receivables Pools", as  well as  in
accordance with the requirement that, as of the Cut-off Date, each Receivable
(i) had an outstanding gross balance  of at least $         and (ii) was  not
more  than  60 days  past  due (an  account  not being  considered  past due,
however, if the  amount past due is less  than    %  of the scheduled monthly
payment).  As of the Cut-off Date, no Obligor on any Receivable  was noted in
the  related  records of  the Seller  as  being the  subject of  a bankruptcy
proceeding.  No selection  procedures believed by the Depositor to be adverse
to Securityholders were used in selecting the Receivables.

   
     (Description of  any  underwriting  criteria  applicable  to  Subsequent
Receivables.)
    

     Set  forth  in  the  following  tables  is  information  concerning  the
composition,  distribution  by   annual  percentage  rate  ("APR")   and  the
geographic distribution of the Receivables Pool as of the Cut-off Date.

                (                            ) TRUST 199 -( )

                     COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Weighted                                              Weighted        Weighted
    Average           Aggregate                           Average         Average         Average
     APR of           Principal          Number of       Remaining        Original       Principal
  Receivables          Balance          Receivables        Term             Term          Balance 
<S>                 <C>                   <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>
          _____%    $________________      __________     ____ months      ____ months     $__________

</TABLE>

                   (______________________) TRUST 199 - ( )
                 DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Percent of
                                                                                      Aggregate
                                          Number of           Aggregate               Principal
APR Range                                Receivables      Principal Balance          Balance(1)
<S>                                       <C>                <C>                      <C>
 0.00% -  5.00% . . . . . . . . . . .                            $                               %
 5.01% -  6.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 6.01% -  7.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 7.01% -  8.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 8.01% -  9.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 9.01% - 10.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
10.01% - 11.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
11.01% - 12.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
12.01% - 13.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
13.01% - 14.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
14.01% - 15.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
15.01% - 16.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
16.01% - 17.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
17.01% - 18.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
Greater than 18.00% . . . . . . . . .                                                             

</TABLE>

_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.

                   (______________________) TRUST 199 -( )
               GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL


                                                     PERCENTAGE AGGREGATE
STATE(2)                                             PRINCIPAL BALANCE(1)  


                                                            _________
                                                                    %

_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.
(2) Based on physical addresses of the Obligors at the Cut-off Date.


     Approximately         %  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
Receivables, constituting      % of the number of  the Receivables, represent
previously titled vehicles.

     By  aggregate principal balance,  approximately     % of the receivables
are Precomputed Receivables and     % of the Receivables are Simple  Interest
Receivables.   See "The Receivables  Pools" in the  Prospectus for a  further
description  of the  characteristics of  Precomputed  Receivables and  Simple
Interest Receivables.

                 DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

     Set forth below is certain  information concerning the experience of the
Seller  pertaining  to (i) retail  new  and used  (automobile  and light-duty
truck)  (recreational  vehicle)  (motorcycle)  receivables,  including  those
previously  sold which the  Servicer continues to  service.  There  can be no
assurance that the  delinquency, repossession and net loss  experience on the
Receivables will be comparable to that set forth below.


                          DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              AT DECEMBER 31,                      AT ____________________,
                           199                 199                  199                  199 
                    NUMBER OF           NUMBER OF            NUMBER OF            NUMBER OF
                    CONTRACTS   AMOUNT  CONTRACTS   AMOUNT   CONTRACTS   AMOUNT   CONTRACTS   AMOUNT
<S>                  <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>
Portfolio . . . .                   $                   $                    $                    $
Period of
Delinquency                                                                                           
  31-60 Days  . .
  61 Days or More                                                                                     

Total                          $                   $                   $                     $        
Delinquencies . .
Total
Delinquencies
  as a Percent of            %        %          %         %          %        %           %         %
the Portfolio . . .

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>  
                                             AT DECEMBER 31,
                               199                   199                        199 
                       NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF                 NUMBER OF
                       CONTRACTS   AMOUNT    CONTRACTS      AMOUNT     CONTRACTS      AMOUNT
                                                    (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>             <C>
Portfolio . . . . . . .                   $                           $                        $
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days  . . . . .                                                                               
  61 Days or More . . .                                                                               
Total Delinquencies . .                $                          $                         $         

Total Delinquencies
  as a Percent of the
  Portfolio . . . . . .              %          %             %           %              %           %

</TABLE>

    _______________
    (1)   All amounts and percentages are based on the gross amount scheduled
          to be paid  on each contract, including unearned  finance and other
          charges.   The  information in  the  table includes  an  immaterial
          amount of retail installment sale contracts on vehicles other  than
          automobiles  and light  duty trucks  and  includes previously  sold
          contracts which the Servicer continues to service.


                    CREDIT LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE(1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        _____________
                                                ENDED                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
                                  March     ,                  31,                          
                                     199       199        199       199      199      199      199 
                                                          (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                               <C>       <C>             <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Average Amount Outstanding
  During the Period . . . . . . . $         $          $          $        $        
                                                                                  $         $        
                                                                                                      
Average Number of Contracts
  Outstanding During the Period .
Percent of Contracts Acquired
During the                                 %        %            %        %        %       %         %
  Period with Recourse to the
Dealer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repossessions as a Percent of
Average                                    %        %            %        %        %       %         %
  Number of Contracts Outstanding 
Net Losses as a Percent of
  Liquidations(3)(4)  . . . . . .          %        %            %        %        %       %         %
Net Losses as a Percent of
Average                                    %        %            %        %        %       %         %
  Amount Outstanding(2)(3)  . . .

</TABLE>

   ____________________
   (1)    (Except as indicated, all amounts  and percentages are based on the
          gross  amount scheduled  to  be paid  on  each contract,  including
          unearned finance and  other charges.  The information  in the table
          includes previously sold  contracts that the Servicer  continues to
          service.)

   (2)    Percentages  have  been  annualized  for  the  _____  months  ended
          ____________, 199   and 199   and are not necessarily indicative of
          the experience for the year.

   (3)    (Net losses  are equal  to the  aggregate  of the  balances of  all
          contracts which are determined to  be uncollectible in the  period,
          less any recoveries  on contracts charged off in the  period or any
          prior periods,  including  any losses  resulting  from  disposition
          expenses  and any  losses  resulting from  the  failure to  recover
          commissions to dealers with  respect to contracts that  are prepaid
          or charged off.)

   (4)    Liquidations represent a  reduction in the outstanding  balances of
          the contracts as a result of monthly cash payments and charge-offs.


     (The net loss figures above reflect the fact that Seller had recourse to
Dealers on a portion of its retail installment sale contracts.   By aggregate
principal  balance,  approximately          %  of  the  Receivables represent
contracts  with  recourse  to  Dealers.    The  Seller  applies  underwriting
standards to the purchase of contracts without regard to whether recourse  to
Dealers is provided.  However,  the net loss experience of  contracts without
recourse to Dealers is higher than that of contracts with recourse to Dealers
because,  under its  recourse obligation,  the Dealer  is responsible  to the
Seller for payment of  the unpaid balance of the contract,  provided that the
Seller repossesses the  vehicle from the retail  buyer and returns it  to the
Dealer  within a specified  time.  In  the event of a  Dealer's bankruptcy, a
bankruptcy trustee might attempt to characterize  recourse sales of contracts
as  loans to  the Dealer  secured  by the  contracts.   Such  an attempt,  if
successful,  could  result  in  payment  delays or  losses  on  the  affected
Receivables.)


                                  THE SELLER

     (DESCRIPTION OF SELLER AND ITS UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING STANDARDS)

                                THE DEPOSITOR

                          (DESCRIPTION OF DEPOSITOR)

                                 THE SERVICER

            (DESCRIPTION OF SERVICER AND ITS SERVICING STANDARDS)


                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

     Information  regarding  certain maturity  and  prepayment considerations
with respect to the Securities is  set forth under "Weighted Average Life  of
the Securities" in the Prospectus.  No principal payments will be made on the
Class (   ) Notes until  all Class (   ) Notes  have been paid  in full.   In
addition, no principal payments on the Certificates will be made until all of
the  Notes have been paid in full.  See "Description of the Notes -- Payments
of  Principal" and  "Description  of  the  Certificates --  Distributions  of
Principal Payments" herein. As the rate of payment of principal of each class
of  Notes and  the  Certificates depends  primarily on  the  rate of  payment
(including  prepayments) of the principal  balances of the Receivables, final
payment of any class  of the Notes and the  final distribution in respect  of
the  Certificates could  occur significantly  earlier  than their  respective
Final  Scheduled Distribution  Dates. In  addition,  the rate  of payment  of
principal  of  each class  of  Notes  will  be  affected by  the  Accelerated
Principal Distribution Amounts applied to the payment of the principal of the
Notes.   Securityholders  will  bear  the risk  of  being  able  to  reinvest
principal payments of the Securities at  yields at least equal to the  yields
on their respective Securities.

                           DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

     The Notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, a  form
of which  has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  A copy
of the Indenture will be filed with the Commission following the  issuance of
the Securities.   The following summary describes certain  terms of the Notes
and  the Indenture.   The  summary does  not purport  to be  complete and  is
subject to, and is qualified by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes
and the  Indenture.   The following  summary supplements  and, to  the extent
inconsistent therewith,  replaces the  description of  the general  terms and
provisions  of the Notes  of any given  series and the  related Indenture set
forth in the Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby made.      
            , a                    , will be  the Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture.

PAYMENTS OF INTEREST

     The  Notes will  constitute Floating  Rate Securities,  as such  term is
defined  under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Floating Rate
Securities" in the Prospectus.  The Base  Rate with respect to the Notes will
be (      ).  Interest on the principal  balances of the classes of the Notes
will accrue at  their respective Interest Rates per annum and will be payable
to the Noteholders monthly on each Distribution Date, commencing             
, 199 . Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (other than
the Class  (  ) Notes) will  accrue at the applicable Interest  Rate from the
Closing Date (in the case of the first Distribution Date) or from the        
  day  of  the  month preceding  the  month  of a  Distribution  Date  to and
including the            day of the month  of the Distribution Date (each, an
"INTEREST ACCRUAL PERIOD").  Interest  on the outstanding principal amount of
the Class (  ) Notes will accrue at the Class (  ) Rate from the Closing Date
(in  the  case  of the  first  Distribution  Date) or  from  the  most recent
Distribution Date  on  which interest  has  been paid  to but  excluding  the
following   Distribution  Date  (each,  a  "FLOATING  RATE  INTEREST  ACCRUAL
PERIOD").   Interest on the Notes (other  than the Class (   ) Notes) will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
Interest  on the  Class (   ) Notes  will be calculated  on the  basis of the
actual  number of  days in  each  applicable Floating  Rate Interest  Accrual
Period divided  by 360.   Interest payments  on the  Notes will  generally be
derived from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the payment of the
Servicing Fee and from the Reserve Account.  See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account" herein.

     Interest  payments to  all classes  of  Noteholders will  have the  same
priority.   Under certain  circumstances, the amount  available for  interest
payments could  be less than the  amount of interest payable on  the Notes on
any Distribution Date, in which case  each class of Noteholders will  receive
their ratable share (based upon the aggregate amount of interest due  to such
class of Noteholders) of the aggregate amount  available to be distributed in
respect of interest on the Notes.

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

     Principal payments will be made  to the Noteholders on each Distribution
Date in an  amount generally equal  to the sum  of (i) the Regular  Principal
Distribution Amount plus (ii) the Accelerated Principal Distribution  Amount.
The  "REGULAR PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" with respect to any Distribution
Date will equal  the sum of principal  payments received with respect  to the
Receivables  during the  preceding Collection  Period or,  in certain  cases,
scheduled to  be paid during  such Collection Period (exclusive  of Payaheads
allocable  to principal  that  have not  been applied  as payments  under the
related Receivables  in such  Collection Period  and  inclusive of  Payaheads
allocable to principal that have  been applied as payments under  the related
Receivables  in  such  Collection  Period)  plus the  principal  balances  of
defaulted  Receivables written  off  in respect  of  such Collection  Period,
subject  to certain  limitations.   The  "ACCELERATED PRINCIPAL  DISTRIBUTION
AMOUNT" with respect to any Distribution Date will equal the portion, if any,
of  the Total  Distribution Amount  for  the related  Collection Period  that
remains after payment of (a) the Servicing Fee, (b) the Noteholders' Interest
Distributable Amount,  (c) the Regular Principal Distribution Amount, (d) the
Certificateholders' Interest  Distributable  Amount, and  (e) the amount,  if
any, required  to be deposited  in the Reserve  Account on  such Distribution
Date.  Principal  payments on the  Notes will generally  be derived from  the
Total Distribution Amount and the amount,  if any, in the Reserve Account  up
to the Available Amount remaining after the payment of the Servicing  Fee and
the  Noteholders' Interest  Distributable  Amount  and, in  the  case of  any
Accelerated Principal  Distribution Amount, the  Certificateholders' Interest
Distributable Amount and  the amount, if  any, required to be  deposited into
the  Reserve  Account.    See  "Description of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account" herein.

     On  the  Business Day  immediately preceding  each Distribution  Date (a
"DETERMINATION DATE"),  the Indenture Trustee  shall determine the  amount in
the Collection  Account  for  the  related  Collection  Period  allocable  to
interest and  the amount  allocable  to principal  on  an actual  basis,  and
payments to Securityholders on the  following Distribution Date will be based
on such allocation.

     On  each Distribution  Date, principal  payments  on the  Notes will  be
applied in the following order of priority:  (i) to the principal  balance of
the Class (   ) Notes until the principal  balance of the Class (  ) Notes is
reduced to zero; and (ii) to the  principal balance of the Class (    ) Notes
until the principal balance of the Class (  ) Notes is reduced  to zero.  The
principal balance of the Class (  ) Notes, to the extent not previously paid,
will be due on  the Class (    ) Final  Scheduled Distribution Date; and  the
principal balance of the Class (  ) Notes, to the extent not previously paid,
will be due on the Class (   ) Final Scheduled Distribution Date.  The actual
date on  which the  aggregate outstanding  principal amount  of any  class of
Notes is paid may be earlier than the respective Final Scheduled Distribution
Dates  set forth  above  based  on  a variety  of  factors,  including  those
described under "Weighted Average  Life of the Securities" herein  and in the
Prospectus.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

     The Class (  )  Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, on any
Distribution Date after all the other classes of Notes have been paid in full
on which the Servicer exercises its option to purchase the Receivables.   The
Servicer will have the  option to purchase all, but not less  than all of the
Receivables on or after any Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance shall
have declined to (    )% or less of  the Initial Pool Balance.  The  price at
which the Servicer will  be required to purchase the Receivables  in order to
exercise such option will be equal  to the aggregate of the Purchase  Amounts
of  the Receivables  as of  the  end of  the related  Collection  Period. The
Servicer will be  required to give not  less than (    ) days' notice  to the
Trustee  of its intention to exercise  such option. In addition, the Servicer
will  not  be  permitted  to   exercise  such  option  unless  the  resulting
distribution would  be sufficient to retire  the Notes at  a redemption price
equal to the  unpaid principal amount of  such Notes plus accrued  and unpaid
interest thereon (the "REDEMPTION PRICE").   See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements--Termination" in the Prospectus.

                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     The  Certificates will  be  issued pursuant  to the  terms of  the Trust
Agreement, a  form of which has been filed as  an exhibit to the Registration
Statement.   A copy of the Trust  Agreement will be filed with the Commission
following the  issuance of the  Securities.  The following  summary describes
certain terms of  the Certificates and the Trust Agreement.  The summary does
not purport to be complete and is  subject to, and qualified by reference to,
all the provisions of the Certificates and the Trust Agreement. The following
summary supplements and,  to the extent inconsistent  therewith, replaces the
description of the  general terms and provisions  of the Certificates  of any
given series and the related Trust Agreement  set forth in the Prospectus, to
which description reference is hereby made.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST INCOME

     On each Distribution Date, commencing               , (199 )(20  ) , the
Certificateholders will  be entitled to  distributions in an amount  equal to
the amount of  interest that would accrue  on the Certificate Balance  at the
Pass Through Rate.   The Certificates will constitute  Fixed Rate Securities,
as   such  term   is  defined  under   "Certain  Information   Regarding  the
Securities -- Fixed Rate Securities" in  the Prospectus.  Interest in respect
of a Distribution Date will accrue from the Closing Date (in the case of  the
first Distribution Date) or from the               day of the month preceding
the month of the Distribution Date  to and including the          day  of the
month  of such Distribution  Date.  Interest  in respect of  the Certificates
will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months.    Interest distributions  due  for  any  Distribution Date  but  not
distributed on  such Distribution Date will  be due on the  next Distribution
Date increased  by an  amount equal to  interest on  such amount at  the Pass
Through Rate (to the extent lawful).  Interest distributions with  respect to
the Certificates  will generally  be funded  from  the portion  of the  Total
Distribution Amount and  the funds in the Reserve Account remaining after the
distribution of the Servicing Fee and the Noteholders'  Distributable Amount.
See "Description of  the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions"
and "-- Reserve Account" herein.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

     Certificateholders will  be entitled  to distributions  of principal  on
each Distribution  Date, commencing with  the Distribution Date on  which the
Notes are paid in full, in an amount generally equal to the Regular Principal
Distribution  Amount (less, on the  Distribution Date on  which the Notes are
paid in full, the portion thereof payable on the Notes).   Distributions with
respect to  principal payments will generally  be funded from the  portion of
the  Total Distribution  Amount and  funds in  the Reserve  Account remaining
after the distribution of the  Servicing Fee, the Noteholders'  Distributable
Amount (on the Distribution Date on which the Notes are paid in full) and the
Certificateholders' Interest Distributable  Amount.  See "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account".

OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

     If the  Servicer exercises its  option to purchase the  Receivables (the
terms of  which option  are described  under   "Description of  the Notes  --
Optional Redemption" herein), the Certificates will be retired.  The Servicer
shall  not  be  permitted  to  exercise  such  option  unless  the  resulting
distribution to  the Certificateholders  would be  equal  to the  outstanding
Certificate Balance together with accrued  interest at the Pass Through Rate.
See "Description of the Transfer and  Servicing Agreements -- Termination" in
the Prospectus.


             DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

     The following summary describes certain  terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,   the   Administration   Agreement   and   the   Trust   Agreement
(collectively,  the "TRANSFER  AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENTS").   Forms  of  the
Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  have  been filed  as  exhibits  to  the
Registration Statement.   A copy of the Sale  and Servicing Agreement will be
filed with  the Commission  following the  issuance of  the Securities.   The
summary does not purport  to be complete and is subject to,  and qualified by
reference to,  all the provisions  of the Transfer and  Servicing Agreements.
The  following summary supplements and,  to the extent inconsistent therewith
replaces, the description of the general terms and provisions of the Transfer
and Servicing  Agreements set forth  in the Prospectus, to  which description
reference is hereby made.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

     Certain  information regarding the conveyance of  the Receivables by the
Depositor to the Trust on the Closing Date pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement is set  forth in the Prospectus under "Description  of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     The  Servicing Fee  Rate  with  respect to  the  Servicing  Fee for  the
Servicer will be   % per annum of the Pool Balance as of the first day of the
related Collection  Period.  The  Servicing Fee  in respect  of a  Collection
Period (together with any  portion of the  Servicing Fee that remains  unpaid
from  prior  Distribution  Dates)  will be  paid  at  the  beginning of  such
Collection  Period  out of  collections  for  such  Collection Period.    See
"Description   of  the   Transfer   and  Servicing   Agreements --  Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     DEPOSITS TO  COLLECTION ACCOUNT.   On or before each  Distribution Date,
the Servicer  will cause all  collections and other amounts  constituting the
Total  Distribution Amount to be deposited  into the Collection Account.  The
"TOTAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" for a Distribution  Date shall be the sum of  the
Interest  Distribution Amount and  the Regular Principal  Distribution Amount
(other than the portion thereof  attributable to Realized Losses).  "REALIZED
LOSSES"  means  the  excess  of  the  principal  balance  of  any  Liquidated
Receivable over Liquidation Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

     The  "INTEREST  DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT"  on  any  Distribution  Date  will
generally be  the sum of the following amounts  with respect to the preceding
Collection Period:   (i) that portion  of all collections on  the Receivables
(including Payaheads)  allocable to interest  plus that portion  of Payaheads
allocable to principal (less an amount equal to Payaheads, if any,  that have
been  returned  to  the  related  Obligors  during  such  Collection Period);
(ii) all  proceeds of the  liquidation of defaulted  Receivables ("LIQUIDATED
RECEIVABLES"), net  of expenses incurred  by the Servicer in  connection with
such  liquidation  and any  amounts required  by  law to  be remitted  to the
Obligor  on  such  Liquidated Receivables  ("LIQUIDATION  PROCEEDS"),  to the
extent attributable to interest due thereon in accordance with the Servicer's
customary  servicing procedures, and all  recoveries in respect of Liquidated
Receivables which  were written  off in  prior Collection  Periods; (iii) all
Advances made  by the Servicer of  interest due on the  Receivables; (iv) the
Purchase Amount of each Receivable that was  repurchased by the Depositor and
simultaneously repurchased by  the Seller or purchased by  the Servicer under
an obligation which arose during the related Collection Period, to the extent
attributable to  accrued interest  thereon; and  (v) Investment Earnings  for
such Distribution Date.  The Interest Distribution Amount shall be determined
on the related Determination Date on an actual basis.

     The "REGULAR  PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT" on  any Distribution  Date
will  generally  be the  sum of  the  following amounts  with respect  to the
preceding  Collection Period:   (i) that  portion of  all collections  on the
Receivables (exclusive of Payaheads allocable to principal that have not been
applied as payments  under the related Receivables in  such Collection Period
and inclusive of  Payaheads allocable to principal that  have been applied as
payments under the  related Receivables in such  Collection Period) allocable
to principal;  (ii) all Liquidation  Proceeds attributable  to the  principal
amount  of  Receivables  which  became  Liquidated  Receivables  during  such
Collection  Period  in  accordance with  the  Servicer's  customary servicing
procedures,  plus  the  amount  of  Realized  Losses  with  respect  to  such
Liquidated Receivables; (iii) all  Precomputed Advances made by  the Servicer
of  principal  due  on  the  Precomputed  Receivables;   (iv) to  the  extent
attributable to principal, the Purchase  Amount received with respect to each
Receivable repurchased by  the Seller or purchased  by the Servicer under  an
obligation  which arose  during the  related  Collection Period;  (v) partial
prepayments relating to refunds of extended warranty protection plan costs or
of physical damage, credit life  or disability insurance policy premiums, but
only if such costs or premiums were financed by the respective Obligor  as of
the  date  of  the  original  contract; and  (vi) on  the  Distribution  Date
immediately following the Final Scheduled Maturity Date (the "FINAL SCHEDULED
DISTRIBUTION DATE"),  any amounts  advanced by the  Servicer with  respect to
principal on  the Receivables.    The Regular  Principal Distribution  Amount
shall be determined on the related Determination Date on an actual basis.

     The  Interest Distribution Amount and the Regular Principal Distribution
Amount on any Distribution Date shall exclude the following:

          (i)  amounts received on Precomputed Receivables to the extent that
     the Servicer has previously made an unreimbursed Precomputed Advance;

          (ii) Liquidation Proceeds with respect  to a particular Precomputed
     Receivable  to the  extent  of  any  unreimbursed  Precomputed  Advances
     thereon;

          (iii)     all   payments   and  proceeds   (including   Liquidation
     Proceeds)  of any  Receivables, the  Purchase Amount  of which  has been
     included in the Total Distribution Amount in a prior Collection Period;

          (iv) amounts received  in respect  of interest  on Simple  Interest
     Receivables during  the preceding  Collection  Period in  excess of  the
     amount of interest that would have been due during the Collection Period
     on Simple Interest Receivables at their respective APRs (assuming that a
	     payment is  received on each Simple Interest  Receivable on the due date
     thereof); and

          (v)  Liquidation   Proceeds  with  respect  to  a  Simple  Interest
     Receivable attributable to accrued and  unpaid interest thereon (but not
     including interest for  the then current Collection Period)  but only to
     the extent of any unreimbursed Simple Interest Advances.

     DEPOSITS  TO  THE DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNTS.    At  the beginning  of  each
Collection Period,  the Indenture Trustee  will apply funds available  in the
Collection  Account  to  pay  to the  Servicer  the  Servicing  Fee  for such
Collection Period and any overdue Servicing Fees.  On each Distribution Date,
the  Servicer will  instruct  the  Indenture Trustee  to  make the  following
deposits and distributions,  to the extent of  the amount then on  deposit in
the Collection Account, in the following order of priority:

          (i)  to the  Servicer, from the Interest Distribution Amount (as so
     allocated) the  Servicing Fee and  all unpaid Servicing Fees  from prior
     Collection Periods, to the extent,  if any, such amounts shall  not have
     been paid at the beginning of the related Collection Period;

          (ii) to  the Note Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution
     Amount  remaining  after the  payment  of  the  Servicing Fee  for  such
     Collection  Period and all  unpaid Servicing Fees  from prior Collection
     Periods, the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

          (iii)     to  the   Note  Distribution  Account,  from   the  Total
     Distribution Amount  remaining after the application of  clauses (i) and
     (ii), the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount;

          (iv) to  the  Certificate  Distribution  Account,  from  the  Total
     Distribution  Amount  remaining  after the  application  of  clauses (i)
     through (iii), the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

          (v)  after  all  of  the Notes  have  been  paid  in full,  to  the
     Certificate  Distribution  Account, from  the Total  Distribution Amount
     remaining  after  the  application  of  clauses  (i)  through  (iv), the
     Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount; and

          (vi) the remaining balance, if any, to the Reserve Account.

     For  purposes  hereof, the  following  terms  shall  have the  following
meanings:

          "NOTEHOLDERS' DISTRIBUTABLE  AMOUNT"  means, with  respect  to  any
     Distribution Date, the  sum of the Noteholders'  Principal Distributable
     Amount and the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount.

          "NOTEHOLDERS' INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
     any  Distribution Date,  the  sum of  the Noteholders'  Monthly Interest
     Distributable Amount  for such  Distribution Date  and the  Noteholders'
     Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

          "NOTEHOLDERS'  MONTHLY INTEREST  DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT"  means, with
     respect  to  any Distribution  Date,  interest accrued  for  the related
     Interest  Accrual Period  or Floating  Rate Interest Accrual  Period, as
     applicable, on each class  of Notes at the respective  Interest Rate for
     such class  on the  outstanding principal balance  of the Notes  of such
     class on the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of
     the first Distribution  Date, on the Closing Date),  after giving effect
     to all payments  of principal  to the  Noteholders of such  class on  or
     prior to such Distribution Date.

          "NOTEHOLDERS' INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means,  with respect to
     any Distribution Date, the  excess of the Noteholders' Monthly  Interest
     Distributable  Amount  for  the  preceding  Distribution  Date  and  any
     outstanding Noteholders' Interest Carryover  Shortfall on such preceding
     Distribution  Date, over  the  amount  in respect  of  interest that  is
     actually  deposited in the  Note Distribution Account  on such preceding
     Distribution Date, plus  interest on the amount of interest  due but not
     paid to  Noteholders on the  preceding Distribution Date, to  the extent
     permitted  by law, at the respective  Interest Rates borne by each class
     of the Notes for  the related Interest  Accrual Period or Floating  Rate
     Interest Accrual Period, as applicable.

          "NOTEHOLDERS' PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE  AMOUNT" means, with  respect
     to any Distribution Date, the  sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal
     Distributable Amount  for such  Distribution Date  and the  Noteholders'
     Principal  Carryover  Shortfall   as  of  the  close  of  the  preceding
     Distribution  Date; provided, however,  that the  Noteholders' Principal
     Distributable  Amount shall not exceed the outstanding principal balance
     of the Notes; and provided, further, that (i) the Noteholders' Principal
     Distributable Amount on the Class (  ) Final Scheduled Distribution Date
     shall not be less than the amount that is necessary (after giving effect
     to  other amounts  to be deposited  in the Note  Distribution Account on
     such  Distribution  Date  and  allocable  to  principal)  to reduce  the
     outstanding principal  balance of  the Class  (   ) Notes  to zero;  and
     (ii) the Noteholders' Principal  Distributable Amount on the Class  (  )
     Final Scheduled Distribution Date shall not be less than the amount that
     is  necessary (after giving effect  to other amounts  to be deposited in
     the Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to
     principal) to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Class (  )
     Notes to zero.

          "NOTEHOLDERS' MONTHLY  PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT"  means, with
     respect to each Distribution Date,  the sum of (i) the Regular Principal
     Distribution  Amount  and  (ii) the  Accelerated Principal  Distribution
     Amount.

          "NOTEHOLDERS' PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, as of the close
     of  any  Distribution  Date,  the excess  of  the  Noteholders'  Monthly
     Principal   Distributable  Amount   and  any   outstanding  Noteholders'
     Principal  Carryover Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date over
     the amount in  respect of principal  that is  actually deposited in  the
     Note Distribution Account.

          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' DISTRIBUTABLE  AMOUNT" means, with  respect to
     any  Distribution Date,  the sum  of  the Certificateholders'  Principal
     Distributable Amount and the  Certificateholders' Interest Distributable
     Amount.

          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS'  INTEREST  DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT"  means,  with
     respect  to any  Distribution Date,  the sum of  the Certificateholders'
     Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the
     Certificateholders' Interest Carryover  Shortfall for such  Distribution
     Date.

          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' MONTHLY INTEREST  DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means,
     with respect to any Distribution Date,  30 days of interest (or, in  the
     case of the first Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including
     the Closing Date to but  excluding such Distribution Date, calculated on
     the basis of a 360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day months) at  the
     Pass  Through  Rate  on  the  Certificate  Balance  on  the  immediately
     preceding  Distribution  Date,  after  giving  effect  to  all  payments
     allocable to the  reduction of the Certificate Balance made  on or prior
     to such Distribution  Date (or, in  the case  of the first  Distribution
     Date, on the Closing Date).

          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS'  INTEREST  CARRYOVER  SHORTFALL"  means,  with
     respect to any Distribution Date, the excess of the  Certificateholders'
     Monthly  Interest Distributable  Amount for  the  preceding Distribution
     Date   and  any   outstanding  Certificateholders'   Interest  Carryover
     Shortfall  on  such  preceding Distribution  Date,  over  the amount  in
     respect of  interest  that  is  actually deposited  in  the  Certificate
     Distribution  Account on such preceding Distribution Date, plus interest
     on such excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the Pass Through Rate
     for the related Interest Accrual Period.

          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS'  PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE  AMOUNT" means,  with
     respect  to any  Distribution Date,  the sum of  the Certificateholders'
     Monthly  Principal Distributable Amount  for such Distribution  Date and
     the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of
     the   preceding   Distribution  Date;   provided,   however,  that   the
     Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount shall  not exceed the
     Certificate  Balance.  In addition,  on the Final Scheduled Distribution
     Date,  the  principal required  to  be  deposited into  the  Certificate
     Distribution  Account will include  the lesser of  (a) (i) any scheduled
     payments  of  principal due  and  remaining unpaid  on  each Precomputed
     Receivable  and (ii) any  principal  due and  remaining  unpaid on  each
     Simple Interest  Receivable, in each case, in the  Trust as of the Final
     Scheduled Distribution Date and (b) the amount  that is necessary (after
     giving effect to the  other amounts to be  deposited in the  Certificate
     Distribution   Account  on  such  Distribution  Date  and  allocable  to
     principal) to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero.

          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means,
     with respect to  any Distribution Date prior to the Distribution Date on
     which  the  Notes  are paid  in  full,  zero; and  with  respect  to any
     Distribution Date commencing on the Distribution Date on which the Notes
     are paid  in full, the  Regular Principal Distribution Amount  (less, on
     the Distribution Date on which the  Notes are paid in full, the  portion
     thereof payable on the Notes).

          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' PRINCIPAL  CARRYOVER SHORTFALL"  means, as  of
     the    close   of   any   Distribution   Date,   the   excess   of   the
     Certificateholders'  Monthly  Principal  Distributable  Amount  and  any
     outstanding Certificateholders'  Principal Carryover Shortfall  from the
     preceding  Distribution Date, over  the amount  in respect  of principal
     that is actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account.

          "CERTIFICATE BALANCE" equals, initially,  $                    and,
     thereafter,  equals  the  initial Certificate  Balance,  reduced  by all
     amounts    allocable   to    principal    previously   distributed    to
     Certificateholders.

     On  each  Distribution  Date,  all   amounts  on  deposit  in  the  Note
Distribution Account (other than Investment Earnings) will  generally be paid
in the following order of priority:

          (i)  to  the applicable Noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on
     the outstanding  principal balance of  the applicable class of  Notes at
     the applicable Interest Rate;

          (ii) the  Noteholders'  Principal   Distributable  Amount  in   the
     following order of priority:

               (a)  to the Class  (  ) Noteholders in  reduction of principal
          until  the principal balance of the Class  (  ) Notes is reduced to
          zero; and

               (b)  to the Class  (  ) Noteholders in  reduction of principal
          until  the principal balance of the Class (   ) Notes is reduced to
          zero.

     On each  Distribution Date,  all amounts on  deposit in  the Certificate
Distribution Account will be distributed to the Certificateholders.

RESERVE ACCOUNT

     The  rights  of  the Certificateholders  to  receive  distributions with
respect to the  Receivables will generally be  subordinated to the  rights of
the Noteholders in the event of defaults and delinquencies on the Receivables
as provided in  the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The protection afforded to
the  Noteholders  through  subordination  will   be  effected  both  by   the
preferential right  of the Noteholders to receive  current distributions with
respect to the Receivables and  by the establishment of the  Reserve Account.
The Reserve Account will be created with an initial deposit by the (________)
on the Closing Date of cash or Eligible Investments in the amount of $       
            .

     (DESCRIBE RESERVE ACCOUNT FORMULA)

     If the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on any Distribution Date
(after giving effect  to all deposits therein or  other withdrawals therefrom
on  such Distribution  Date) is  greater than  the Specified  Reserve Account
Balance for such Distribution Date, except as described below and subject  to
certain limitations, the  Servicer shall  instruct the  Indenture Trustee  to
distribute  such  excess to  the Depositor.    Upon any  distribution  to the
Depositor of  amounts from the  Reserve Account, neither the  Noteholders nor
the Certificateholders will have any  rights in, or claims to, such  amounts.
Subsequent to any  reduction or withdrawal by any Rating Agency of its rating
of any class of Notes, unless such rating shall have been restored, any  such
excess released  from the  Reserve Account  on a  Distribution  Date will  be
deposited in the  Note Distribution Account for payment to  Noteholders as an
accelerated payment of principal on such Distribution Date.

     Amounts held from time to time  in the Reserve Account will continue  to
be  held for  the benefit  of Noteholders  and  Certificateholders.   On each
Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn from the Reserve Account up to the
Available Amount to the extent that  the Total Distribution Amount (after the
payment of  the Servicing Fee) with respect to  any Collection Period is less
than the Noteholders' Distributable Amount and will be deposited in  the Note
Distribution Account.   In addition, after giving effect  to such withdrawal,
funds will  be withdrawn from the Reserve Account  up to the Available Amount
(as reduced  by any  withdrawal pursuant  to the  preceding sentence)  to the
extent that the portion of the Total  Distribution Amount remaining after the
payment  of   the  Servicing  Fee   and  the  deposit  of   the  Noteholders'
Distributable  Amount in  the  Note  Distribution Account  is  less than  the
Certificateholders'  Distributable  Amount  and  will  be  deposited  in  the
Certificate Distribution  Account.  If  funds applied in accordance  with the
preceding  sentence  are insufficient  to  distribute  interest  due  on  the
Certificates, subject  to certain limitations,  funds will be  withdrawn from
the  Reserve  Account   and  applied  to  distribute  interest   due  on  the
Certificates  to the extent of  the Certificate Interest  Reserve Amount.  On
each  Distribution Date,  the Reserve  Account will  be reinstated up  to the
Specified Reserve Account  Balance to the extent  of the portion, if  any, of
the Total Distribution  Amount remaining after payment of  the Servicing Fee,
the   deposit  of  the  Noteholders'  Distributable   Amount  into  the  Note
Distribution Account and the deposit of the Certificateholders' Distributable
Amount into the Certificate Distribution Account.

     "AVAILABLE  AMOUNT" means, with  respect to  any Distribution  Date, the
amount of funds on  deposit in the Reserve Account on  such Distribution Date
(other than Investment Earnings) less the Certificate Interest Reserve Amount
with respect to such Distribution Date, in each case, before giving effect to
any reduction thereto on such Distribution Date.

     "CERTIFICATE INTEREST RESERVE AMOUNT" means the lesser of (i) $         
       less the amount of any application of the Certificate Interest Reserve
Amount to pay interest on the Certificates on any prior Distribution Date and
(ii)       %  of the Certificate  Balance on  such Distribution  Date (before
giving effect to any reduction  thereof on such Distribution Date); provided,
however,  that   the  Certificate  Interest  Reserve  Amount  shall  be  zero
subsequent to any  reduction by any Rating Agency  to less than "    " or its
equivalent, or withdrawal by any Rating Agency, of its rating of any class of
Notes, unless such rating shall have been restored.

     If on any Distribution Date the entire Noteholders' Distributable Amount
for such Distribution Date (after giving effect to any amounts withdrawn from
the  Reserve Account) is not deposited  in the Note Distribution Account, the
Certificateholders  generally will not  receive any distributions  other than
those, if  any, in  respect of  interest made from  the Certificate  Interest
Reserve Amount.

     After the payment in full, or the provision for such payment, of (i) all
accrued  and  unpaid interest  on  the  Securities  and (ii) the  outstanding
principal  balance of the Securities,  any funds remaining  on deposit in the
Reserve  Account,  subject  to  certain  limitations, will  be  paid  to  the
Depositor.

     The  subordination  of  the Certificates  and  the  Reserve  Account are
intended to  enhance the  likelihood of receipt  by Noteholders  of the  full
amount of principal and interest due them and to decrease the likelihood that
the Noteholders will experience  losses.  In addition, the Reserve Account is
intended to  enhance the likelihood  of receipt by Certificateholders  of the
full amount of principal and interest due them and to decrease the likelihood
that  the Certificateholders  will experience  losses.   However, in  certain
circumstances, the Reserve Account could be depleted.  If the amount required
to be withdrawn from the Reserve  Account to cover shortfalls in  collections
on  the Receivables  exceeds  the amount  of available  cash  in the  Reserve
Account, Noteholders or Certificateholders could incur losses  or a temporary
shortfall   in   the  amounts   distributed   to  the   Noteholders   or  the
Certificateholders could result, which  could, in turn, increase the  average
life of the Notes or the Certificates.

                   MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

   
     In the opinion of Brown &  Wood LLP, counsel for the Trust, for  federal
income tax  purposes, the Notes will be characterized  as debt, and the Trust
will  not  be   characterized  as  an  association  (or   a  publicly  traded
partnership) taxable  as a corporation.  The Notes,  including the Class (  )
Notes, will not be issued with original issue discount ("OID").  (The Class (
) Notes provide for  stated interest at a floating rate  based on __________,
subject to  a cap  of    %  per year.)   Under  Treasury regulations,  stated
interest payable  at a  variable rate  is not  treated as  OID or  contingent
interest if the  variable rate is a  qualified floating rate or  a qualifying
objective  rate.  The  stated interest  on the  Class (   )  Notes represents
interest  payable at a  qualified floating rate  and thus will  be taxable to
holders  of Class  (   )  Notes  as interest  and not  as  OID or  contingent
interest.     For  additional   information  regarding  federal   income  tax
consequences, see  "Material Federal  Income Tax  Consequences --  Trusts for
Which a Partnership Election is Made" in the Prospectus.

(In the  Opinion of  Brown &  Wood LLP,  Counsel for  the Trust, for  federal
income tax  purposes, the Trust  will, on the  startup date, be treated  as a
financial  asset securitization investment  trust ("FASIT") and  its proposed
method of  operation will enable it to continue  to meet the requirements for
qualification  and taxation as  a FASIT  under the  Internal Revenue  Code of
1986, as amended (the  "Code") assuming a timely FASIT election is made.  The
Class (  ) and the Class (  ) will be treated as FASIT regular interests, the
Class  (  )  will be  treated as FASIT  high-yield regular  interests and the
Class (   ) will be treated as the single class of FASIT ownership interests.
Holders of FASIT  Regular Securities must report income  from such Securities
under an accrual method of accounting, even if they otherwise would have used
the cash receipts and disbursements method and accordingly, may report income
prior to the receipt of  any cash distribution corresponding to  such income.
For  additional  information   regarding  federal  income  tax   consequences
regarding a  FASIT, see "Material  Federal Income Tax Consequences  -- Trusts
for which a FASIT Election is Made" in the Prospectus.)
    

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

THE NOTES

     The Notes may be purchased by an  employee benefit plan or an individual
retirement account (a "PLAN") subject to  ERISA or Section 4975 of the  Code.
A  fiduciary  of a  Plan  must determine  that  the  purchase of  an  Note is
consistent with its  fiduciary duties under  ERISA and does  not result in  a
nonexempt  prohibited transaction  as  defined  in Section  406  of ERISA  or
Section 4975 of the Code.  For additional information regarding  treatment of
the Notes under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     The Notes may not be purchased with  the assets of a Plan if the Seller,
the Indenture Trustee, the  Owner Trustee or any of their  affiliates (a) has
investment  or administrative  discretion with  respect to such  Plan assets;
(b) has authority or  responsibility to give, or  regularly gives, investment
advice  with respect  to  such Plan  assets  for  a fee  and  pursuant to  an
agreement or understanding that such advice (i) will serve as a primary basis
for investment  decisions with respect to  such Plan assets and  (ii) will be
based on the particular investment needs for such Plan; or (c) is an employer
maintaining or contributing to such Plan.

THE CERTIFICATES

     The Certificates may not be acquired by (a) an employee benefit plan (as
defined in  Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title
I of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (c) any
entity whose  underlying assets  include plan assets  by reason  of a  plan's
investment in the entity or  which uses plan assets to  acquire Certificates.
By its acceptance of  a Certificate, each Certificateholder will be deemed to
have  represented and  warranted  that it  is not  subject  to the  foregoing
limitation.  In  this regard, purchasers that are  insurance companies should
consult with their  counsel with respect  to the United States  Supreme Court
case interpreting the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA, John Hancock
                                                               ------------
Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Sav. Bank, 114 S. Ct. 517 (1993).  In John
- -------------------------------------------
Hancock,  the Supreme Court ruled that  assets held in an insurance company's
general account may  be deemed to be  "plan assets" for ERISA  purposes under
certain circumstances.   Prospective purchasers should determine  whether the
decision affects their  ability to  make purchases of  the Certificates.   In
particular, such an  insurance company should  consider the exemptive  relief
granted  by the  Department  of Labor  for  transactions involving  insurance
company general accounts in Prohibited Transactions Exemption 95-60, 60
Fed.  Reg.  35925  (July 12, 1995).    For  additional  information regarding
treatment of the Certificates under  ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the
Prospectus.

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement (the  "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"), the Depositor has  agreed to cause
the Trust  to sell  to the  Underwriter, and  the Underwriter  has agreed  to
purchase, the entire principal amount of the Notes and the Certificates.

     The  Depositor has  been advised  by  the Underwriter  that it  proposes
initially to  offer the Notes to the  public at the prices  set forth herein,
and to certain  dealers at  such prices  less the initial  concession not  in
excess of      % per Class  (  )  Note and     %  per Class (   ) Note.   The
Underwriter may allow and such dealers may reallow a concession not in excess
of    % per Class (  ) Note and        % per Class (  ) Note to certain other
dealers.  After the initial public offering of the Notes, the public offering
price and such concessions may be changed.

     The  Depositor has  been advised  by  the Underwriter  that it  proposes
initially to  offer the  Certificates to the  public at  the price  set forth
herein and to certain  dealers at such price less the  initial concession not
in excess  of      % per  Certificate.  The  Underwriter may  allow and  such
dealers  may reallow a  concession not in  excess of    %  per Certificate to
certain  other   dealers.    After   the  initial  public  offering   of  the
Certificates, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed.

     Until the distribution of the Notes and Certificates is completed, rules
of the  Commission  may limit  the  ability of  the Underwriter  and  certain
selling group members to bid for and purchase the Notes and the Certificates.
As an exception  to these rules,  the Underwriter is  permitted to engage  in
certain  transactions  that  stabilize  the   price  of  the  Notes  and  the
Certificates.  Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose
of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Certificates.

     If  the  Underwriter   creates  a  short  position  in   the  Notes  and
Certificates in  connection with the offering,  i.e., if it  sells more Notes
and  Certificates than  are set forth  on the  cover page of  this Prospectus
Supplement,  the Underwriter  may reduce  that  short position  by purchasing
Notes and Certificates in the open market.

     In  general, the purchase of a security for the purpose of stabilization
or to  reduce a short position  could cause the  price of the security  to be
higher than it might be  in the absence of such purchases.

     Neither the Depositor  nor any Underwriter  makes any representation  or
prediction  as  to  the  direction  or  magnitude  of  any  effect  that  the
transactions  described  above  may  have on  the  prices  of  the Notes  and
Certificates.  In  addition, Neither the Depositor nor  any Underwriter makes
any representation that  the Underwriter will engage in  such transactions or
that  such transactions,  once commenced,  will  not be  discontinued without
notice.

     The Underwriter has  represented and agreed that (a) it  has not offered
or sold,  and will  not offer or  sell, any  Notes to  persons in the  United
Kingdom  except   to  persons  whose  ordinary  activities  involve  them  in
acquiring, holding,  managing or  disposing of  investments (as  principal or
agent) for  the purposes  of their businesses  or otherwise  in circumstances
that do not constitute  an offer to the public in the  United Kingdom for the
purposes  of the  Public Offers  of Securities  Regulations 1995,  (b) it has
complied  and will  comply with  all applicable  provisions of  the Financial
Services  Act 1986 with  respect to  anything done by  it in relation  to the
Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom and (c) it  has only
issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in  the United Kingdom any
document in  connection with the issue of  the Notes to a person  who is of a
kind  described  in  Article  11(3)   of  the  Financial  Services  Act  1986
(Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1996  or is a person  to whom
the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

     Upon receipt of a request by an  investor who has received an electronic
Prospectus Supplement  and Prospectus  from the Underwriter  or a  request by
such investor's  representative within  the period during  which there  is an
obligation to deliver  a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus,  the Seller or
the  Underwriter will  promptly deliver,  or cause  to be  delivered, without
charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.

                                LEGAL OPINIONS

     Certain legal  matters relating  to the Notes  and the  Certificates and
certain federal  income tax  matters and  certain state tax  matters will  be
passed  upon for  the  Depositor by  Brown  & Wood  LLP New  York,  New York.
(Certain legal  matters relating to  the Notes  and the Certificates  will be
passed upon for the Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP.)

                                INDEX OF TERMS

Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-17
APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-13
Available Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-24
Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-23
Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-7
Certificateholders' Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-22
Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . . .    S-23
Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . .    S-22
Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount . . . . . .    S-22
Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount  . . . . .    S-23
Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . . .    S-23
Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . .    S-23
Certificate Interest Reserve Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-24
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2,3
Class (  ) Final Scheduled Distribution Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-6
Class (  ) Final Scheduled Distribution Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-6
Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Class (  ) Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Class (  ) Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-9
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-8
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1,3
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-6,17
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2,4
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-9
Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Final Scheduled Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-20
Final Scheduled Maturity Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Financed Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2,4
Floating Rate Interest Accrual Period   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-5,17
Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Initial Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Interest Accrual Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-5,17
Interest Distribution Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-20
Interest Rates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Liquidated Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-20
Liquidation Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-20
Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Noteholders' Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-21
Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-22
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-21
Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . .    S-21
Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . .    S-22
Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-22
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-5,22
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1,3
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-25
Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Pass Through Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-7
Payment Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-25
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Prospectus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-9,11
Realized Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-20
Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Receivables Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-12
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Redemption Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-18
Regular Principal Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5,17,20
Sale and Servicing Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2,3
Securityholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-7
Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-9
Total Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-20
Transfer and Servicing Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-19
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1,3
Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                        <C>
       (BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT)                $(                     )
NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR OTHER  PERSON HAS  BEEN
AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS,  OTHER  THAN  THOSE CONTAINED  IN          (________________) TRUST
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS, AND,          199 -( )
IF   GIVEN   OR    MADE,   SUCH   INFORMATION   OR          $
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS  HAVING
BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY   THE  DEPOSITOR  OR  BY  THE
UNDERWRITER.   THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THE          (FLOATING RATE)( %)
PROSPECTUS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL,  OR          ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE  SECURITIES
OFFERED HEREBY TO  ANYONE IN  ANY JURISDICTION  IN
WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION          $
IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO  OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT          (FLOATING RATE)( %)
IS   UNLAWFUL   TO   MAKE   ANY   SUCH  OFFER   OR          ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
SOLICITATION.    NEITHER  THE   DELIVERY  OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY
SALE    MADE    HEREUNDER    SHALL,   UNDER    ANY          $
CIRCUMSTANCES,   CREATE   AN    IMPLICATION   THAT          (FLOATING RATE)( %)
INFORMATION HEREIN OR THEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY          ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
TIME  SUBSEQUENT TO  THE DATE  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT OR PROSPECTUS.
                ___________________                         SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
                                                            Depositor
   
                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                               PAGE
               PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Reports to Securityholders  . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-12
The Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
The Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-17
The Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-17
The Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-17
Weighted Average Life of the Securities . . .  S-17
Description of the Notes  . . . . . . . . . .  S-17
Description of the Certificates . . . . . . .  S-19
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
   Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-20
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences  . .  S-26
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Underwriting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-28
Index of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-29
    

                    PROSPECTUS                                        Prospectus Supplement

Available Information . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference   2                                , 199__
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
The Trusts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17                      Salomon Smith Barney
The Receivables Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
Weighted Average Life of the Securities . . . .  21
Pool Factors and Trading Information. . . . . .  21
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
Description of the Notes. . . . . . . . . . . .  23
Description of the Certificates . . . . . . . .  27
Certain Information Regarding the Securities. .  28
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
    Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables. . . .  48
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences. . . .  55
ERISA Consequences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
Plan of Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
Legal Opinions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
Index of Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
Annex I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

</TABLE>


UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE
REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.  THIS
IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITER(S) AND WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS.


   
Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to  buy  be accepted  prior  to the  time  the registration  statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus supplement and the prospectus to which it
relates shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer
to buy  nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state in which
such offer, solicitation or sale  would be unlawful prior to registration  or
qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
    

Subject to completion, dated (               )
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED            , 199__)

$(                   )

__________________ TRUST 199 -(  )

( %) ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS A
( %) ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS B

SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.

DEPOSITOR
__________________________________
SERVICER                     ____________________

The Asset Backed Certificates, Series  199  - (  ) (the  "CERTIFICATES") will
consist of  two Classes  of Certificates,  the Class  A Certificates  and the
Class  B  Certificates.    The Class  A  Certificates  will  evidence  in the
aggregate an  undivided ownership interest  of approximately ___% in  a trust
(the "TRUST")  to be formed pursuant to a  Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
be entered into among Salomon  Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc., as Depositor
(the "DEPOSITOR"), _______________________, as Servicer (the "SERVICER"), and
_____________________,  as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE").  The Class B Certificates
will  evidence  in   the  aggregate  an   undivided  ownership  interest   of
approximately ___%  in the Trust.  The Trust property will include a pool  of
retail   installment  sale  contracts   or  retail  installment   loans  (the
"RECEIVABLES")  secured  by  new  or  used  automobiles,  light-duty  trucks,
recreational vehicles and  motorcycles (the "FINANCED VEHICLES"),  all monies
due thereunder  on or  after __________, security  interests in  the Financed
Vehicles  and  certain   other  property.     The  rights  of  the   Class  B
Certificateholders to receive  distributions with respect to  the Receivables
are  subordinated to  the rights  of the  Class A Certificateholders,  to the
extent described herein.

Principal, and interest at the Pass-Through Rate  of ___%  per annum, will be
distributed on the  __th day of  each month (or  the next following  business
day)  beginning  ________,  199    (the "DISTRIBUTION  DATE").    The  "FINAL
SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE" on the Certificates will be __________.  

   
(IN THE CASE OF ANY CERTIFICATES PURCHASED AT A PREMIUM, AND PARTICULARLY THE
CLASS  IO  CERTIFICATES, THE  RISK  THAT A  FASTER  THAN ANTICIPATED  RATE OF
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON THE RECEIVABLES COULD RESULT IN AN ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS
LOWER THAN  THE ANTICIPATED  YIELD.   HOLDERS OF  THE  CLASS IO  CERTIFICATES
SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISK THAT A RAPID RATE OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON
THE RECEIVABLES COULD RESULT IN THE FAILURE  OF SUCH HOLDERS TO RECOVER THEIR
INITIAL INVESTMENTS.)

(In the  case of any Certificates  purchased at a  discount, and particularly
the Class PO  Certificates, the risk that  a slower than anticipated  rate of
principal payments on the Mortgage Loans could result in an actual yield that
is lower than the anticipated yield.)
    

                                          (Cover continued on following page)

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD  CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET  FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" AT  PAGE S-7  HEREOF AND BEGINNING  ON PAGE  12 OF  THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS.

THE CERTIFICATES  REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT
REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN  SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES
INC., THE  SERVICER  OR ANY  OF THEIR  RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.    NONE OF  THE
CERTIFICATES OR THE RECEIVABLES IS  INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   ORIGINAL
                                   PRINCIPAL           PRICE TO         UNDERWRITING     PROCEEDS TO THE
                                    AMOUNT             PUBLIC(1)          DISCOUNT       DEPOSITOR(1)(2)
<S>                            <C>                   <C>                <C>              <C>
Per Class A Certificate         $                                    %                 %                   %
Per Class B Certificate                                              %                 %                   %
(Per Class IO Certificate(3)
(Per Class PO Certificate(4)
     Total                      $                     $                  $                 $                

</TABLE>


(1)  Plus accrued interest, if any, from          , 199 .
(2)  Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $              .
((3) The  Class IO Certificates will have no  principal balance and will bear
interest on their Notional Amount.)
((4) The Class  PO Certificates will be principal  only certificates and will
not bear interest.)
    

The  Certificates are  offered  by Salomon  Brothers Inc  (the "UNDERWRITER")
subject  to  prior  sale,  when,  as  and  if  issued  and  accepted  by  the
Underwriter, and subject  to the Underwriter's  right to reject any  order in
whole  or in part.  It is expected  that delivery of the Certificates will be
made in book-entry form only through  the facilities of The Depository  Trust
Company,  Cedel Bank,  soci t   anonyme,  and  the Euroclear  System  against
payment   therefor   in    immediately   available   funds   on    or   about
          , 199  .

                             SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
          , 199  
(Continued from previous page)

Each class of  Certificates will represent  the right to receive  a specified
amount of payments of  principal and interest on the  related Receivables, at
the  rates, on the dates and  in the manner described  herein.  The rights of
the Class B Certificates to receive payments are subordinate to the rights of
the Class A Certificates.   The Certificates may differ as to  the timing and
priority  of payment, interest rate or  amount of distributions in respect of
principal  or  interest or  both.    (The  Certificates may  be  entitled  to
distributions in respect  of principal with  disproportionate, nominal or  no
interest distributions,  or to interest distributions  with disproportionate,
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal.)  The rate of payment in
respect of principal of any class of Certificates of any class will depend on
the priority  of payment of such  class and the  rate and timing  of payments
(including   prepayments,   defaults,   liquidations   and   repurchases   of
Receivables) on the related  Receivables.  A rate of payment  lower or higher
than that anticipated may affect the  weighted average life of each class  of
Securities in the manner described herein.

   
    

The  Servicer  may purchase  the  Receivables  when the  aggregate  principal
balance of the Receivables shall have declined to ( )% or less of the initial
aggregate principal balance of the Receivables purchased by the Trust.

THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT  CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION  ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF  THE CERTIFICATES.   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  IS CONTAINED  IN THE
PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ  BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS  IN FULL.  SALES OF THE CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND  THE  PROSPECTUS.   TO  THE  EXTENT  ANY  STATEMENTS  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT CONFLICT WITH STATEMENTS IN THE PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

Certain persons  participating in  this offering  may engage  in transactions
that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise  affect the price of the Certificates.
Such transactions may include stabilizing and the purchase of Certificates to
cover syndicate short positions.  For a description of these  activities, see
"Underwriting" herein.

(This Prospectus Supplement  may be used by the Underwriter,  an affiliate of
the Depositor, in connection  with offers and sales related to  market making
transactions in the Certificates.)

                        REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

Unless and  until  Definitive Certificates  are  issued, monthly  and  annual
unaudited reports containing  information concerning the Receivables  will be
prepared by the Servicer and sent on  behalf of the Trust only to Cede &  Co.
("CEDE"), as nominee  of The Depository Trust Company  ("DTC") and registered
holder  of  the  Certificates.    See "Description  of  the  Certificates  --
Book-Entry  Registration", "-- Reports  to  Certificateholders" and  "Certain
Information  Regarding  the  Securities --  Book-Entry  Registration"  in the
accompanying Prospectus (the "PROSPECTUS").  Such reports will not constitute
financial  statements  prepared   in  accordance   with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.   The Depositor, as originator of the Trust, will file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission  (the "COMMISSION") such periodic
reports as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the  "EXCHANGE  ACT"), and  the  rules  and  regulations of  the  Commission
thereunder.

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

     The  following  summary  is  qualified  by  reference  to  the  detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere herein  and  in  the Prospectus.    Certain
capitalized  terms  used  herein are  defined  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus
Supplement on the pages  indicated in the "Index of Terms"  or, to the extent
not  defined  herein,  have the  meanings  assigned  to  such  terms  in  the
Prospectus.

  Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     _______________ Trust 199 -( ) (the
                                          "TRUST"  or  the "ISSUER"),  to  be
                                          formed  pursuant to  a  Pooling and
                                          Servicing Agreement to  be dated as
                                          of  __________,  199     among  the
                                          Depositor,  the  Servicer  and  the
                                          Trustee (the "POOLING AND SERVICING
                                          AGREEMENT")

  Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . .     Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities
                                          Inc. (the "DEPOSITOR").

  Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ______________________   (in   such
                                          capacity, the "SERVICER").

  Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             ,        as
                                          trustee  under   the  Pooling   and
                                          Servicing       Agreement      (the
                                          "TRUSTEE").

  The Certificates  . . . . . . . . .     The  Certificates  will  consist of
                                          two  classes, entitled  (  )% Asset
                                          Backed Certificates,  Class A  (the
                                          "CLASS  A CERTIFICATES")  and  ( )%
                                          Asset Backed Certificates,  Class B
                                          (the "CLASS B CERTIFICATES").  Each
                                          Certificate   will    represent   a
                                          fractional    undivided   ownership
                                          interest in the Trust.

                                          The  Class   A  Certificates   will
                                          evidence   in   the   aggregate  an
                                          undivided  ownership interest  (the
                                          "CLASS     A    PERCENTAGE")     of
                                          approximately  (  )% of  the  Trust
                                          (initially representing $(   )) and
                                          the  Class   B  Certificates   will
                                          evidence   in   the   aggregate  an
                                          undivided  ownership interest  (the
                                          "CLASS     B    PERCENTAGE")     of
                                          approximately (   )%  of the  Trust
                                          (initially             representing
                                          $(____________)).    The   Class  B
                                          Certificates  are  subordinated  to
                                          the  Class A  Certificates,  to the
                                          extent described herein.

  The Receivables . . . . . . . . . .     The   Receivables   will   have  an
                                          aggregate   principal   balance  of
                                          approximately $                (the
                                          "INITIAL POOL BALANCE") as of      
                                                  ,   199      (the  "CUT-OFF
                                          DATE").    "The  RECEIVABLES"  will
                                          consist of retail  installment sale
                                          contracts,    retail    installment
                                          loans,  purchase  money   notes  or
                                          other  notes  between  Obligors and
                                          Dealers  secured  by  new  or  used
                                          automobiles,  light   duty  trucks,
                                          recreational      vehicles      and
                                          motorcycles      (the     "FINANCED
                                          VEHICLES").   The Receivables  were
                                          purchased   by    __________   (the
                                          "SELLER").  The Receivables will be
                                          transferred by the Depositor to the
                                          Trust  on             (the "CLOSING
                                          DATE"),  based   on  the   criteria
                                          specified   in   the   Pooling  and
                                          Servicing  Agreement and  described
                                          herein and in  the Prospectus.   As
                                          of the  Cut-off Date,  the weighted
                                          average annual  percentage interest
                                          rate   of   the   Receivables   was
                                          approximately       %, the weighted
                                          average remaining  maturity of  the
                                          Receivables was approximately      
                                          months,  and  the  weighted average
                                          original     maturity    of     the
                                          Receivables was  approximately     
                                          months.     No  Receivable   has  a
                                          scheduled maturity later than      
                                                 , 20__ (the "FINAL SCHEDULED
                                          MATURITY   DATE").       See   "The
                                          Receivables  Pool"  herein.     The
                                          "POOL  BALANCE"  at any  time  will
                                          represent  the aggregate  principal
                                          balance of  the Receivables  at the
                                          end  of  the  preceding  Collection
                                          Period, after giving  effect to all
                                          payments  (other   than  Payaheads)
                                          received  from  Obligors,  Advances
                                          and Purchase Amounts to be remitted
                                          by the  Servicer or  the Depositor,
                                          as  the case may  be, all  for such
                                          Collection Period,  and all  losses
                                          realized on  Receivables liquidated
                                          during such Collection Period.

  Distribution Dates  . . . . . . . .     Distributions with  respect to  the
                                          Certificates will be made on the   
                                           day of each month or, if  any such
                                          day is  not a Business  Day, on the
                                          next succeeding Business Day (each,
                                          a "DISTRIBUTION DATE") commencing  
                                                  , 199 .  The Servicer shall
                                          determine   the   amount    to   be
                                          distributed  on   the  Distribution
                                          Date on or  before the     Business
                                          Day  preceding  such   Distribution
                                          Date  (the  "DETERMINATION  DATE").
                                          Distributions  will   be  made   to
                                          holders  of  the  Certificates (the
                                          "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS") of  record as
                                          of  the  day  immediately preceding
                                          such  Distribution   Date  or,   if
                                          Definitive Certificates are issued,
                                          as of the      day of the preceding
                                          month (a "RECORD DATE").  

  Class A Pass Through Rate . . . . .     ___% per annum.

  Class B Pass Through Rate . . . . .     ___% per annum.

  Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     On  each  Distribution   Date,  the
                                          Trustee  will  distribute   to  the
                                          Class A Certificateholders  30 days
                                          of  interest  at the  Class  A Pass
                                          Through   Rate  on   the   Class  A
                                          Certificate Balance as  of the last
                                          day of the preceding calendar month
                                          (before     giving    effect     to
                                          distributions of  principal on  the
                                          related      Distribution     Date)
                                          generally  to the  extent  of funds
                                          available  from  (i)  the  Class  A
                                          Percentage    of    the    Interest
                                          Distribution   Amount;   (ii)   the
                                          Reserve Account and (iii) the Class
                                          B   Percentage    of   the    Total
                                          Distribution Amount.   The "CLASS A
                                          CERTIFICATE  BALANCE" shall  equal,
                                          initially, the  Class A  Percentage
                                          of  the Pool Balance as of the Cut-
                                          off Date and thereafter shall equal
                                          the  initial  Class  A  Certificate
                                          Balance, reduced  by all  principal
                                          distributions   on   the   Class  A
                                          Certificates.    Interest   on  the
                                          Certificates will be  calculated on
                                          the  basis  of   a  360-  day  year
                                          consisting of twelve 30-day months.

  Class A Principal . . . . . . . . .     On  each  Distribution   Date,  the
                                          Trustee will distribute  to Class A
                                          Certificateholders an  amount equal
                                          to  the Class  A Percentage  of the
                                          Principal  Distribution  Amount for
                                          the  Collection   Period  preceding
                                          such  Distribution   Date  to   the
                                          extent of funds available therefor.
                                          The "PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT"
                                          is the amount of principal paid or,
                                          in   certain   circumstances,   the
                                          principal   balance  of   defaulted
                                          Receivables, as  calculated by  the
                                          Servicer    as    described   under
                                          "Description of the Certificates --
                                          Distributions."      The   Class  A
                                          Percentage    of    the   Principal
                                          Distribution Amount will  be passed
                                          through on  each Distribution  Date
                                          to the  Class A  Certificateholders
                                          to  the extent  of  funds available
                                          from (i) the  Class A Percentage of
                                          the  Principal  Distribution Amount
                                          (exclusive of  the portion  thereof
                                          attributable  to Realized  Losses),
                                          (ii) the Reserve  Account and (iii)
                                          the Class B Percentage of the Total
                                          Distribution  Amount.     "REALIZED
                                          LOSSES"  means  the excess  of  the
                                          principal balance of any Liquidated
                                          Receivable     over     Liquidation
                                          Proceeds to the extent allocable to
                                          principal    received     in    the
                                          Collection  Period  in   which  the
                                          Receivable   became   a  Liquidated
                                          Receivable.  A  "COLLECTION PERIOD"
                                          with respect to a Distribution Date
                                          will   be   the    calendar   month
                                          preceding the  month in  which such
                                          Distribution Date occurs.

  Class B Interest  . . . . . . . . .     On  each  Distribution   Date,  the
                                          Trustee  will  distribute   to  the
                                          Class B Certificateholders  30 days
                                          of  interest at  the  Class B  Pass
                                          Through   Rate  on   the   Class  B
                                          Certificate Balance as  of the last
                                          day of the preceding calendar month
                                          (before     giving    effect     to
                                          distributions of principal  on such
                                          Distribution Date) generally to the
                                          extent  of  funds  available, after
                                          giving effect  to the  prior rights
                                          of the  Class A  Certificateholders
                                          to  receive  the   distribution  of
                                          principal and interest  due them as
                                          described above, from (i) the Class
                                          B   Percentage   of   the  Interest
                                          Distribution  Amount  and  (ii) the
                                          Reserve  Account.    The  "CLASS  B
                                          CERTIFICATE  BALANCE"  will  equal,
                                          initially, $       and, thereafter,
                                          will  equal  the  initial  Class  B
                                          Certificate Balance reduced  by all
                                          amounts  previously  distributed to
                                          Class   B  Certificateholders   (or
                                          deposited in  the Reserve  Account,
                                          exclusive  of  the  Reserve Account
                                          Initial Deposit)  and allocable  to
                                          principal and by Realized Losses.

  Class B Principal . . . . . . . . .     On  each  Distribution   Date,  the
                                          Trustee will distribute the Class B
                                          Percentage    of    the   Principal
                                          Distribution Amount to  the Class B
                                          Certificateholders to the extent of
                                          funds   available   (after   giving
                                          effect to  the distribution  of the
                                          interest and  principal due  to the
                                          Class A Certificateholders  and the
                                          interest   due  to   the   Class  B
                                          Certificateholders)  from  (i)  the
                                          Class B Percentage of the Principal
                                          Distribution  Amount (exclusive  of
                                          the portion thereof attributable to
                                          Realized  Losses)   and  (ii)   the
                                          Reserve Account.

  Optional Prepayment . . . . . . . .     The Servicer  will have  the option
                                          to purchase all, but not less  than
                                          all,  of  the  Receivables  on  any
                                          Distribution Date  on or  after the
                                          Distribution Date on which the Pool
                                          Balance has  declined to  (   )% or
                                          less of  the Initial  Pool Balance.
                                          The  price  at which  the  Servicer
                                          will  be required  to  purchase the
                                          Receivables  in  order  to exercise
                                          such option  will be  equal to  the
                                          aggregate of  the Purchase  Amounts
                                          of the Receivables as of the end of
                                          the related Collection Period.  The
                                          Servicer will  be required  to give
                                          not  less than (  ) days' notice to
                                          the  Trustee  of its  intention  to
                                          exercise such option.  In addition,
                                          the Servicer will  not be permitted
                                          to exercise such  option unless the
                                          resulting  distribution   would  be
                                          sufficient  to  distribute  to  the
                                          Class   A   Certificateholders   an
                                          amount   equal  to   the   Class  A
                                          Certificate  Balance  together with
                                          accrued  interest  at the  Class  A
                                          Pass Through Rate, and to the Class
                                          B   Certificateholders   an  amount
                                          equal  to the  Class  B Certificate
                                          Balance   together   with   accrued
                                          interest  at   the  Class   B  Pass
                                          Through    Rate.        Upon   such
                                          distribution, the Certificates will
                                          be retired.

  Reserve Account . . . . . . . . . .     The Reserve Account will be created
                                          with  an   initial  deposit   ("the
                                          RESERVE  ACCOUNT INITIAL  DEPOSIT")
                                          by __________  on the  Closing Date
                                          of  cash  or  Eligible  Investments
                                          having a  value of at least $     .

                                          Certain  amounts  in   the  Reserve
                                          Account  on  any  Distribution Date
                                          (after   giving   effect   to   all
                                          distributions  to be  made  on such
                                          Distribution Date) in excess of the
                                          Specified  Reserve  Account Balance
                                          for such Distribution  Date will be
                                          released  to   the  ______.     The
                                          "SPECIFIED RESERVE ACCOUNT BALANCE"
                                          with  respect  to  any Distribution
                                          Date  generally  will be  equal  to
                                          (state formula).  The amount in the
                                          Reserve Account  will be  increased
                                          by  the  deposit  thereto  on  each
                                          Distribution Date of the amount, if
                                          any,  of  the   Total  Distribution
                                          Amount remaining after  the payment
                                          of the Servicing Fee  and any prior
                                          unpaid Servicing  Fee, the  Class A
                                          Distributable Amount and  the Class
                                          B  Distributable  Amount  until the
                                          amount  in   the  Reserve   Account
                                          equals   the    Specified   Reserve
                                          Account  Balance.   Amounts  in the
                                          Reserve Account on any Distribution
                                          Date  (after giving  effect  to all
                                          distributions    made    on    such
                                          Distribution Date) in excess of the
                                          Specified  Reserve Account  Balance
                                          for    such    Distribution    Date
                                          generally will  be released  to the
                                          ______  and   will  no   longer  be
                                          a v a i l a b l e     t o     t h e
                                          Certificateholders.    The  Reserve
                                          Account will be maintained with the
                                          Trustee  as   a  segregated   trust
                                          account but will not be part of the
                                          Trust.

  Collection Account  . . . . . . . .     Except  under   certain  conditions
                                          described herein, the Servicer will
                                          be  required  to  remit collections
                                          received   with   respect   to  the
                                          Receivables  within   two  Business
                                          Days after  receipt thereof  to one
                                          or more accounts in the name of the
                                          Trustee (together,  the "COLLECTION
                                          ACCOUNT").  Pursuant to the Pooling
                                          and   Servicing    Agreement,   the
                                          Servicer  will  have  the revocable
                                          power  to instruct  the  Trustee to
                                          withdraw  funds on  deposit  in the
                                          Collection  Account  and  to  apply
                                          such  funds  on  each  Distribution
                                          Date  to  the   following  (in  the
                                          priority   indicated):      (i) the
                                          Servicing   Fee   for   the   prior
                                          Collection Period  and any  overdue
                                          Servicing  Fees  to  the  Servicer,
                                          (ii) the   Class   A  Distributable
                                          Amount    to     the    Class     A
                                          Certificateholders, (iii) the Class
                                          B Distributable Amount to the Class
                                          B Certificateholders,  and (iv) the
                                          remaining balance,  if any,  to the
                                          Reserve Account.

   
  Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . .     In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP,
                                          counsel   to   the    Trust   ("TAX
                                          COUNSEL"),   the   Trust   will  be
                                          treated  as  a  grantor  trust  for
                                          federal  income  tax  purposes  and
                                          will  not  be  subject  to  federal
                                          income  tax.    Certificate  Owners
                                          will report their pro rata share of
                                          all    income    earned    on   the
                                          Receivables (other than amounts, if
                                          any, treated as "stripped coupons")
                                          and, subject to certain limitations
                                          in the  case of  Certificate Owners
                                          who  are  individuals,  trusts,  or
                                          estates, may deduct  their pro rata
                                          share of  reasonable servicing  and
                                          other fees.   See "Material Federal
                                          Income  Tax  Consequences  - Trusts
                                          Treated as a  Grantor Trust" in the
                                          Prospectus      for      additional
                                          information      concerning     the
                                          application of  federal income  tax
                                          laws   to   the   Trust   and   the
                                          Certificates.
    

  ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . .     Subject   to   the   considerations
                                          discussed        under       "ERISA
                                          Considerations" herein  and in  the
                                          Prospectus,     the     Class     A
                                          Certificates   are   eligible   for
                                          purchase by employee benefit plans.

                                          The Class B Certificates may not be
                                          acquired  by  any  employee benefit
                                          plan   subject   to   the  Employee
                                          Retirement Income  Security Act  of
                                          1974,  as  amended   ("ERISA"),  or
                                          Section   4975   of   the  Internal
                                          Revenue  Code of  1986,  as amended
                                          (the "CODE"),  or by  an individual
                                          retirement  account.    See  "ERISA
                                          Considerations" herein  and in  the
                                          Prospectus.

  Ratings of the Class A
  Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . .     It is  a condition to  the issuance
                                          of  the Class  A  Certificates that
                                          they be rated at least  "   " by at
                                          least  one   nationally  recognized
                                          rating agency (a  "RATING AGENCY").
                                          The   rating   of   the   Class   A
                                          Certificates  by  a  Rating  Agency
                                          reflects   such   Rating   Agency's
                                          assessment of  the likelihood  that
                                          the   holders   of  the   Class   A
                                          Certificates will receive  payments
                                          of  principal and  interest  but it
                                          does  not  address  the  timing  of
                                          distributions of  principal of  the
                                          Class A  Certificates prior  to the
                                          Final Scheduled  Distribution Date.
                                          A rating is not a recommendation to
                                          buy,  sell or  hold  securities and
                                          may  be  subject   to  revision  or
                                          withdrawal  at  any   time  by  the
                                          assigning  Rating  Agency.     Each
                                          rating    should    be    evaluated
                                          independently of any  other rating.
                                          See "Risk Factors -- Ratings of the
                                          Securities" herein.

  Ratings of the Class B
  Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . .     It is a  condition to the  issuance
                                          of  the Class  B  Certificates that
                                          they be rated at least  "   " by at
                                          least  one  nationally   recognized
                                          rating agency (a  "RATING AGENCY").
                                          The   rating   of   the   Class   B
                                          Certificates  by  a  Rating  Agency
                                          reflects   such   Rating   Agency's
                                          assessment of  the likelihood  that
                                          the   holders   of  the   Class   B
                                          Certificates will  receive payments
                                          of  principal and  interest  but it
                                          does  not  address  the  timing  of
                                          distributions of  principal of  the
                                          Class B  Certificates prior  to the
                                          Final Scheduled Distribution  Date.
                                          A rating is not a recommendation to
                                          buy,  sell or  hold  securities and
                                          may  be  subject   to  revision  or
                                          withdrawal  at  any   time  by  the
                                          assigning  Rating  Agency.     Each
                                          rating    should    be    evaluated
                                          independently of any  other rating.
                                          See "Risk Factors -- Ratings of the
                                          Securities" herein.  


                                 RISK FACTORS

     Investors should  consider, among  other things,  the matters  discussed
under "Risk  Factors" in  the Prospectus  and the following  risk factors  in
connection with purchases of the Certificates.

   
     LIMITED LIQUIDITY; ABSENCE  OF A SECONDARY MARKET MAY  LIMIT THE ABILITY
OF  THE SECURITYHOLDER  TO  SELL  THE  SECURITIES.   There  is  currently  no
secondary market for the Certificates.  Each Underwriter currently intends to
make  a market in the Certificates,  but it is under  no obligation to do so.
There can  be no  assurance that  a secondary  market will develop  or, if  a
secondary market does  develop, that it  will provide the  Certificateholders
with liquidity  of investment or  that it will  continue for the  life of the
Certificates offered hereby.

     (SIGNIFICANT GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION  MAY INCREASE THE EXPOSURE  OF THE
TRUST TO THE  ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN CERTAIN STATES.   Economic conditions in
states  where Obligors  reside  may  affect the  delinquency,  loan loss  and
repossession  experience of  the  Trust  with  respect  to  the  Receivables.
Obligors  on  Receivables  representing  approximately  _____%  by  principal
balance of  the Receivables  were located in  (          ) as of  the Cut-off
Date.    As  a  result,  economic  conditions  in  such  states  may  have  a
disproportionate impact on the Trust.  In particular, an economic downturn in
one or more  of such  states could  adversely affect the  performance of  the
Trust as a whole  (even if national  economic conditions remain unchanged  or
improve) as Obligors in such state or states experience the effects of such a
downturn and  face greater  difficulty in making  payments on  their Financed
Vehicles.  See "The Receivables Pool" herein.)

     SUBORDINATION OF THE CERTIFICATES TO THE NOTES WILL INCREASE THE RISK OF
THE  CERTIFICATES  OF  NOT  RECEIVING  FULL  DISTRIBUTION  OF   INTEREST  AND
PRINCIPAL.    Distributions  of  interest   and  principal  on  the  Class  B
Certificates  will be  subordinated in  priority of  payment to  interest and
principal  due  on the  Class  A  Certificates.   Consequently,  the  Class B
Certificateholders will  not  receive any  distributions  with respect  to  a
Collection Period until the  full amount of interest on and  principal of the
Class A Certificates  due on such Distribution Date has been deposited in the
Certificate Distribution Account.

     SECURITYHOLDERS  ARE LIMITED  TO  DEPOSITS IN  THE  RESERVE ACCOUNT  AND
PAYMENTS ON THE  RECEIVABLES FOR PAYMENT ON  THE SECURITIES.  The  Trust will
not have,  nor is it permitted or expected to have, any significant assets or
sources of funds other than the Receivables and the Reserve Account.  Holders
of the Certificates must rely for  repayment upon payments on the Receivables
and,  if  and to  the extent  available,  amounts on  deposit in  the Reserve
Account.   Although funds in  the Reserve Account  will be available  on each
Distribution  Date  to cover  shortfalls  in  distributions of  interest  and
principal on the Certificates, amounts to be deposited in the Reserve Account
are  limited in amount.  If the Reserve  Account is exhausted, the Trust will
depend solely on current distributions on the Receivables to make payments on
the Certificates.

     THE  EFFECTIVE YIELD  ON THE  CERTIFICATES  MAY BE  LOWER THAN  EXPECTED
BECAUSE ACCRUED INTEREST WILL NOT  BE DISTRIBUTED UNTIL THE DISTRIBUTION DATE
OF THE  SUCCEEDING MONTH.   The effective yield  on the Certificates  will be
reduced below the yield otherwise  produced because interest accrued  through
the end of each calendar month will not be distributed until the Distribution
Date  in  the   following  month,  and  the  amount   distributable  on  such
Distribution Date will not bear interest during such delay.  As a result, the
market  value of the  Certificates will  be lower than  would be the  case if
there was no such delay.

     RATINGS  OF THE  SECURITIES ARE  SUBJECT  TO DOWN-GRADES  BY THE  RATING
AGENCIES.   It is a  condition to the  issuance of the  Certificates that the
Class A Certificates  be rated in the highest investment rating category, and
that  the Class B Certificates be rated at least  in the "  " category or its
equivalent, by  at least one  nationally recognized rating agency  (a "RATING
AGENCY").   A  rating is  not  a recommendation  to  purchase, hold  or  sell
Certificates,  inasmuch as  such  rating  does not  address  market price  or
suitability  for a  particular investor.    The ratings  of the  Certificates
address the likelihood of the payment of the principal of and interest on the
Certificates pursuant to their terms but  not the timing of the distributions
of  principal  prior  to  the   Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date  of  the
Certificates.   There can be  no assurance that a rating  will remain for any
given  period of  time or  that a  rating will  not be  lowered or  withdrawn
entirely by a Rating Agency if it judges future circumstances to so warrant.

     (THE VALUE OF INTEREST ONLY  CERTIFICATES WILL GENERALLY DECREASE IF THE
RATE  OF  PREPAYMENTS INCREASE.    The yield  of  investors in  the  Class IO
Certificates will be  sensitive to the rate of  principal payments (including
prepayments)  of the  Receivables  (particularly  those  with  high  interest
rates), which generally can be prepaid at  any time.  In general, Receivables
with higher interest  rates tend to  prepay at higher rates  than Receivables
with relatively lower interest rates in response to a given change  in market
interest rates.  As a result, the  Receivables with higher interest rates may
prepay at higher  rates, thereby reducing the Pass-Through  Rate and Notional
Amount of the Class IO Certificates.

     (THE VALUE OF PRINCIPAL ONLY CERTIFICATES WILL GENERALLY DECREASE IF THE
RATE OF PREPAYMENTS DECREASE.   The Class PO Certificates will  be "principal
only"  certificates and will not bear interest.   Lower than anticipated rate
of principal payments (including prepayments)  on the Receivables will have a
negative  effect   on  the   yield  on  investors   in  the   Principal  Only
Certificates.)
    

                                  THE TRUST

GENERAL

     The  Depositor will  establish the  Trust by  selling and  assigning the
Trust  property,  as described  below, to  the  Trustee in  exchange  for the
Certificates.   The  Servicer will  service the  Receivables pursuant  to the
Pooling  and Servicing Agreement  and will be  compensated for  acting as the
Servicer.  See "Description of the Certificates -- Servicing Compensation and
Payment  of  Expenses" herein.    To  facilitate  servicing and  to  minimize
administrative burden and  expense, the Servicer will  be appointed custodian
for  the Receivables by  the Trustee, but  will not stamp  the Receivables to
reflect  the  sale  and assignment  of  the  Receivables to  the  Trust.   In
addition, due to administrative  burden and expense, (i) the certificates  of
title to the Financed Motor Vehicles and those Financed Recreational Vehicles
financed  in  states where  security interests  in recreational  vehicles are
subject to certificate  of title statutes will not be amended to reflect such
assignments  and (ii) UCC financing  statements in respect  of those Financed
Recreational   Vehicles  financed  in  states  where  security  interests  in
recreational  vehicles,  as  applicable,  are perfected  by  filing  a  UCC-1
financing statement will not be amended to reflect such assignments.   In the
absence  of  such procedures,  such Trust  may  not have  a perfected  in the
Financed  Vehicles in  some states  and will  not have  a perfected  security
interest in the Financed Vehicles documented under Federal law.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.

     If  the protection  provided to  the Certificateholders  by the  Reserve
Account and, in the case of the Class A Certificateholders, the subordination
of  the Class B Certificates is insufficient, the Trust will look only to the
Obligors on the Receivables and  the proceeds from the repossession and  sale
of  Financed Vehicles  which secure  defaulted Receivables.   In  such event,
certain  factors, such  as the  Trust's not  having first  priority perfected
security interests in some of the  Financed Vehicles, may affect the  Trust's
ability to  realize on  the Financed Vehicles  securing the  Receivables, and
thus may  reduce the  proceeds to be  distributed to  Certificateholders with
respect  to  the Certificates.    See  "Description  of the  Certificates  --
Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account" herein and  "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables" in the Prospectus.

     Each Certificate represents a fractional undivided ownership interest in
the Trust.   The  Trust property includes  retail installment  sale contracts
between Dealers and Obligors, and all payments due thereunder on or after the
related  Cut-off Date  with respect  to the  Precomputed Receivables  and all
payments  received thereunder  on  or  after the  related  Cut-off Date  with
respect to the Simple Interest Receivables.  The Trust property also includes
(i)  such amounts  as from time  to time  may be  held in  one or  more trust
accounts established and  maintained by the Servicer pursuant  to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement,  as described below; (ii) security  interests in the
Financed Vehicles  and any accessions  thereto; (iii) the rights  to proceeds
with  respect to the Receivables from claims  on physical damage, credit life
and disability  insurance  policies covering  the  Financed Vehicles  or  the
Obligors, as the case may be; (iv) the interest of the Seller in any proceeds
with  respect to  the  Receivables  from  recourse, if  any,  to  Dealers  on
Receivables  or Financed  Vehicles with  respect  to which  the Servicer  has
determined that eventual repayment in full is unlikely; (v) any property that
shall  have secured  a Receivable and  that shall  have been acquired  by the
Trustee; and (vi) any and all proceeds of the foregoing.  The Reserve Account
will be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit  of the Certificateholders,
but will not be part of the Trust.

                             THE RECEIVABLES POOL

     The pool of  Receivables (the "RECEIVABLES POOL") will  include only the
Receivables purchased on the  Closing Date.  The Receivables  (will be) (have
been)  purchased  by the  Depositor  from  the  Seller, which  purchased  the
Receivables, directly or  indirectly, from Dealers in the  ordinary course of
business  or  in  acquisitions.    The Receivables  were  selected  from  the
Depositor's  portfolio  for  inclusion  in the  Receivables  Pool  by several
criteria,  some  of  which  are  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  under  "The
Receivables Pools", as  well as the requirement that, as of the Cut-off Date,
each Receivable (i) had an outstanding  gross balance of at least $       and
(ii) was not more than  60 days past due (an  account is not considered  past
due if  the amount  past due  is less  than      % of  the scheduled  monthly
payment).  As of the Cut-off Date, no  Obligor on any Receivable was noted in
the  related  records of  the Seller  as  being the  subject of  a bankruptcy
proceeding.  No  selection procedures believed by the Depositor to be adverse
to Certificateholders were used in selecting the Receivables.

   
     (Description  of  any  underwriting criteria  applicable  to  Subsequent
Receivables.)
    

     Set  forth  in  the  following  tables  is  information  concerning  the
composition,  distribution  by   annual  percentage  rate  ("APR")   and  the
geographic distribution of the Receivables Pool as of the Cut-off Date.

                         _____________ TRUST 199 -( )

                     COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Weighted                                              Weighted        Weighted
    Average           Aggregate                           Average         Average         Average
     APR of           Principal          Number of       Remaining        Original       Principal
  Receivables          Balance          Receivables        Term             Term          Balance 
<S>                 <C>                  <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>
          _____%    $________________      __________    _____ months     _____ months     $__________

</TABLE>

                       _______________ TRUST 199 - ( )
                 DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                            Percent of
                                                                                      Aggregate
                                          Number of           Aggregate               Principal
APR Range                                Receivables      Principal Balance          Balance(1)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>                            <C>    
 0.00% -  5.00% . . . . . . . . . . .                  $                                         %
 5.01% -  6.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 6.01% -  7.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 7.01% -  8.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 8.01% -  9.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
 9.01% - 10.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
10.01% - 11.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
11.01% - 12.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
12.01% - 13.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
13.01% - 14.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
14.01% - 15.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
15.01% - 16.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
16.01% - 17.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
17.01% - 18.00% . . . . . . . . . . .
Greater than 18.00% . . . . . . . . .                                                             

</TABLE>

_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.


                        _______________ TRUST 199 -( )
               GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PERCENTAGE AGGREGATE
STATE(2)                                                         PRINCIPAL BALANCE(1)
<S>                                                              <C>  
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                  %
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
                                                                                         _________
                                                                                                 %

</TABLE>


_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.
(2) Based on physical addresses of the Obligors as of the Cut-off Date.

     Approximately         %  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
Receivables, constituting      % of the number of  the Receivables, represent
previously titled vehicles.

     By  aggregate principal balance,  approximately     % of the receivables
are Precomputed Receivables and     % of the Receivables are Simple  Interest
Receivables.   See "The Receivables  Pools" in the  Prospectus for a  further
description  of the  characteristics of  Precomputed  Receivables and  Simple
Interest Receivables.

                 DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

     Set forth below is certain  information concerning the experience of the
Seller pertaining to new and used automobile, light duty truck and motorcycle
receivables,  recreational vehicle  receivables,  including those  previously
sold which the Servicer continues to service.  There can be no assurance that
the delinquency, repossession and net loss experience on the Receivables will
be comparable to that set forth below.

                          DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                        AT          ,                           AT DECEMBER 31,
                           199                 199                  199                  199 
                    NUMBER OF           NUMBER OF            NUMBER OF            NUMBER OF
                    CONTRACTS   AMOUNT  CONTRACTS   AMOUNT   CONTRACTS   AMOUNT   CONTRACTS   AMOUNT
<S>                 <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
Portfolio . . . .              $                   $                   $                    $
Period of
Delinquency                                                                                           
  31-60 Days  . .
  61 Days or More                                                                                     

Total                          $                   $                   $                    $       
Delinquencies . .
Total
Delinquencies
  as a Percent of            %        %          %         %          %        %           %         %
the
  Portfolio . . .

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                              AT DECEMBER 31,
                                  199                       199                        199 
                          NUMBER OF                 NUMBER OF                 NUMBER OF
                          CONTRACTS     AMOUNT      CONTRACTS     AMOUNT      CONTRACTS      AMOUNT
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>   

Portfolio . . . . . .                 $                        $                          $
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days  . . . .                                                                                 
  61 Days or More . .                $                         
                                                              $                           $           
                                                                                                      
Total Delinquencies .
Total Delinquencies
  as a Percent of the
  Portfolio . . . . .               %           %             %           %             %            %

</TABLE>


    _______________
    (1)   All amounts and percentages are based on the gross amount scheduled
          to be paid  on each contract, including unearned  finance and other
          charges.  


                    CREDIT LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE(1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                               _____________
                                                ENDED                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
                                            ,                  31,                          
                                     199       199        199       199      199      199      199 

<S>                               <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C> 
Average Amount Outstanding
  During the Period . . . . . . . $         $          $          $        $        $        $        
                                                                                                      
Average Number of Contracts
  Outstanding During the Period .
Percent of Contracts Acquired
During the                                 %        %            %        %        %        %        %
  Period with Recourse to the
Dealer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repossessions as a Percent of
Average                                    %        %            %        %        %        %        %
  Number of Contracts Outstanding 
Net Losses as a Percent of
  Liquidations(3)(4)  . . . . . .          %        %            %        %        %        %        %
Net Losses as a Percent of
Average                                    %        %            %        %        %        %        %
  Amount Outstanding(2)(3)  . . .

</TABLE>

   ____________________
   (1)    (Except as indicated, all amounts  and percentages are based on the
          gross  amount scheduled  to  be paid  on  each contract,  including
          unearned finance and  other charges.  The information  in the table
          includes previously sold  contracts that the Servicer  continues to
          service.)

   (2)    Percentages  have  been  annualized  for  the  _____  months  ended
          ____________, 199   and 199  and are not  necessarily indicative of
          the experience for the year.

   (3)    (Net losses  are equal  to the  aggregate  of the  balances of  all
          contracts which are determined to  be uncollectible in the  period,
          less any recoveries  on contracts charged off in the  period or any
          prior periods,  including  any losses  resulting  from  disposition
          expenses  and any  losses  resulting from  the  failure to  recover
          commissions to dealers with  respect to contracts that  are prepaid
          or charged off.)

   (4)    Liquidations represent a  reduction in the outstanding  balances of
          the contracts as a result of monthly cash payments and charge-offs.


     (The net loss figures above reflect the fact that Seller had recourse to
Dealers on a portion of its retail installment sale contracts.   By aggregate
principal  balance,  approximately          %  of  the  Receivables represent
contracts  with  recourse  to  Dealers.    The  Seller  applies  underwriting
standards to the purchase of contracts without regard to whether recourse  to
Dealers is provided.  However,  the net loss experience of  contracts without
recourse to Dealers is higher than that of contracts with recourse to Dealers
because,  under its  recourse obligation,  the Dealer  is responsible  to the
Seller for payment of  the unpaid balance of the contract,  provided that the
Originator repossesses the  vehicle from the  retail buyer and returns  it to
the Dealer within a specified time.  In the event of a Dealer's bankruptcy, a
bankruptcy trustee might attempt to characterize  recourse sales of contracts
as  loans to  the Dealer  secured  by the  contracts.   Such  an attempt,  if
successful,  could  result  in  payment  delays or  losses  on  the  affected
Receivables.)

                                  THE SELLER

     (Description of Seller and its underwriting and servicing standards.)


                                THE DEPOSITOR

     (Description of Depositor.)


                                 THE SERVICER

     (Description of Servicer and its servicing standards.)


                  WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES

     Information  regarding certain  maturity  and prepayment  considerations
with respect to the Certificates is set forth under "Weighted Average Life of
the Certificates" in the Prospectus.  As the rate  of payment of principal of
the  Certificates  depends  primarily  on  the  rate  of  payment  (including
prepayments on liquidations due to  default) of the principal balance  of the
Receivables,  the final  distribution  in respect  of the  Certificates could
occur significantly  earlier than  their Final  Scheduled Distribution  Date.
Certificateholders will  bear the  risk of being  able to  reinvest principal
payments of the Certificates at yields at least equal to the yields on  their
respective Certificates.

                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  a form  of which has  been filed as  an exhibit  to the
Registration Statement.   A copy of the  Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Certificates.  The
following summary describes certain terms of the Certificates and the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.  The summary does not purport to be complete and  is
subject  to,  and  qualified by  reference  to,  all  the  provisions of  the
Certificates and the Pooling and  Servicing Agreement.  The following summary
supplements,  and  to   the  extent  inconsistent  therewith   replaces,  the
description of  the general terms and  provisions of the  Certificates of any
given series and the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement set forth in the
Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby made.

     In general, it  is intended that Class A  Certificateholders receive, on
each Distribution Date, the Class  A Percentage of the Principal Distribution
Amount  plus  interest at  the  Class A  Pass  Through Rate  on  the  Class A
Certificate  Balance.     Subject  to  the  prior  rights  of   the  Class  A
Certificateholders,  it is  intended  that  the  Class  B  Certificateholders
receive,  on each Distribution Date, the  Class B Percentage of the Principal
Distribution  Amount plus interest  at the Class  B Pass Through  Rate on the
Class B Certificate Balance.

     The Certificates will evidence interests  in the Trust created  pursuant
to the  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement.   The  Class A  Certificates  will
evidence  in the  aggregate an  undivided  ownership interest  (the "CLASS  A
PERCENTAGE") of approximately   %  of the Trust and the Class  B Certificates
will evidence in  the aggregate an undivided ownership interest (the "CLASS B
PERCENTAGE") of approximately   % of the Trust.

OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

     The  Servicer will have  the option to  purchase all, but  not less than
all, of the Receivables when the Pool Balance shall have declined to (__)% or
less of the  Initial Pool Balance.  The  price at which the  Servicer will be
required to purchase the Receivables in order to exercise such option will be
equal to the aggregate  of the Purchase Amounts of the  Receivables as of the
end of the related Collection Period.  The Servicer will be required  to give
not less than (   ) days' notice to the Trustee of  its intention to exercise
such option.   In addition, the  Servicer will not  be permitted to  exercise
such   option   unless   the   resulting  distribution   to   the   Class   A
Certificateholders would  be  equal to  the outstanding  Class A  Certificate
Balance together with accrued  interest at the Class A Pass  Through Rate and
to the Class  B Certificateholders an amount equal to the outstanding Class B
Certificate  Balance together  with  accrued  interest at  the  Class B  Pass
Through Rate.   See  "Description of the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement --
Termination" in the Prospectus.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

     Certain information regarding the conveyance  of the Receivables by  the
Depositor  to  the Trust  on the  Closing  Date pursuant  to the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement is set forth in the Prospectus under  "Description of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     The Servicing  Fee  Rate with  respect  to  the Servicing  Fee  for  the
Servicer will be     % per annum of the Pool  Balance as of the first day  of
the related Collection Period.  The Servicing Fee in respect of  a Collection
Period (together with  any portion of the  Servicing Fee that  remains unpaid
from  prior  Distribution Dates)  will  be  paid  at  the beginning  of  such
Collection  Period  out of  collections  for  such  Collection Period.    See
"Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     DEPOSITS TO  COLLECTION ACCOUNT.   On or before each  Distribution Date,
the Servicer  will cause all  collections and other amounts  constituting the
Total Distribution Amount to  be deposited into the Collection  Account.  The
"TOTAL DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT" for a Distribution Date shall  be the sum of the
Interest Distribution  Amount and  the Principal  Distribution Amount  (other
than the portion thereof attributable to Realized Losses).  "REALIZED LOSSES"
means  the excess of the principal  balance of any Liquidated Receivable over
Liquidation Proceeds  to the  extent allocable to  principal received  in the
Collection Period in which the Receivable became a Liquidated Receivable.

     The  "INTEREST  DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT"  on  any  Distribution  Date  will
generally be the sum of the  following amounts with respect to the  preceding
Collection Period:   (i) that portion  of all collections on  the Receivables
(including  Payaheads that  have  been  applied as  payments  on the  related
Receivables  in that  Collection  Period)  allocable  to  interest;  (ii) all
proceeds   of  the   liquidation   of   defaulted  Receivables   ("LIQUIDATED
RECEIVABLES"), net  of expenses incurred  by the Servicer in  connection with
such liquidation  and  any amounts  required by  law to  be  remitted to  the
Obligor  on  such  Liquidated Receivables  ("LIQUIDATION  PROCEEDS"),  to the
extent attributable to interest due thereon in accordance with the Servicer's
customary servicing procedures,  and all recoveries in  respect of Liquidated
Receivables  which were written  off in  prior Collection  Periods; (iii) all
Advances  made by the  Servicer of interest due  on the Receivables; (iv) the
Purchase  Amount of  each Receivable that  was repurchased  by the  Seller or
purchased  by the Servicer under an obligation which arose during the related
Collection Period, to  the extent attributable  to accrued interest  thereon;
and  (v) Investment  Earnings  for  such  Distribution  Date.   The  Interest
Distribution Amount shall be determined on the related Determination Date.

     The  "PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT"  on  any  Distribution  Date  will
generally be  the sum of the following amounts  with respect to the preceding
Collection Period:   (i) that portion  of all collections on  the Receivables
(exclusive of Payaheads allocable to principal  that have not been applied as
payments  under  the  related  Receivables  in  such  Collection  Period  and
inclusive  of Payaheads  allocable to  principal  that have  been applied  as
payments  under the related Receivables in  such Collection Period) allocable
to principal;  (ii) all Liquidation  Proceeds attributable  to the  principal
amount  of  Receivables  which  became  Liquidated  Receivables  during  such
Collection  Period  in  accordance with  the  Servicer's  customary servicing
procedures,  plus  the  amount  of  Realized  Losses  with  respect  to  such
Liquidated Receivables; (iii) all  Precomputed Advances made by  the Servicer
of  principal   due  on  the  Precomputed  Receivables;  (iv) to  the  extent
attributable to principal, the Purchase  Amount received with respect to each
Receivable repurchased  by the Seller or  purchased by the Servicer  under an
obligation  which arose  during the  related  Collection Period;  (v) partial
prepayments relating to refunds of extended warranty protection plan costs or
of physical damage, credit life  or disability insurance policy premiums, but
only if such costs or premiums were  financed by the respective Obligor as of
the  date  of  the  original  contract; and  (vi) on  the  Distribution  Date
immediately following the Final Scheduled Maturity Date (the "FINAL SCHEDULED
DISTRIBUTION DATE"),  any amounts  advanced by the  Servicer with  respect to
principal  on the  Receivables.   The Regular  Principal Distribution  Amount
shall be determined on the related Determination Date.

     The  Interest Distribution Amount and the Regular Principal Distribution
Amount on any Distribution Date shall exclude the following:

          (i)  amounts received on Precomputed Receivables to the extent that
     the Servicer has previously made an unreimbursed Precomputed Advance;

          (ii) Liquidation Proceeds with respect  to a particular Precomputed
     Receivable  to the  extent  of  any  unreimbursed  Precomputed  Advances
     thereon;

          (iii)     all   payments   and  proceeds   (including   Liquidation
     Proceeds)  of any  Receivables, the  Purchase Amount  of which  has been
     included in the Total Distribution Amount in a prior Collection Period;

          (iv) amounts received  in respect  of interest  on Simple  Interest
     Receivables during  the  preceding Collection  Period in  excess of  the
     amount of interest that would have been due during the Collection Period
     on Simple Interest Receivables at their respective APRs (assuming that a
     payment  is received on each Simple  Interest Receivable on the due date
     thereof); and

          (v)  Liquidation   Proceeds  with  respect  to  a  Simple  Interest
     Receivable attributable to  accrued and unpaid interest thereon (but not
     including interest for  the then current Collection Period)  but only to
     the extent of any unreimbursed Simple Interest Advances.

     CALCULATION  OF DISTRIBUTABLE  AMOUNTS.    The  "CLASS  A  DISTRIBUTABLE
AMOUNT" with respect  to a Distribution Date  will be an amount equal  to the
sum of (i)  the "CLASS A PRINCIPAL  DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT", consisting of  the
Class A Percentage of the Principal Distribution Amount, plus (ii) the "CLASS
A INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT", consisting of thirty (30) days' interest at
the Class  A Pass Through Rate on  the Class A Certificate Balance  as of the
close of business on  the last day  of the preceding  Collection Period.   In
addition, on  the Final  Scheduled Distribution Date,  the Class  A Principal
Distributable Amount will include the lesser of (A) the Class A Percentage of
any payments of  principal due and remaining unpaid on each Receivable in the
Trust  as of the  last day  of the  preceding Collection  Period and  (B) the
portion of such  amount necessary (after giving  effect to the  other amounts
described above to  be distributed to the Class A  Certificateholders on such
Distribution  Date  and  allocable  to  principal)  to  reduce  the  Class  A
Certificate Balance to zero.

     The  "CLASS A CERTIFICATE BALANCE" will equal, initially, $         and,
thereafter, shall  equal the initial  Class A Certificate Balance  reduced by
all   amounts  previously  distributed  to  Class  A  Certificateholders  and
allocable to principal.

     The "CLASS B  DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" with respect to  a Distribution Date
shall  be  an  amount equal  to  the  sum  of  (i)  the  "CLASS  B  PRINCIPAL
DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT", consisting of the  Class B Percentage of the Principal
Distribution Amount  plus (ii) the  "CLASS B INTEREST  DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT",
consisting of thirty (30) days' interest at  the Class B Pass Through Rate to
the Class B Certificate Balance as  of the close of business on the  last day
of the  preceding Collection  Period.   In addition, on  the Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date, the principal  required to be distributed  on the Class  B
Certificateholders will include  the lesser of (i) the Class  B Percentage of
any payments  of  principal due  and  remaining unpaid  with respect  to  the
Receivables in  the Trust  as of  the last  day of  the preceding  Collection
Period  and (ii)  the  portion of  the amount  in  clause (i)  above that  is
necessary (after giving  effect to all other  amounts distributed to  Class A
and Class  B Certificateholders  on such Distribution  Date and  allocable to
principal) to reduce the Class B Certificate Balance to zero.

     The  "CLASS B CERTIFICATE  BALANCE" shall equal,  initially, $__________
and, thereafter, shall equal the initial Class B Certificate Balance, reduced
by  all amounts  previously  distributed to  Class  B Certificateholders  (or
deposited  in the  Reserve Account,  but  not including  the Reserve  Account
Initial Deposit) and allocable to principal and by Realized Losses.

     CALCULATION OF  AMOUNTS TO BE  DISTRIBUTED.  Prior to  each Distribution
Date, the Servicer  will calculate the Total Distribution Amount, the Class A
Distributable Amount and the Class B Distributable Amount.

     The holders of the Class A Certificates will receive on any Distribution
Date, to the  extent of available funds, the Class A Distributable Amount and
any outstanding  Class A Interest  Carryover Shortfall and Class  A Principal
Carryover Shortfall (each as defined below) as  of the close of the preceding
Distribution Date.  On each Distribution Date on which the sum of the Class A
Interest  Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class A Interest Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date (plus interest on such Class A
Interest Carryover  Shortfall at  the Class  A  Pass Through  Rate from  such
preceding Distribution Date  to the current Distribution Date,  to the extent
permitted by law) exceeds the Class A Percentage of the Interest Distribution
Amount (after payment  of the Servicing Fee)  on such Distribution Date,  the
Class  A  Certificateholders shall  be  entitled  generally to  receive  such
amounts,  first, from  the Class  B Percentage  of the  Interest Distribution
Amount; second, if such amounts  are insufficient, from the amounts available
in the Reserve Account; and third, if such amounts are insufficient, from the
Class  B Percentage  of the  Principal  Distribution Amount  (other than  the
portion  thereof attributable  to Realized  Losses).   The "CLASS  A INTEREST
CARRYOVER SHORTFALL"  as of  the  close of  any Distribution  Date means  the
excess of  the Class  A Interest Distributable  Amount for  such Distribution
Date,  plus any  outstanding Class  A Interest  Carryover Shortfall  from the
preceding  Distribution  Date, plus  interest  on  such outstanding  Class  A
Interest Carryover Shortfall, to the extent permitted  by law, at the Class A
Pass Through Rate  from such preceding Distribution Date  through the current
Distribution Date, over the amount of interest that the holders of  the Class
A Certificates actually received on such current Distribution Date.

     On each  Distribution Date  on which the  sum of  the Class  A Principal
Distributable   Amount  and  any  outstanding  Class  A  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date exceeds the Class A Percentage
of  the  Principal Distribution  Amount  (exclusive  of the  portion  thereof
attributable  to Realized  Losses) on  such  Distribution Date,  the Class  A
Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive such amounts, first, from the
Class  B Percentage  of the  Principal  Distribution Amount  (other than  the
portion thereof attributable to Realized Losses); second, if such amounts are
insufficient, from  amounts available in  the Reserve Account; and  third, if
such amounts  are insufficient, from the  Class B Percentage  of the Interest
Distribution  Amount.  The "CLASS A PRINCIPAL  CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" as of the
close  of any  Distribution Date means  the excess  of the Class  A Principal
Distributable  Amount  plus  any  outstanding  Class  A  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the  preceding Distribution Date over the  amount of principal
that  the holders  of  the Class  A  Certificates actually  received  on such
current Distribution Date.

     The holders of the Class B Certificates will receive on any Distribution
Date, to the extent of available funds, the Class B Distributable  Amount and
any outstanding  Class B Interest  Carryover Shortfall and Class  B Principal
Carryover Shortfall (each  as defined below) as of the close of the preceding
Distribution Date.  On each Distribution Date on which the sum of the Class B
Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding  Class B Interest Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date (plus interest on such Class B
Interest Carryover  Shortfall at  the  Class B  Pass Through  Rate from  such
preceding Distribution Date  to the current Distribution Date,  to the extent
permitted by law) exceeds the Class B Percentage of the Interest Distribution
Amount (after  payment of the Servicing  Fee) on such Distribution  Date less
any   portion  thereof   required  to   be   distributed  to   the  Class   A
Certificateholders  pursuant to  their prior  rights as described  above, the
Class  B  Certificateholders shall  be  entitled  generally to  receive  such
amounts,  first, from  the Class  A Percentage  of the  Interest Distribution
Amount that  is  not otherwise  required to  be distributed  to  the Class  A
Certificateholders as described  above and, second, from the  amount, if any,
available  in the  Reserve Account  (after giving  effect to  any withdrawals
therefrom  for  distribution  to  the  Class  A  Certificateholders  on  such
Distribution Date).   The "CLASS  B INTEREST CARRYOVER  SHORTFALL" as of  the
close of  any Distribution  Date means  the excess  of the  Class B  Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date, plus any outstanding Class B
Interest  Carryover  Shortfall  from the  preceding  Distribution  Date, plus
interest on  such outstanding  Class B Interest  Carryover Shortfall,  to the
extent permitted by law, at the Class B Pass Through Rate from such preceding
Distribution Date through  the current Distribution Date, over  the amount of
interest that the holders  of the Class B  Certificates actually received  on
such current Distribution Date.

     On each Distribution  Date on  which the  sum of the  Class B  Principal
Distributable   Amount  and  any  outstanding  Class  B  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date exceeds the Class B Percentage
of  the Principal  Distribution  Amount  (exclusive  of the  portion  thereof
attributable to Realized  Losses) on such Distribution Date  less any portion
thereof required to be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders pursuant
to  their prior  rights as  described above,  the Class  B Certificateholders
shall  be  entitled  to  receive  such  amounts,  first,  from  the  Interest
Distribution  Amount that is not otherwise required  to be distributed to the
Class A  or Class B Certificateholders  as described above and,  second, from
amounts  available  in  the  Reserve  Account (after  giving  effect  to  any
withdrawals therefrom on such Distribution Date for distribution to the Class
A  Certificateholders  and  for  distribution  of interest  to  the  Class  B
Certificateholders).  The  "CLASS B PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL"  as of the
close of  any Distribution  Date means the  excess of  the Class  B Principal
Distributable  Amount  plus  any  outstanding  Class  B  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the  preceding Distribution Date over the  amount of principal
that the holders of  Class B Certificates  actually received on such  current
Distribution Date.

SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES; RESERVE ACCOUNT

     The rights  of the Class  B Certificateholders to  receive distributions
with  respect to the Receivables generally will be subordinated to the rights
of the Class  A Certificateholders in the event of defaults and delinquencies
on  the Receivables  as  described herein  and provided  in  the Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement.      The   protection   afforded   to   the   Class   A
Certificateholders  through  subordination  will  be  effected  both  by  the
preferential  right of  the  Class A  Certificateholders  to receive  current
distributions with respect to the Receivables and by the establishment of the
Reserve Account.  The Reserve Account will be created with an initial deposit
by the Seller of the Reserve Account Initial Deposit and will be augmented by
deposit  therein on each  Distribution Date of the  amount, if any, remaining
from  the  Total Distribution  Amount  after  the  distributions due  to  the
Certificateholders have  been made  until the amount  in the  Reserve Account
reaches the Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Distribution Date.

     The Reserve Account will not be  part of or otherwise includible in  the
Trust and will  be a segregated trust account  held by the Trustee.   On each
Distribution Date, (i) if  the amounts on deposit in the  Reserve Account are
less than the  Specified Reserve Account Balance for  such Distribution Date,
the Trustee will, after payment of any amounts required to be  distributed to
Certificateholders and the  payment of the Servicing Fee due  with respect to
the  related Collection  Period  (including any  unpaid  Servicing Fees  with
respect  to prior Collection  Periods), withdraw from  the Collection Account
and deposit  in the  Reserve Account  the amount,  if any,  remaining in  the
Collection Account that would otherwise be distributed to the Seller, or such
lesser portion thereof as is sufficient to restore the amount in  the Reserve
Account to such Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Distribution Date,
and (ii) if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on such Distribution
Date (after giving effect  to all deposits  or withdrawals therefrom on  such
Distribution Date) is greater than  the Specified Reserve Account Balance for
such  Distribution Date,  the Trustee  will release  and distribute  any such
excess  to  the  Seller.   Upon  any  such distribution  to  the  Seller, the
Certificateholders will have no rights in, or claims to, such amounts.

     Amounts held  from time to time in the  Reserve Account will continue to
be held for the benefit of holders of the Class A Certificates and holders of
the Class B Certificates.  Funds in the Reserve Account  shall be invested as
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in Eligible Investments.  The
Seller will be entitled to receive all  investment earnings on amounts in the
Reserve Account.  Investment  income on amounts  in the Reserve Account  will
not  be available  for distribution  to the  Certificateholders or  otherwise
subject to any claims or rights of the Certificateholders.

     The  time necessary for  the Reserve Account  to reach  and maintain the
Specified Reserve Account Balance at any time  after the Closing Date will be
affected  by  the  delinquency,  credit  loss,  repossession  and  prepayment
experience of the Receivables and, therefore, cannot be accurately predicted.

     The subordination  of the Class  B Certificates and the  Reserve Account
described above are intended to enhance the likelihood of receipt by  Class A
Certificateholders of the full amount of principal and interest on the  Class
A Certificates  due them  and to  decrease the  likelihood that  the Class  A
Certificateholders   will   experience   losses.      However,   in   certain
circumstances, the  Reserve Account  could be  depleted and shortfalls  could
result.

     If on any Distribution  Date the holders of the Class  A Certificates do
not receive the sum of the Class A Distributable Amount, the Class A Interest
Carryover Shortfall  and the Class  A Principal Carryover Shortfall  for such
Distribution  Date (after  giving effect  to any  amounts withdrawn  from the
Reserve  Account and the Class B  Percentage of the Total Distribution Amount
and applied to such deficiency, as described above), the holders of the Class
B  Certificates  generally  will  not   receive  any  portion  of  the  Total
Distribution Amount.   While the  Class B Certificateholders are  entitled to
receive amounts from the Reserve Account as described above, such entitlement
is  subordinated to the  rights of the Class  A Certificateholders to receive
amounts from the  Reserve Account as described above.  If the Reserve Account
becomes depleted, the Class B Certificateholders may experience shortfalls in
the distributions due them and incur a loss on their investment.

                   MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

   
     In the opinion  of Brown &  Wood LLP,  the Trust  will be  treated as  a
grantor trust  for federal  income tax purposes  and will  not be  subject to
federal income tax.  For  additional information regarding federal income tax
consequences, see "Material Federal  Income Tax Consequences--Trusts  Treated
as Grantor Trusts" in the Prospectus.
    


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

     Subject to  the considerations set forth under  "ERISA Considerations --
Senior  Certificates" in  the Prospectus,  the  Class A  Certificates may  be
purchased by an employee  benefit plan or an individual retirement account (a
"PLAN") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.  A  fiduciary of a Plan
must determine that  the purchase of a Class A Certificate is consistent with
its  fiduciary  duties  under  ERISA  and  does  not  result  in a  nonexempt
prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406  of ERISA or Section 4975 of
the  Code.   For additional  information regarding  treatment of the  Class A
Certificates under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     The Class A Certificates may not be purchased with  the assets of a Plan
if the  Seller, the Trustee or any of  their affiliates (a) has investment or
administrative discretion with respect to such Plan assets; (b) has authority
or responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment advice with respect
to such Plan assets for a  fee and pursuant to an agreement or  understanding
that such advice (i) will serve  as a primary basis for investment  decisions
with respect  to such Plan  assets and (ii) will  be based on  the particular
investment  needs  for  such  Plan;  or (c) is  an  employer  maintaining  or
contributing to such Plan.

THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES

     The Class B Certificates may not be acquired by (a) an employee  benefit
plan (as defined in  Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions
of Title I of ERISA, (b) a  plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of  the Code
or (c) any entity  whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a
plan's investment in the entity or which  uses plan assets to acquire Class B
Certificates.   By its  acceptance of  a Class  B Certificate,  each Class  B
Certificateholder will be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is
not subject to the foregoing limitation.  In this regard, purchasers that are
insurance companies  should consult  with their counsel  with respect  to the
United  States Supreme Court  case interpreting the  fiduciary responsibility
rules of ERISA, John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Sav. Bank, 114
S. Ct.
                --------------------------------------------------
517 (1993).  In  John Hancock, the Supreme Court ruled that assets held in an
insurance        ------------
company's  general  account may  be  deemed to  be  "plan  assets" for  ERISA
purposes  under   certain  circumstances.    Prospective   purchasers  should
determine whether the decision affects their ability to make purchases of the
Class  B Certificates.    In  particular, such  an  insurance company  should
consider  the  exemptive  relief  granted  by the  Department  of  Labor  for
transactions  involving  insurance  company  general accounts  in  Prohibited
Transactions  Exemption 95-60,  60  Fed.  Reg. 35925  (July 12,  1995).   For
additional information regarding  treatment of the Class B Certificates under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement  (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"), the Depositor  has agreed to cause
the Trust  to sell  to the  Underwriter, and  the Underwriter  has agreed  to
purchase, the entire principal amount of the Certificates.

     The  Depositor has  been advised  by  the Underwriter  that it  proposes
initially to offer  the Certificates to  the public at  the prices set  forth
herein, and to certain dealers at such prices less the initial concession not
in excess of     % per Class A Certificate and     % per Class B Certificate.
The Underwriter may  allow and such dealers  may reallow a concession  not in
excess  of    % per Class A Certificate and         % per Class B Certificate
to  certain  other dealers.    After  the  initial  public  offering  of  the
Certificates, the public offering prices and such concessions may be changed.

     Until the  distribution of the  Certificates is completed, rules  of the
Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriter and certain selling group
members  to bid  for and  purchase the  Notes and  the  Certificates.   As an
exception  to these rules, the Underwriter is  permitted to engage in certain
transactions  that stabilize  the price  of the  Notes and  the Certificates.
Such  transactions consist of  bids or purchases for  the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the Certificates.

     If  the Underwriter  creates a  short  position in  the Certificates  in
connection with  the offering, i.e., if  it sells more Certificates  than are
set forth on  the cover page of  this Prospectus Supplement, the  Underwriter
may reduce that short position by purchasing Certificates in the open market.

     In general,  the purchase of a security for the purpose of stabilization
or to reduce a  short position could  cause the price of  the security to  be
higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.


     Neither  the Depositor nor  any Underwriter makes  any representation or
prediction  as  to  the  direction  or  magnitude  of  any  effect  that  the
transactions  described above  may have on  the prices  of the Notes  and the
Certificates.  In  addition, neither the Depositor nor  any Underwriter makes
any representation that  the Underwriter will engage in  such transactions or
that such  transactions, once  commenced, will  not  be discontinued  without
notice.

     The Underwriter has  represented and agreed that (a) it  has not offered
or sold,  and will  not offer  or sell,  any Certificates  to persons  in the
United Kingdom  except to persons  whose ordinary activities involve  them in
acquiring, holding,  managing or  disposing of  investments (as  principal or
agent) for  the purposes  of their businesses  or otherwise  in circumstances
that do  not constitute an offer to the public  in the United Kingdom for the
purposes  of the  Public Offers  of  Securities Regulation  1995, (b) it  has
complied  and will  comply with  all applicable  provisions of  the Financial
Services Act  1986 with respect  to anything  done by it  in relation  to the
Certificates in,  from or otherwise  involving the United Kingdom  and (c) it
has only  issued or passed on  and will only issue  or pass on in  the United
Kingdom any document  in connection with the  issue of the Certificates  to a
person who is of a kind described in Article  11(3) of the Financial Services
Act 1986 (Investment  Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or  is a person
to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

     Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received  an electronic
Prospectus Supplement  and Prospectus  from the Underwriter  or a  request by
such investor's  representative within  the period during  which there  is an
obligation to deliver  a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus,  the Seller or
the  Underwriter will  promptly deliver,  or cause  to be  delivered, without
charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.

                                LEGAL OPINIONS

     Certain legal matters relating  to the Certificates and  certain federal
income tax matters will be passed upon for the Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP,
New York, New York.  (Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates will
be passed upon for the Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP.)

                                INDEX OF TERMS

APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-9
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2
Class A Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2,S-15
Class A Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Class A Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class A Interest Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1,S-15
Class A Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-16
Class A Principal Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class B Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3,S-15
Class B Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Class B Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-16
Class B Interest Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class B Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1,S-13
Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-16
Class B Principal Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-2
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Final Scheduled Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    Cover,S-14
Final Scheduled Maturity Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Financed Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Initial Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Interest Distribution Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Liquidated Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Liquidation Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-18
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Pooling and Servicing Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Principal Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3,S-14
Prospectus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5,S-6,S-7
Realized Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-3,S-14
Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Receivables Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-8
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Reserve Account Initial Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Specified Reserve Account Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Total Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-19


   
                    (BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT)

  NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR  OTHER 
  PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE   
  ANY  INFORMATION  OR  TO  MAKE  ANY
  REPRESENTATIONS,  OTHER  THAN THOSE
  CONTAINED   IN    THIS   PROSPECTUS              TABLE OF CONTENTS
  SUPPLEMENT OR THE  PROSPECTUS, AND,
  IF GIVEN OR  MADE, SUCH INFORMATION                                    PAGE
  OR  REPRESENTATION   MUST  NOT   BE                                    ----
  RELIED   UPON   AS    HAVING   BEEN 
  AUTHORIZED BY  THE DEPOSITOR  OR BY
  THE UNDERWRITER.   THIS  PROSPECTUS            PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
  SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS DO     Reports to Certificateholders 
                                                                 Inside Cover
  NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR     Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . S-1
  A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO  BUY,     Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . S-7
  THE CERTIFICATES OFFERED  HEREBY TO     The Trust . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
  ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH     The Receivables Pool  . . . . . S-9
  THE  PERSON  MAKING SUCH  OFFER  OR     The Seller  . . . . . . . . .  S-13
  SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO     The Depositor . . . . . . . .  S-13
  SO  OR  TO ANYONE  TO  WHOM  IT  IS     The Servicer  . . . . . . . .  S-13
  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE ANY SUCH OFFER  OR     Weighted   Average   Life   of  the
  SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY     Certificates  . . . . . . . .  S-13
  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND     Description of the Certificates 
                                                                         S-14
  THE  PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY  SALE MADE     Material    Federal   Income    Tax
  HEREUNDER    SHALL,    UNDER    ANY     Consequences  . . . . . . . .  S-19
  CIRCUMSTANCES,       CREATE      AN     ERISA Considerations  . . . .  S-19
  IMPLICATION THAT INFORMATION HEREIN     Underwriting  . . . . . . . .  S-20
  OR  THEREIN IS  CORRECT  AS OF  ANY     Legal Opinions  . . . . . . .  S-21
  TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS     Index of Terms  . . . . . . .  S-22
  PROSPECTUS       SUPPLEMENT      OR
  PROSPECTUS.


               PROSPECTUS                 $(                            )
  Available Information . . . . .   2
  Incorporation of  Certain Documents
  by Reference  . . . . . . . . .   2
  Summary of Terms  . . . . . . .   3
  Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . .  12     ______________ TRUST 199_ -( )
  The Trusts  . . . . . . . . . .  17
  The Receivables Pools . . . . .  19
  Weighted   Average   Life   of  the     $                        , ____%
  Securities  . . . . . . . . . .  21     ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS A
  Pool     Factors     and    Trading
  Information . . . . . . . . . .  21
  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . .  22     $                        , ____%
  The Company . . . . . . . . . .  22     ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS B
  Description of the Notes  . . .  23
  Description of the Certificates  27
  Certain  Information  Regarding the     SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES
  Securities  . . . . . . . . . .  28     INC.
  Description  of  the  Transfer  and     Depositor
  Servicing Agreements  . . . . .  38
  Certain   Legal   Aspects   of  the
  Receivables . . . . . . . . . .  48
  Material    Federal    Income   Tax
  Consequences  . . . . . . . . .  52
  ERISA Considerations  . . . . .  67
  Plan of Distribution  . . . . .  68
  Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . .  70
  Index of Terms  . . . . . . . .  71
  Annex 1   . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

  UNTIL  90 DAYS  AFTER  THE DATE  OF
  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,   ALL
  DEALERS  EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS  IN
  THE  CERTIFICATES  OFFERED  BY THIS
  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  WHETHER OR 
  NOT    PARTICIPATING     IN    THIS
  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY  BE  REQUIRED TO
  DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT
  AND  THE PROSPECTUS.    THIS IS  IN
  ADDITION  TO   THE  OBLIGATION   OF
  DEALERS TO DELIVER  THIS PROSPECTUS
  SUPPLEMENT AND THE  PROSPECTUS WHEN
  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITER   AND  WITH
  RESPECT TO THEIR  UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS            Prospectus Supplement
  OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                                                               , 199 

                                                 Salomon Smith Barney
    



   
Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to  buy be  accepted  without  the  delivery of  a  final  prospectus
supplement and prospectus.   This prospectus and  the accompanying prospectus
supplement shall not  constitute an offer to  sell or the solicitation  of an
offer to  buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in
which  such  offer,   solicitation  or  sale  would  be   unlawful  prior  to
registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
    

   
Subject to completion, dated __________, 199_
    

PROSPECTUS

ASSET BACKED NOTES
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
(EACH ISSUABLE IN SERIES)
_____________________

SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
_____________________

The Asset Backed Notes (the "NOTES")  and the Asset Backed Certificates  (the
"CERTIFICATES"  and, together  with the  Notes,  the "SECURITIES")  described
herein may  be sold from time to  time in one or more  series, in amounts, at
prices and on terms to be determined at the time of sale and  to be set forth
in a supplement to this Prospectus (a "PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT").  Each  series
of Securities, which may include one or  more classes of Notes and/or one  or
more classes of Certificates,  will be issued  by a trust  to be formed  with
respect to such series (each, a "TRUST").  Each Trust will be formed pursuant
to either (i) a Trust Agreement  to be entered into between Salomon  Brothers
Vehicle  Securities  Inc.  (the  "COMPANY")  or  a  limited  purpose  finance
subsidiary of the Company organized and established by the Company (each such
limited  purpose finance  subsidiary,  a  "Transferor"),  as  depositor  (the
"Depositor")  and the Trustee specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement
(the "TRUSTEE"), or (ii) a Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be entered into
among the  Trustee, the Depositor  and the servicer specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the  "SERVICER").  If a series  of Securities includes
Notes, such Notes will be issued and secured pursuant to an Indenture between
the  Trust and  the Indenture  Trustee  specified in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement (the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE")  and will represent indebtedness of  the
related  Trust.   The  Certificates  of a  series  will represent  fractional
undivided interests in the related  Trust.  The related Prospectus Supplement
will specify  which class  or classes of  Notes, if  any, and which  class or
classes  of Certificates,  if any,  of the  related series are  being offered
thereby.    The  property  of  each  Trust  will include  a  pool  of  retail
installment sale contracts, retail installment loans, purchase money notes or
other  notes (the  "RECEIVABLES") secured  by  new or  used (i)  automobiles,
light-duty trucks and motorcycles and/or (ii) recreational  vehicles, certain
monies due  or received thereunder on  and after the  applicable Cut-off Date
set forth  in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  security interests  in the
items financed  thereby and certain  other property, all as  described herein
and in the  related Prospectus Supplement.   In addition, if so  specified in
the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the property of  the Trust  will include
monies  on deposit  in  a trust  account  (the "PRE-FUNDING  ACCOUNT")  to be
established  with the  Indenture  Trustee,  which will  be  used to  purchase
additional Receivables (the "SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES") from the Depositor from
time to time  during the Funding Period  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.   For additional information,  please see "Risks  Associated with
Subsequent Receivables and the Pre-Funding Account" on Page 16 hereof.

Each class of Securities of any series will represent the right  to receive a
specified  amount of  payments of  principal and/or  interest on  the related
Receivables, at the  rates, on the dates  and in the manner  described herein
and  in the  related Prospectus Supplement.   If  a series  includes multiple
classes  of Securities, the  rights of one  or more classes  of Securities to
receive payments may be senior or subordinate to the rights of one or more of
the other classes  of such series.  Distributions on Certificates of a series
may be subordinated in priority  to payments due on any related Notes  to the
extent  described herein and in the  related Prospectus Supplement.  A series
may include one  or more classes of Notes and/or Certificates which differ as
to  the   timing  and  priority  of  payment,  interest  rate  or  amount  of
distributions in respect  of principal  or interest  or both.   A series  may
include  one   or  more  classes   of  Notes  or  Certificates   entitled  to
distributions  in respect of  principal with disproportionate,  nominal or no
interest distributions,  or to interest distributions  with disproportionate,
nominal or no  distributions in respect of principal.  The rate of payment in
respect of principal  of any class of  Notes and distributions in  respect of
the Certificate Balance of  the Certificates of any class will  depend on the
priority  of payment  of  such class  and  the rate  and  timing of  payments
(including   prepayments,   defaults,   liquidations   and   repurchases   of
Receivables) on the related  Receivables.  A rate of payment  lower or higher
than that anticipated may affect the  weighted average life of each class  of
Securities  in the  manner described  herein  and in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE  INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER  "RISK
FACTORS"  BEGINNING  ON  PAGE  12   HEREOF  AND  IN  THE  RELATED  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.

ANY NOTES OF  A SERIES REPRESENT  OBLIGATIONS OF, AND  THE CERTIFICATES OF  A
SERIES  REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE  RELATED TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT
REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF  OR INTERESTS IN, AND ARE  NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED
BY, SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES  INC., THE SERVICER, THE SELLER(S) OR
ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.   NONE OF THE NOTES, THE CERTIFICATES  OR
THE  RECEIVABLES  IS  GUARANTEED  OR  INSURED BY  ANY  GOVERNMENT  AGENCY  OR
INSTRUMENTALITY.
                           ________________________

THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES 
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE 
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY 
                              IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

Retain this Prospectus for future reference.  This Prospectus may not be used
to consummate sales of Securities offered hereby unless accompanied by a 
Prospectus Supplement.

                 , 199 

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc.  (the "COMPANY") has filed with
the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the  "COMMISSION") a  Registration
Statement (together  with all amendments  and exhibits  thereto, referred  to
herein as the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT") under the Securities Act of  1933, as
amended  (the  "SECURITIES   ACT"),  with  respect  to  the   Notes  and  the
Certificates offered pursuant  to this Prospectus.   For further information,
reference is  made to the Registration  Statement which may be  inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549; and at the Commission's regional
offices at  Citicorp Center,  500 West Madison  Street, Suite  1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511 and Seven World  Trade Center, Suite 1300, New  York, New
York 10048.   Copies of the Registration  Statement may be obtained  from the
Public  Reference  Section of  the  Commission  at  450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  The  Commission maintains a Web
site  at   http://www.sec.gov  containing  reports,   proxy  and  information
statements and  other  information regarding  registrants, including  Salomon
Brothers  Vehicle  Securities   Inc.,  that  file  electronically   with  the
Commission.

               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All documents filed by the Company on behalf of the Trust referred to in
the accompanying Prospectus Supplement, pursuant to Section 13(a),  13(c), 14
or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended  (the "EXCHANGE
ACT"), subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination
of the offering of the Securities offered by such Trust shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus.  Any statement contained herein
or  in a  document incorporated  or deemed  to be  incorporated by  reference
herein  shall be  deemed to be  modified or  superseded for purposes  of this
Prospectus to  the  extent  that  a statement  contained  herein  or  in  any
subsequently filed document which also is or  is deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein modifies  or supersedes such statement.   Any such statement
so modified  or superseded  shall not  be deemed,  except as  so modified  or
superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

     The Company  will provide without  charge to each person,  including any
beneficial  owner  of  Securities, to  whom  a  copy  of this  Prospectus  is
delivered, on the written or oral request  of any such person, a copy of  any
or all  of the  documents incorporated  herein or  in any  related Prospectus
Supplement by reference,  except the exhibits to such  documents (unless such
exhibits  are  specifically  incorporated by  reference  in  such documents).
Requests for such copies should be directed to Chris Hawke, Salomon  Brothers
Vehicle Securities  Inc., Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048;
telephone 212-783-7000.
                           ________________________

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

     The  following  summary  is  qualified  by  reference  to  the  detailed
information appearing  elsewhere in this  Prospectus and by reference  to the
information  with respect to  the Securities of  any series contained  in the
related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection with
the offering  of such  Securities.   Certain capitalized  terms used in  this
summary are  defined elsewhere in this  Prospectus on the pages  indicated in
the "Index of Terms".

  Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     With  respect  to  each  series  of
                                          Securities, the trust  (the "TRUST"
                                          or  the  "ISSUER")   to  be  formed
                                          pursuant   to   either    a   Trust
                                          Agreement    (as     amended    and
                                          supplemented from  time to  time, a
                                          "TRUST   AGREEMENT")    among   the
                                          Depositor and the trustee specified
                                          in    the    related     Prospectus
                                          Supplement (the "TRUSTEE")  and, if
                                          so   specified   in   the   related
                                          Prospectus  Supplement,  a  limited
                                          purpose  affiliate  of  the  Seller
                                          (the  "SELLER   AFFILIATE")  or   a
                                          Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as
                                          amended and supplemented  from time
                                          to time,  a "POOLING  AND SERVICING
                                          AGREEMENT") among the  Trustee, the
                                          Depositor    and    the    servicer
                                          specified in the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement (the "SERVICER").

  Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities
                                          Inc.  (the "Company").    See, "The
                                          Company".

  Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . .     With  respect  to  each  series  of
                                          Securities, either the Company or a
                                          limited purpose  finance subsidiary
                                          of the  Company (each  such limited
                                          purpose   finance   subsidiary,   a
                                          "Transferor"). 

  Seller(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . .     With  respect  to  each  series  of
                                          Securities, the  Seller(s) will  be
                                          specified in the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement.

  Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     With  respect  to  each  series  of
                                          Securities,  the  Servicer  will be
                                          specified in the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement.

  Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     With  respect  to  each  series  of
                                          Securities,  the  Trustee  will  be
                                          specified in the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement.

  Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . .     With  respect  to   any  applicable
                                          series of Securities, the Indenture
                                          Trustee  will be  specified  in the
                                          related Prospectus Supplement.

  The Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . .     A series of  Securities may include
                                          one or more classes of Notes, which
                                          will  be  issued   pursuant  to  an
                                          Indenture between the Trust and the
                                          Indenture Trustee  (as amended  and
                                          supplemented from time  to time, an
                                          "INDENTURE").        The    related
                                          Prospectus Supplement will  specify
                                          which class or classes, if any,  of
                                          Notes  of  the related  series  are
                                          being offered thereby.

                                          Unless otherwise  specified in  the
                                          related    Prospectus   Supplement,
                                          Notes   will   be   available   for
                                          purchase  in minimum  denominations
                                          of $1,000 and will  be available in
                                          book-entry  form   only.     Unless
                                          otherwise specified in  the related
                                          Prospectus  Supplement, Noteholders
                                          will be able  to receive Definitive
                                          Notes   only    in   the    limited
                                          circumstances  described  herein or
                                          in    the     related    Prospectus
                                          Supplement.         See    "Certain
                                          Information      Regarding      the
                                          Securities --            Definitive
                                          Securities".

                                          Except  in the  case  of any  Strip
                                          Notes  (as  defined   below),  each
                                          class of Notes  will have a  stated
                                          principal  amount  and   will  bear
                                          interest  at  a specified  rate  or
                                          rates (with  respect to  each class
                                          of  Notes,  the  "INTEREST  RATE").
                                          Each  class  of  Notes may  have  a
                                          different Interest Rate,  which may
                                          be a fixed,  variable or adjustable
                                          Interest Rate,  or any  combination
                                          of  the  foregoing.    The  related
                                          Prospectus Supplement  will specify
                                          the  Interest Rate,  or  the method
                                          for determining the  Interest Rate,
                                          for each class of Notes. 

                                          With  respect  to   a  series  that
                                          includes  two  or more  classes  of
                                          Notes, each class  may differ as to
                                          the   timing   and    priority   of
                                          payments, seniority, allocations of
                                          losses, Interest Rate  or amount of
                                          payments of principal  or interest,
                                          or   payments   of   principal   or
                                          interest  in  respect of  any  such
                                          class or classes may  or may not be
                                          made   upon   the   occurrence   of
                                          specified events or on the basis of
                                          collections     from     designated
                                          portions of the Receivables Pool.

                                          In addition,  a series  may include
                                          one  or   more  classes   of  Notes
                                          ("STRIP    NOTES")   entitled    to
                                          (i) principal     payments     with
                                          disproportionate,  nominal   or  no
                                          interest payments  or (ii) interest
                                          payments   with   disproportionate,
                                          nominal or no principal payments.

                                          If  the   Servicer  exercises   its
                                          option to purchase  the Receivables
                                          of  a Trust (or, if not and, if and
                                          to  the  extent   provided  in  the
                                          related    Prospectus   Supplement,
                                          satisfactory bids for  the purchase
                                          of such Receivables  are received),
                                          in the manner and on the respective
                                          terms   and  conditions   described
                                          under "Description of  the Transfer
                                          and     Servicing     Agreements --
                                          Termination", the outstanding Notes
                                          will be  redeemed as  set forth  in
                                          the related  Prospectus Supplement.
                                          In   addition,   if   the   related
                                          Prospectus Supplement provides that
                                          the  property   of  a   Trust  will
                                          include a  Pre-Funding Account  (as
                                          such term is defined in the related
                                          Prospectus      Supplement,     the
                                          "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT"), one or more
                                          classes  of  the  outstanding Notes
                                          may   be    subject   to    partial
                                          redemption   on    or   immediately
                                          following  the end  of  the Funding
                                          Period (as such term is defined  in
                                          the related  Prospectus Supplement,
                                          the "FUNDING PERIOD")  in an amount
                                          and manner specified in the related
                                          Prospectus  Supplement.     In  the
                                          event of  such partial  redemption,
                                          the Noteholders may  be entitled to
                                          receive a  prepayment premium  from
                                          the Trust, in the amount and to the
                                          extent  provided  in   the  related
                                          Prospectus Supplement.

  The Certificates  . . . . . . . . .     A series  may include  one or  more
                                          classes of Certificates and may not
                                          include  any  Notes.   The  related
                                          Prospectus Supplement  will specify
                                          which class or  classes, if any, of
                                          the Certificates are  being offered
                                          thereby.

                                          Unless otherwise  specified in  the
                                          related    Prospectus   Supplement,
                                          Certificates will be  available for
                                          purchase in a  minimum denomination
                                          of $1,000 and will be available  in
                                          book-entry  form   only.     Unless
                                          otherwise specified in  the related
                                          Prospectus              Supplement,
                                          Certificateholders will be  able to
                                          receive   Definitive   Certificates
                                          only in  the limited  circumstances
                                          described herein or  in the related
                                          Prospectus    Supplement.       See
                                          "Certain Information  Regarding the
                                          Securities --            Definitive
                                          Securities".

                                          Except  in the  case  of any  Strip
                                          Certificates  (as  defined  below),
                                          each  class  of  Certificates  will
                                          have a  stated Certificate  Balance
                                          specified in the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement     (the    "CERTIFICATE
                                          BALANCE") and will  accrue interest
                                          on  such Certificate  Balance  at a
                                          specified  rate  (with  respect  to
                                          each  class  of  Certificates,  the
                                          "PASS THROUGH  RATE").   Each class
                                          of   Certificates   may    have   a
                                          different Pass Through  Rate, which
                                          may   be  a   fixed,   variable  or
                                          adjustable  Pass  Through  Rate, or
                                          any combination  of the  foregoing.
                                          The  related  Prospectus Supplement
                                          will specify the Pass Through Rate,
                                          or the  method for  determining the
                                          Pass Through  Rate, for  each class
                                          of Certificates.

                                          With  respect  to   a  series  that
                                          includes  two  or more  classes  of
                                          Certificates, each class may differ
                                          as  to   timing  and   priority  of
                                          distributions,           seniority,
                                          allocations of losses, Pass Through
                                          Rate or amount  of distributions in
                                          respect of  principal or  interest,
                                          or  distributions  in   respect  of
                                          principal or interest in respect of
                                          any such  class or  classes may  or
                                          may not be made upon the occurrence
                                          of specified events or on the basis
                                          of   collections  from   designated
                                          portions of  the Receivables  Pool.
                                          In addition,  a series  may include
                                          one or more classes of Certificates
                                          ("STRIP CERTIFICATES")  entitled to
                                          (i) distributions  in  respect   of
                                          principal   with  disproportionate,
                                          nominal     or      no     interest
                                          distributions    or   (ii) interest
                                          d i s t r i b u t i o n s   w i t h
                                          disproportionate,  nominal   or  no
                                          distributions    in    respect   of
                                          principal.

                                          If a series  of securities includes
                                          classes of Notes,  distributions in
                                          respect of the  Certificates may be
                                          subordinated in priority of payment
                                          to  payments on  the  Notes to  the
                                          extent  specified  in  the  related
                                          Prospectus Supplement.

                                          If  the   Servicer  exercises   its
                                          option to purchase  the Receivables
                                          of  a Trust (or, if not, and if and
                                          to  the  extent   provided  in  the
                                          related    Prospectus   Supplement,
                                          satisfactory bids for  the purchase
                                          of such Receivables  are received),
                                          in the manner and on the respective
                                          terms   and  conditions   described
                                          under "Description of  the Transfer
                                          and     Servicing     Agreements --
                                          Termination",    Certificateholders
                                          will  receive  as a  prepayment  an
                                          amount    in    respect    of   the
                                          Certificates  as  specified  in the
                                          related Prospectus Supplement.   In
                                          addition, if the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement   provides    that   the
                                          property of a  Trust will include a
                                          Pre-Funding                Account,
                                          Certificateholders  may  receive  a
                                          partial prepayment of  principal on
                                          or immediately following the end of
                                          the Funding Period in an amount and
                                          manner  specified  in  the  related
                                          Prospectus  Supplement.     In  the
                                          event of  such partial  prepayment,
                                          the   Certificateholders   may   be
                                          entitled  to  receive  a prepayment
                                          premium  from  the  Trust,  in  the
                                          amount and  to the  extent provided
                                          in    the    related     Prospectus
                                          Supplement.

  The Trust Property  . . . . . . . .     The  property  of each  Trust  will
                                          include    a    pool    of   retail
                                          installment sale  contracts, retail
                                          installment  loans,  purchase money
                                          notes   or    other   notes    (the
                                          "RECEIVABLES")  secured  by  new or
                                          used   (i) automobiles,  light-duty
                                          trucks    and   motorcycles    (the
                                          "FINANCED  MOTOR VEHICLES")  and/or
                                          (ii) recreational   vehicles   (the
                                          "FINANCED  RECREATIONAL VEHICLES"),
                                          including rights to receive certain
                                          payments made with  respect to such
                                          Receivables, security  interests in
                                          the  Financed  Motor  Vehicles  and
                                          Financed    Recreational   Vehicles
                                          (collectively,     the    "FINANCED
                                          VEHICLES")     financed    thereby,
                                          certain accounts  and the  proceeds
                                          thereof  and   any  proceeds   from
                                          claims on certain related insurance
                                          policies.    On  or  prior  to  the
                                          Closing  Date   specified  in   the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement with
                                          respect to  a Trust,  the Seller(s)
                                          will sell  or transfer  Receivables
                                          (the "INITIAL  RECEIVABLES") having
                                          an   aggregate   principal  balance
                                          specified in the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement   as   of    the   dates
                                          specified  therein  (the   "INITIAL
                                          CUT-OFF  DATE")  to  the Depositor,
                                          and the Depositor will transfer the
                                          Initial Receivables  to such  Trust
                                          on  the  Closing Date  pursuant  to
                                          either   a   Sale   and   Servicing
                                          Agreement among the  Depositor, the
                                          Servicer   and   the   Trustee  (as
                                          amended and supplemented  from time
                                          to  time,  a  "SALE  AND  SERVICING
                                          AGREEMENT") or, if the Trust is  to
                                          be treated  as a grantor  trust for
                                          federal  income  tax  purposes, the
                                          related   Pooling   and   Servicing
                                          Agreement among the  Depositor, the
                                          Servicer  and  the  Trustee.    The
                                          property  of each  Trust  will also
                                          include  amounts   on  deposit   in
                                          certain  trust  accounts, including
                                          the related Collection Account, any
                                          Pre-Funding  Account,  any  Reserve
                                          Account  and   any  other   account
                                          identified   in    the   applicable
                                          Prospectus Supplement.

                                          To  the  extent   provided  in  the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement, the
                                          Seller(s)    will    be   obligated
                                          (subject only  to the  availability
                                          thereof) to  sell to  the Depositor
                                          which will be obligated to purchase
                                          and sell to the related Trust,  and
                                          such Trust  will then  be obligated
                                          to   purchase   (subject   to   the
                                          satisfaction of  certain conditions
                                          described  in  the  applicable Sale
                                          and Servicing Agreement  or Pooling
                                          and      Servicing      Agreement),
                                          additional     Receivables     (the
                                          "SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES") from time
                                          to  time (as  frequently  as daily)
                                          during the Funding Period specified
                                          in    the    related     Prospectus
                                          Supplement   having  an   aggregate
                                          principal   balance   approximately
                                          equal to the  amount on deposit  in
                                          the   Pre-Funding    Account   (the
                                          "PRE-FUNDED   AMOUNT")    on   such
                                          Closing Date.  With  respect to any
                                          Trust that is  to be  treated as  a
                                          grantor  trust  for  federal income
                                          tax purposes,  the Funding  Period,
                                          if any, will not exceed the  period
                                          of 90 days  after the Closing Date,
                                          and with respect to any other Trust
                                          will not  exceed the period  of one
                                          year after the  Closing Date.  With
                                          respect  to  each Trust,  the  Pre-
                                          Funded Amount  on the  Closing Date
                                          will  not  exceed  (    )%  of  the
                                          aggregate initial principal balance
                                          of the Securities.

                                          The Receivables arise or will arise
                                          from  loans  originated   by  motor
                                          vehicle  and  recreational  vehicle
                                          dealers    (the    "DEALERS")   and
                                          purchased, directly  or indirectly,
                                          by  a  Seller(s)  and sold  to  the
                                          Depositor.  The Receivables will be
                                          selected  from  the  contracts  and
                                          loans owned  by a Seller(s)  or the
                                          Depositor  based  on  the  criteria
                                          specified in the Sale and Servicing
                                          Agreement   or   the   Pooling  and
                                          Servicing Agreement, as applicable,
                                          and  described  herein and  in  the
                                          related Prospectus Supplement.

  Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement  .     If and  to the extent  specified in
                                          the related  Prospectus Supplement,
                                          credit  and  cash  flow enhancement
                                          with respect  to  a  Trust  or  any
                                          class or classes  of Securities may
                                          include  any  one  or  more of  the
                                          following:  subordination of one or
                                          more other classes of Securities, a
                                          R e s e r v e       A c c o u n t ,
                                          overcollateralization,  letters  of
                                          credit,    credit   or    liquidity
                                          facilities,      surety      bonds,
                                          guaranteed   investment  contracts,
                                          swaps   or   other   interest  rate
                                          protection  agreements,  repurchase
                                          obligations,    yield    supplement
                                          agreements   or   accounts,   other
                                          agreements  with  respect  to third
                                          party  payments  or  other support,
                                          cash     deposits      or     other
                                          arrangements.    Unless   otherwise
                                          specified in the related Prospectus
                                          Supplement, any  form of  credit or
                                          cash  flow  enhancement  will  have
                                          certain limitations  and exclusions
                                          from  coverage   thereunder,  which
                                          will  be described  in  the related
                                          Prospectus Supplement.

  Transfer and Servicing Agreements .     With  respect  to each  Trust,  the
                                          Seller   will   sell   the  related
                                          Receivables   to   the   Depositor,
                                          which,  in  turn,   will  sell  the
                                          related Receivables  to such  Trust
                                          pursuant  to a  Sale  and Servicing
                                          Agreement   or   a    Pooling   and
                                          Servicing  Agreement.    The rights
                                          and benefits  of any Trust  under a
                                          Sale and  Servicing Agreement  will
                                          be   assigned   to   the  Indenture
                                          Trustee as collateral for the Notes
                                          of the related series. The Servicer
                                          will agree  with such  Trust to  be
                                          responsible      for     servicing,
                                          managing,  maintaining  custody  of
                                          and  making   collections  on   the
                                          Receivables. If so specified in the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement, the
                                          person    specified    therein   as
                                          Administrator     will    undertake
                                          certain administrative duties under
                                          an  Administration  Agreement  with
                                          respect  to  any   Trust  that  has
                                          issued Notes, which  duties, in the
                                          absence of an  Administrator, would
                                          be performed for such Trust by  the
                                          related Indenture Trustee or by the
                                          Depositor.

                                          Unless otherwise  specified in  the
                                          related Prospectus Supplement,  the
                                          Servicer  will   advance  scheduled
                                          payments  under   each  Precomputed
                                          Receivable  which  shall  not  have
                                          been  timely  made  (a "PRECOMPUTED
                                          ADVANCE"), to  the extent  that the
                                          Servicer, in  its sole  discretion,
                                          expects to  recoup the  Precomputed
                                          Advance from subsequent payments on
                                          or with respect  to such Receivable
                                          or    from     other    Precomputed
                                          Receivables.     With  respect   to
                                          Simple  Interest  Receivables,  the
                                          Servicer shall advance any interest
                                          shortfall   (a   "SIMPLE   INTEREST
                                          ADVANCE"  and,   together  with   a
                                          Precomputed Advance, an "ADVANCE").
                                          The Servicer  shall be  entitled to
                                          reimbursement   of   Advances  from
                                          subsequent  payments  on   or  with
                                          respect to  the Receivables  to the
                                          extent described herein  and in the
                                          related Prospectus Supplement.

                                          Unless  otherwise  provided  in the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement, the
                                          Depositor  will  be   obligated  to
                                          repurchase any Receivable  from the
                                          Trust, and the  related Seller will
                                          be   obligated  to   simultaneously
                                          repurchase such Receivable from the
                                          Depositor, if  the interest  of the
                                          applicable Trust in such Receivable
                                          is materially adversely affected by
                                          a breach  of any  representation or
                                          warranty made  by such  Seller with
                                          respect to  the Receivable,  if the
                                          breach has not been cured following
                                          the discovery by  or notice to such
                                          Seller  and  the Depositor  of  the
                                          breach.   If  so  specified in  the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement, the
                                          related  Seller  or  the  Depositor
                                          will    be    permitted,    in    a
                                          circumstance    where   it    would
                                          otherwise be required to repurchase
                                          a  Receivable as  described  in the
                                          preceding   sentence,  to   instead
                                          substitute a comparable  Receivable
                                          for   the    Receivable   otherwise
                                          requiring  repurchase,  subject  to
                                          certain conditions and  eligibility
                                          criteria for  the substitute  to be
                                          summarized    in     the    related
                                          Prospectus Supplement.

                                          Unless  otherwise  provided  in the
                                          related Prospectus Supplement,  the
                                          Servicer  will   be  obligated   to
                                          purchase  or  make   Advances  with
                                          respect to any Receivable if, among
                                          other things,  it extends  the date
                                          for final payment by the Obligor of
                                          such    Receivable    beyond    the
                                          applicable Final Scheduled Maturity
                                          Date  (as  defined in  the  related
                                          Prospectus  Supplement,  the "FINAL
                                          SCHEDULED MATURITY  DATE"), changes
                                          the annual percentage  rate ("APR")
                                          or amount of a scheduled payment of
                                          such   Receivable   or   fails   to
                                          maintain   a   perfected   security
                                          interest  in  the  related Financed
                                          Vehicle.

                                          Unless otherwise  specified in  the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement, the
                                          Servicer   will   be   entitled  to
                                          receive  a  fee for  servicing  the
                                          Receivables of each  Trust equal to
                                          a  specified   percentage  of   the
                                          aggregate principal balance  of the
                                          related  Receivables  Pool,  as set
                                          forth  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                          Supplement, plus certain late fees,
                                          prepayment   charges    and   other
                                          administrative   fees  or   similar
                                          charges.  See  "Description  of the
                                          Transfer  and Servicing  Agreements
                                          -- Servicing    Compensation    and
                                          Payment of Expenses"  herein and in
                                          the related Prospectus Supplement.

  Certain Legal Aspects of the
    Receivables;           Repurchase     In  connection  with  the  sale  of
  Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . .     Receivables  to  a  Trust, security
                                          interests in the  Financed Vehicles
                                          securing such  Receivables will  be
                                          assigned,  directly or  indirectly,
                                          by  the   related  Dealer   to  the
                                          Seller(s) and  by the  Seller(s) to
                                          the Depositor and  by the Depositor
                                          to    such   Trust.        Due   to
                                          administrative burden  and expense,
                                          the  certificates of  title  to the
                                          Financed Motor  Vehicles and  those
                                          Financed    Recreational   Vehicles
                                          financed in  states where  security
                                          interests in recreational  vehicles
                                          are subject to certificate of title
                                          statutes  will  not be  amended  to
                                          reflect any  such assignments,  the
                                          Uniform  Commercial   Code  ("UCC")
                                          financing statements in  respect of
                                          those     Financed     Recreational
                                          Vehicles financed  in states  where
                                          security interests  in recreational
                                          vehicles are perfected  by filing a
                                          UCC-1 financing statement  will not
                                          be   amended   to    reflect   such
                                          assignments.    In the  absence  of
                                          such procedures, such Trust may not
                                          have a perfected  security interest
                                          in  the Financed  Vehicles  in some
                                          states.   If  such  Trust does  not
                                          have a perfected  security interest
                                          in a Financed  Vehicle, its ability
                                          to realize on such Financed Vehicle
                                          in the  event of  a default may  be
                                          adversely affected.   To the extent
                                          the security interest is perfected,
                                          such Trust will  have a prior claim
                                          over subsequent purchasers  of such
                                          Financed  Vehicle  and  holders  of
                                          subsequently   perfected   security
                                          interests.    However,  as  against
                                          liens  for  repairs of  a  Financed
                                          Vehicle or  for taxes unpaid  by an
                                          Obligor  under  a   Receivable,  or
                                          because  of  fraud  or  negligence,
                                          such Trust could  lose the priority
                                          of  its  security interest  or  its
                                          security  interest  in  a  Financed
                                          Vehicle.

                                          Federal    and    state    consumer
                                          protection laws impose requirements
                                          upon creditors  in connection  with
                                          extensions     of    credit     and
                                          collections  of retail  installment
                                          loans,  and certain  of  these laws
                                          make  an assignee  of  such a  loan
                                          liable to  the obligor  thereon for
                                          any   violation   by   the  lender.
                                          Unless otherwise  specified in  the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement, the
                                          Depositor  will  be   obligated  to
                                          repurchase from  the Trust  and the
                                          related Seller will be obligated to
                                          simultaneously repurchase from  the
                                          Depositor   any  Receivable   which
                                          fails   to    comply   with    such
                                          requirements.      The  Depositor's
                                          obligation to make  such repurchase
                                          is  contingent  upon   the  related
                                          Seller performing its obligation to
                                          repurchase such Receivable from the
                                          Depositor   on   account   of  such
                                          failure.
   
  Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . .     Owner Trust
                                           
                                          Unless  the  Prospectus  Supplement
                                          specifies  that  the  related Trust
                                          will be treated as a grantor trust,
                                          it is the opinion of Tax Counsel to
                                          such Trust that  for federal income
                                          tax  purposes:  (i) all  or certain
                                          specified classes of  Notes of such
                                          series  will  be  characterized  as
                                          debt and  (ii) such Trust  will not
                                          be characterized as  an association
                                          (or a publicly  traded partnership)
                                          taxable  as  a   corporation.    In
                                          respect  of any  such  series, each
                                          Noteholder, by the  acceptance of a
                                          Note of such series,  will agree to
                                          treat  such  Note  as indebtedness,
                                          and each Certificateholder,  by the
                                          acceptance of a Certificate of such
                                          series,  will agree  to  treat such
                                          Trust  as  a partnership  in  which
                                          such Certificateholder is a partner
                                          for federal income and state income
                                          tax      purposes.      Alternative
                                          characterizations of such Trust and
                                          such Certificates are possible, but
                                          would  not  result   in  materially
                                          adverse    tax    consequences   to
                                          Certificateholders.   See "Material
                                          Federal Income Tax  Consequences --
                                          Trusts  for  Which   a  Partnership
                                          Election is Made" herein.

                                          Grantor Trust

                                          If   the    Prospectus   Supplement
                                          specifies  that  the  related Trust
                                          will be treated as a grantor trust,
                                          it is the opinion of Tax Counsel to
                                          such Trust that such  Trust will be
                                          treated  as  a  grantor  trust  for
                                          federal  income  tax  purposes  and
                                          will  not  be  subject  to  federal
                                          income tax.   See "Material Federal
                                          Income  Tax  Consequences  - Trusts
                                          Treated as a Grantor Trust" herein.

                                          FASIT

                                          If   the    Prospectus   Supplement
                                          specifies  that  the  related Trust
                                          will  be  treated  as  a  financial
                                          asset   securitization   investment
                                          trust ("FASIT"), it  is the opinion
                                          of Tax Counsel that such Trust will
                                          on the  startup date  qualify as  a
                                          FASIT  and its  proposed  method of
                                          operation   will   enable   it   to
                                          continue to  meet the  requirements
                                          for qualification and taxation as a
                                          FASIT  under  the Code  assuming  a
                                          timely  FASIT  election   is  made.
                                          Based on the foregoing and assuming
                                          compliance  with  the   Transaction
                                          Documents,    certain     of    the
                                          Securities will qualify  as regular
                                          interests  in  a   FASIT  ("Regular
                                          Securities")  which will  generally
                                          be treated as debt for U.S. federal
                                          income   tax    purposes.       The
                                          beneficial owners of  FASIT Regular
                                          Securities  will  be   required  to
                                          include  the  interest  payable  on
                                          such  FASIT  Regular  Securities in
                                          gross  income   as  such   interest
                                          accrues, regardless of  the regular
                                          method  of  tax accounting  and  in
                                          advance  of  receipt  of  the  cash
                                          attributable   to   such   interest
                                          income.    See   "Material  Federal
                                          Income Tax  Consequences --  Trusts
                                          for which a FASIT Election is Made"
                                          herein.
    

  ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . .     Subject   to   the   considerations
                                          discussed        under       "ERISA
                                          Considerations" herein  and in  the
                                          related Prospectus Supplement,  and
                                          unless otherwise specified therein,
                                          any  Notes  of  a  series  and  any
                                          Certificates that  are issued  by a
                                          Trust that  is a grantor  trust and
                                          are not  subordinated to  any other
                                          class of Certificates  are eligible
                                          for  purchase  by  employee benefit
                                          plans.

                                          Unless otherwise  specified in  the
                                          related Prospectus  Supplement, the
                                          Certificates of any series that are
                                          subordinated to any  other Security
                                          of that series  may not be acquired
                                          by   any   employee   benefit  plan
                                          subject to the  Employee Retirement
                                          Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as
                                          amended   ("ERISA"),   or   by  any
                                          individual retirement account.  See
                                          "ERISA  Considerations" herein  and
                                          in    the    related     Prospectus
                                          Supplement.


                                 RISK FACTORS

     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS -- SECURITY INTERESTS IN  FINANCED VEHICLES MAY BE
LIMITED.  

     TRUSTS MAY  NOT HAVE A  PERFECTED SECURITY INTEREST IN  CERTAIN FINANCED
VEHICLES.  In  connection with the sale  of Receivables to a  Trust, security
interests in the Financed Vehicles securing such Receivables will be, or will
have been, assigned by the Seller(s) to the Depositor and by the Depositor to
such Trust  simultaneously with the  sale of such Receivables  to such Trust.
Due to  administrative burden and  expense, (i) the certificates of  title to
the Financed Motor Vehicles and those Financed Recreational Vehicles financed
in states where  security interests in recreational vehicles,  are subject to
certificate  of  title   statutes  will  not  be  amended   to  reflect  such
assignments,  and (ii) UCC financing statements  in respect of those Financed
Recreational   Vehicles  financed  in  states  where  security  interests  in
recreational vehicles  are perfected  by filing a  UCC-1 financing  statement
will not  be amended to  reflect such assignments.   In  the absence of  such
procedures, such  Trust may  not have  a perfected  security interest  in the
Financed Vehicles in some states.

     Unless  otherwise provided  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Depositor will  be obligated  to repurchase  from the related  Trust and  the
related  Seller  will  be obligated  simultaneously  to  repurchase from  the
Depositor any Receivable  sold to such Trust as to which a perfected security
interest in  the name of the related Seller  in the Financed Vehicle securing
such Receivable shall not exist as of the date such Receivable is transferred
to such Trust, if such failure shall materially adversely affect the interest
of such Trust  in such  Receivable and if  such failure shall  not have  been
cured  by the  last day  of the second  month following  the discovery  by or
notice to the  Seller(s) of such breach.  The Depositor's obligation to  make
such  repurchase  is  contingent  upon  the  related  Seller  performing  its
obligation to  repurchase such  Receivable from the  Depositor on  account of
such  failure.   Moreover, such  repurchase obligations  will not  address or
remedy the circumstance where  a perfected security interest  in the name  of
the related Seller in the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable has not been
perfected in the related Trust as  a result of the absence of  the procedures
described  in the preceding paragraph or for any other reason.  If such Trust
does  not have  a  perfected security  interest  in a  Financed  Vehicle, its
ability to realize on such Financed Vehicle in the event  of a default may be
adversely affected and, as a result, the amount available for distribution to
the Securityholders may be adversely affected.

     CERTAIN LIENS WILL HAVE PRIORITY OVER A PERFECTED SECURITY INTEREST.  To
the extent the security  interest is perfected, such Trust will  have a prior
claim  over subsequent  purchasers of  such Financed  Vehicle and  holders of
subsequently  perfected security interests.   However,  as against  liens for
repairs of  a Financed  Vehicle or for  taxes unpaid  by an  Obligor under  a
Receivable,  or  through fraud  or  negligence,  such  Trust could  lose  the
priority  of its  security interest  or its security  interest in  a Financed
Vehicle.   None of the Seller(s), the Servicer or the Depositor will have any
obligation to repurchase  a Receivable as to which any  of the aforementioned
occurrences  result in  such  Trust's  losing the  priority  of its  security
interest or  its security interest  in such Financed  Vehicle after  the date
such security  interest  was conveyed  to  such Trust.    See "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the Receivables -- Security Interest in Vehicles" herein.

     CERTAIN  LEGAL ASPECTS  --  SECURITY  INTEREST  IN  RECEIVABLES  MAY  BE
LIMITED.  The Receivables will be treated by each Trust as "chattel paper" as
defined  in the  UCC.   Pursuant to  the UCC,  the sale  of chattel  paper is
treated  in  a  manner similar  to  a  security  interest in  chattel  paper.
Perfection of  a security interest in chattel paper  may generally be made by
filing UCC-1 financing statements in respect  thereof or by possession of the
chattel  paper.   In  order  to protect  each Trust's  ownership  or security
interest  in  its  Receivables,  the  Depositor  will  file  UCC-1  financing
statements  with the appropriate  authorities in the  States of New  York and
Delaware  and any  other states  deemed advisable  by  the Depositor  to give
notice  of  such  Trust's  ownership  interest  (and  any  related  Indenture
Trustee's security interest) in the  Receivables and proceeds thereof.  Under
each Sale  and Servicing Agreement  and Pooling and Servicing  Agreement, the
Servicer will be  appointed Custodian of  the Receivables by the  Trustee and
the  Servicer will otherwise be  obligated to maintain  the perfection of the
interest of each  Trust and any related Indenture Trustee in the Receivables.
The filing of UCC-1 financing statements as described above and possession of
the chattel paper  by the Servicer  will reduce but  not eliminate the  risks
involved in perfection.  A trust could lose priority of its security interest
in the Receivables to certain liens arising by operation of law or in certain
cases by  fraud or  negligence.   Moreover, if  the Servicer  should lose  or
inadvertently give up possession of the chattel paper, a good faith purchaser
of  the  chattel paper  without  knowledge  who  gives  new value  and  takes
possession  of it in  the ordinary  course of  such purchaser's  business has

priority over  a security interest  (including an ownership interest)  in the
chattel paper that is perfected by filing UCC-1 financing statements.

     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS -- CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS MAY REDUCE PAYMENTS TO
SECURITYHOLDERS.    Federal   and  state  consumer  protection   laws  impose
requirements  upon creditors  in  connection with  extensions  of credit  and
collections  of retail  installment loans and  certain of these  laws make an
assignee of such a loan (such  as a Trust) liable to the obligor  thereon for
any violation by  the lender.   The application of  such laws could  render a
Receivable  unenforceable or  otherwise uncollectible.    The inability  of a
Trust to realize amounts would in respect of such Receivable  could adversely
affect the amount available for  distribution to the Securityholders.  Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Depositor will
be obligated to  repurchase from  the Trust  and the related  Seller will  be
obligated  to simultaneously  repurchase from  the  Depositor any  Receivable
which fails to comply with such requirements.  The  Depositor's obligation to
make such  repurchase is  contingent upon the  related Seller  performing its
obligation to  repurchase such  Receivable from the  Depositor on  account of
such failure.   See  "Certain Legal  Aspects of  the Receivables --  Consumer
Protection Laws" herein.

     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS  -- INSOLVENCY MAY RESULT IN  DELAYS OR REDUCTIONS
OF PAYMENTS TO  SECURITYHOLDERS.  EACH SELLER WILL REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT
THE TRANSFER OF  RECEIVABLES BY IT TO  THE DEPOSITOR WILL CONSTITUTE  A SALE.
IN ADDITION, THE DEPOSITOR INTENDS THAT THE  TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES BY IT TO
THE TRUST WILL CONSTITUTE A SALE.

     CONSIDERATIONS RELATING  TO THE  INSOLVENCY OF A  NONBANK SELLER  OR THE
DEPOSITOR.   If either a Seller other than a Bank Seller (a "NONBANK SELLER")
or the  Depositor were to  become a debtor  in a  bankruptcy case (or  if the
parent of either were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and the  assets
of the  Nonbank Seller  or Depositor, as  applicable, were  consolidated with
those of its parent)  and a creditor or trustee-in-bankruptcy  of such debtor
or  such  debtor  itself were  to  take  the position  that  the  transfer of
Receivables to  the Depositor  or such  Trust, as  the case  may be,  should,
notwithstanding the  intent of  the parties  that it  be treated  as a  sale,
instead be treated as a pledge  of such Receivables to secure a borrowing  of
such debtor, delays in payments of collections of Receivables to the  related
Securityholders could occur  or (should the court  rule in favor of  any such
trustee, debtor or creditor) reductions in the amounts of such payments could
result.  If the transfer of Receivables by a Nonbank  Seller to the Depositor
or by the  Depositor to a Trust is  treated as a pledge instead  of a sale, a
tax  or  government  lien  on the  property  of  the  Nonbank  Seller or  the
Depositor,  as applicable, arising before such  Receivables transfer may have
priority over such Trust's interest in such Receivables.  If the transactions
contemplated herein are treated as a sale,  the Receivables would not be part
of the Nonbank  Seller's or Depositor's  bankruptcy estate  and would not  be
available to their respective creditors.

     CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO  AN INSOLVENCY EVENT OF THE  DEPOSITOR OR THE
SELLER AFFILIATE RELATED TO CERTAIN TRUSTS.  With respect to each  Trust that
is not  a grantor trust,  if the  related Prospectus Supplement  so provides,
upon the  occurrence of an  Insolvency Event of  either the Depositor  or the
Seller Affiliate  identified therein,  the Indenture Trustee  or Trustee  for
such  trust will promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the related
Receivables  in a commercially  reasonable manner on  commercially reasonable
terms, except  under certain  limited circumstances.   The proceeds  from any
such  sale, disposition  or liquidation  of  Receivables will  be treated  as
collections on  the Receivables  and deposited in  the Collection  Account of
such  Trust.  If the proceeds from the liquidation of the Receivables and any
amounts on  deposit in  the Reserve  Account, if any,  the Note  Distribution
Account, if any, and the Certificate Distribution Account with respect to any
such Trust  and any  amounts available  from any  credit enhancement  are not
sufficient to pay  any Notes and  the Certificates of  the related series  in
full,   the   amount   of   principal  returned   to   any   Noteholders   or
Certificateholders   will    be    reduced   and    such   Noteholders    and
Certificateholders will incur a loss.

     OCTAGON GAS CASE.  In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995  F.2d 948
(10th                      -------------------------    ------
Cir. 1993), the  U.S. Court of Appeals  for the 10th Circuit  determined that
"accounts,"  a defined  term  under  the Uniform  Commercial  Code, would  be
included in the  bankruptcy estate of a transferor regardless  of whether the
transfer is treated  as a sale or  a secured loan.   Although the Receivables
are likely to  be viewed  as "chattel  paper," as defined  under the  Uniform
Commercial  Code, rather  than as  accounts, the  Octagon holding  is equally
applicable to chattel paper.                      -------

The circumstances under which  the Octagon holding would apply are  not fully
known and                          -------
the extent to which the Octagon decision  will be followed in other courts or
outside                 -------
of the Tenth Circuit is not certain.  If the holding in  Octagon were applied
in a                                                     -------
bankruptcy of  the Depositor or  a Seller, however,  even if the  transfer of
Receivables to the Depositor and the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust
were treated as a sale,  the Receivables would be part of  the Depositor's or
Seller's bankruptcy estate (as applicable) and would be subject  to claims of
certain   creditors,  and   delays  and   reductions   in  payments   to  the
Securityholders could result.

     RELIANCE  ON  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  BY  THE  DEPOSITOR,  THE
SELLER(S) AND THE SERVICER WHICH PROVES TO BE INADEQUATE MAY RESULT IN DELAYS
OR  REDUCTIONS OF  PAYMENT TO SECURITYHOLDERS.   None  of the  Seller(s), the
Servicer, the Depositor or any  of their respective affiliates will generally
be obligated to make  any payments in respect of any  Notes, the Certificates
or the  Receivables of  a Trust.   However,  in connection  with the  sale of
Receivables by  the Seller(s) to the Depositor and  the Depositor to a Trust,
the Seller(s)  will make representations  and warranties with respect  to the
characteristics  of such  Receivables  and,  in  certain  circumstances,  the
Depositor may be required to repurchase from the Trust and the related Seller
would be required to simultaneously repurchase from the Depositor Receivables
with respect to which such representations and warranties have been breached.
Alternatively,  if so  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
related Seller or the Depositor will be permitted, in a circumstance where it
would  otherwise be required to  repurchase a Receivable  as described in the
preceding sentence,  to instead  substitute a comparable  Receivable for  the
Receivable  otherwise requiring repurchase, subject to certain conditions and
eligibility criteria  for the substitute  Receivable to be summarized  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement.   The  Depositor's  obligation to  make  such
repurchase or  substitution is contingent upon the  related Seller performing
its  obligation to  repurchase or  substitute  for such  Receivable from  the
Depositor.  See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale
and Assignment of  Receivables".  In  addition, under certain  circumstances,
the  Servicer may be  required to purchase Receivables.   See "Description of
the  Transfer  and   Servicing  Agreements --  Servicing  Procedures".     If
collections on any  Receivable should be  reduced as a  result of any  matter
giving  rise to  a  repurchase or  purchase  obligation on  the  part of  the
Depositor,  the Seller  and/or the  Servicer,  as the  case may  be,  and the
Depositor,  the  Seller and/or  the Servicer  should fail  for any  reason to
perform in  accordance with that  obligation, then delays in  payments on the
Securities  and reductions  in  the  amount of  those  payments could  occur.
Moreover,  if the  Servicer  were  to cease  acting  as Servicer,  delays  in
processing payments  on the Receivables  and information  in respect  thereof
could occur and result in delays in payments to the Securityholders.

     SUBORDINATION  OF CERTAIN CERTIFICATES MAY RESULT IN REDUCED PAYMENTS TO
THOSE  CERTIFICATES.   To  the  extent specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, distributions of interest and principal on one or more classes of
Certificates  of  a series  may  be subordinated  in priority  of  payment to
interest and principal  due on the  Notes, if any, of  such series or  one or
more other classes of Certificates of such series.  

     LIMITED ASSETS AND RISK  THAT SUCH ASSETS WILL NOT BE  SUFFICIENT TO PAY
SECURITIES  IN FULL.  Moreover, each Trust will not have, nor is it permitted
or expected to  have, any significant assets  or sources of funds  other than
the  Receivables  and, to  the  extent  provided  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, a  Pre-Funding Account,  a Reserve Account  and any  other credit
enhancement.  The Notes of any  series will represent obligations solely  of,
and the  Certificates of any series  will represent interests solely  in, the
related Trust and neither the Notes  nor the Certificates of any series  will
be insured  or  guaranteed  by  any of  the  Seller(s),  the  Depositor,  the
applicable  Trustee, any  Indenture Trustee  or any  other person  or entity.
Consequently, holders of the Securities of any series must rely for repayment
upon payments on the related Receivables and, if and to the extent available,
amounts on deposit  in the Pre-Funding Account (if any),  the Reserve Account
(if any) and  any other credit enhancement,  all as specified in  the related
Prospectus Supplement.  If such amounts and credit enhancement are exhausted,
the related Trust will  depend solely on payments on the  Receivables to make
distributions on  the Securities,  and the Securities  will bear the  risk of
delinquencies, loan losses and repossessions with respect to the Receivables.

     RISK THAT PREPAYMENTS  WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT AVERAGE LIFE  AND YIELDS OF
SECURITIES.   All the  Receivables are  prepayable at  any time.   (For  this
purpose   the  term  "prepayments"  includes  prepayments  in  full,  partial
prepayments (including those related to rebates of extended warranty contract
costs and  insurance premiums) and  liquidations due  to default, as  well as
receipts  of  proceeds  from  physical  damage,  credit  life  and disability
insurance  policies   and   certain   other   Receivables   repurchased   for
administrative reasons).  The  rate of prepayments on the  Receivables may be
influenced by a  variety of economic, social and other factors, including the
fact that an  Obligor generally may not sell or transfer the Financed Vehicle
securing a Receivable  without causing  the related  loan to  become due  and
payable.  The rate of prepayment on the Receivables may also be influenced by
the structure  of the  loan evidencing the  Receivable.   In addition,  under
certain circumstances, the Depositor will be obligated to repurchase from the
Trust, and the related Seller  will be obligated to simultaneously repurchase
from  the Depositor  (or  in either  case,  if so  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  and  subject to  the  conditions  summarized therein,
substitute for)  Receivables pursuant  to a Sale  and Servicing  Agreement or
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  as   a  result  of  certain  breaches  of
representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances, the Servicer
will be obligated to purchase Receivables pursuant to such Sale and Servicing
Agreement  or  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement  as a  result of  breaches of
certain  covenants.    See  "Description   of  the  Transfer  and   Servicing
Agreements -- Sale and  Assignment of Receivables".   Any reinvestment  risks
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Receivables held
by a given Trust will be borne entirely by the Securityholders of the related
series of  Securities.  See also  "Description of the Transfer  and Servicing
Agreements --  Termination" regarding the  Servicer's option to  purchase the
Receivables of a  given Receivables Pool.   In addition,  as described  above
under  the caption  "Certain Legal  Aspects --  Insolvency  Considerations --
Considerations Relating to an Insolvency Event of the Depositor or the Seller
Affiliate Related  to Certain Trust", in  the case of  a Trust that is  not a
grantor trust if so specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the sale
of  the Receivables  owned by such  Trust will  be required if  an Insolvency
Event with respect to the Depositor or any Seller Affiliate occurs.

     RISK OF  COMMINGLING  BY  THE  SERVICER  MAY LEAD  TO  FUNDS  NOT  BEING
AVAILABLE FOR  DISTRIBUTION.  With respect  to each Trust, the  Servicer will
deposit all  payments on the  related Receivables (from whatever  source) and
all proceeds of such Receivables collected during each Collection Period into
the  Collection Account  of such  Trust within two  business days  of receipt
thereof.    However,  in  the  event  that  the  Servicer  satisfies  certain
requirements for monthly or less frequent remittances and the Rating Agencies
(as such term  is defined in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the  "Rating
Agencies")  affirm their  ratings of  the related  Securities at  the initial
level, then for so long as  the servicer specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement is  the Servicer  and provided that  (i) there exists  no Servicer
Default and (ii) each other condition to making such monthly or less frequent
deposits  as may  be specified by  the Rating  Agencies and described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement is satisfied, the Servicer will not be required
to deposit such amounts into the Collection Account of such Trust until on or
before the  business day  preceding each Distribution  Date or  Payment Date.
The  Servicer  will  deposit  the aggregate  Purchase  Amount  of Receivables
purchased by the Servicer into the applicable Collection Account on or before
the business day preceding  each Distribution Date or Payment Date.   Pending
deposit  into such  Collection Account,  collections may  be invested  by the
Servicer at its own risk and for  its own benefit and will not be  segregated
from funds of the  Servicer.  If the Servicer should be  unable to remit such
funds,  such funds would not be available  for distribution to the applicable
Securityholders and such  Securityholders might incur a loss.   To the extent
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to
satisfy the requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit  or other
security for the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances of
collections on the related Receivables  and payment of the aggregate Purchase
Amount with respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer.

     RISKS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  SUBSEQUENT  RECEIVABLES   AND  THE  PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT.  If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Seller(s)
will be obligated  to sell, and the  Depositor will be obligated  to purchase
and then  transfer to the related Trust which Trust will then be obligated to
purchase, Subsequent Receivables from time  to time during the Funding Period
specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement.  With  respect to any Trust
that is to be treated as a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes, the
Funding Period, if any, will not exceed the  period of 90 days from and after
the  Closing Date and, with  respect to any other Trust,  will not exceed the
period  of one year  from and after the  Closing Date.   With respect to each
Trust,  the Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date  will not exceed 25% of the
aggregate initial principal balance of the Securities.

   
     CHANGES  IN  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  RECEIVABLES  POOL  DUE  TO  SUBSEQUENT
RECEIVABLES.   Amounts on deposit in any  Pre-Funding Account may be invested
only in  Eligible Investments.   Subsequent Receivables may be  originated by
the Dealers at a later date using credit criteria different from  those which
were applied to  any Initial  Receivables and  may be of  a different  credit
quality  and  seasoning.    Underwriting  criteria,  if  any,  applicable  to
Subsequent Receivables  will  be  set  forth  in  the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement.  In addition, following the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to
the applicable Trust,  the characteristics of the entire  pool of Receivables
included  in such  Trust  may vary  from  those  of the  Initial  Receivables
transferred to such  Trust.  However,  except as otherwise  set forth in  the
applicable  Prospectus  Supplement  and unless  the  applicable  underwriting
criteria   so  permit,  it  is  not  expected   that  such  variance  in  the
characteristics  of  the entire  pool  due  to  the inclusion  of  Subsequent
Receivables will be materially different from the characteristics of the pool
of Initial Receivables.  Nevertheless, it is possible that the credit quality
of the Receivables  in a Trust,  as a whole, may  decline as a result  of the
inclusion  of Subsequent  Receivables and  may  result in  a  higher rate  of
payment to the  applicable Securityholders as a result of  an increased level
of defaults on such Receivables.  

     SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES  MAY AFFECT  WEIGHTED AVERAGE  MATURITY OF  NOTES
ISSUED BY  A FASIT.  Subsequent Receivables could extend the weighted average
life of  Notes in a  particular FASIT.   The outstanding principal  amount of
each  Class of  Notes will  be payable  on their  respective Final  Scheduled
Distribution Dates.  The Final Scheduled Distribution Date  for each Class of
Notes will  not  be  extended or  shortened  by the  addition  of  Subsequent
Receivables. 

     USE OF BALANCE IN PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT TO PREPAY SECURITIES MAY ADVERSELY
AFFECT AVERAGE LIFE AND YIELDS OF SECURITIES.  A higher than expected rate of
payment may result in  a reduction in the  yield to maturity of any  class of
Securities to  which such  payments  are distributed.    To the  extent  that
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account  have not been fully applied to
the conveyance of Subsequent Receivables to a Trust by the end of the Funding
Period and such amount exceeds the applicable amount described in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the holders of  Securities issued by the related Trust
will  receive, on  the Distribution  Date or Payment  Date on  or immediately
following  the last  day of  the applicable  Funding Period, a  prepayment of
principal  in an  amount equal  to the  amount remaining  in the  Pre-Funding
Account  following  the  purchase   of  any  Subsequent  Receivables  on   or
immediately  preceding  such  Distribution  Date  or Payment  Date.    It  is
anticipated that  the principal balance  of Subsequent Receivables sold  to a
Trust will not be  exactly equal to the amount on  deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account,  and that  therefore there  will  be at  least a  nominal  amount of
principal prepaid  to the  holders of  the Securities  issued by  such Trust.
Securityholders  will bear  all reinvestment  risk associated  with any  such
distribution  of  amounts  on  deposit  in  the   Pre-Funding  Account  after
termination of  the applicable  Funding Period.   Any such  distribution will
have the effect of a prepayment on the related Receivables and  may result in
a reduction in the yield to maturity of any class of Securities to which such
amounts are distributed.
    

     RIGHTS OF THE NOTEHOLDERS TO DIRECT CERTAIN MATTERS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.   In general,  with respect to  any Trust  issuing Notes,
until the Notes have been paid in  full the right to direct the related Trust
with  respect to  certain actions  permitted to  be taken  under the  related
Transfer and Servicing  Agreements rests with  the related Indenture  Trustee
and the Noteholders instead of the Certificateholders.

     For example,  with respect  to a  Trust issuing  Notes, in  the event  a
Servicer Default  occurs,  the  Indenture  Trustee or  the  Noteholders  with
respect to such series,  as described under "Description of the  Transfer and
Servicing  Agreements --  Rights  upon  Servicer  Default",  may  remove  the
Servicer without the consent of the Trustee or any of the  Certificateholders
with respect  to such  series.   The Trustee or  the Certificateholders  with
respect to such series will not have the  ability to remove the Servicer if a
Servicer Default  occurs.  In addition,  the Noteholders of such  series have
the  ability, with  certain specified  exceptions, to  waive defaults  by the
Servicer,  including  defaults  that could  materially  adversely  affect the
Certificateholders  of such  series.   See "Description  of the  Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Waiver of Past Defaults".

     BOOK-ENTRY  REGISTRATION MAY  REDUCE THE  LIQUIDITY  OF THE  SECURITIES.
Unless otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, each  class
of Securities of a given series will be initially represented by  one or more
certificates registered  in the  name of  Cede & Co. ("CEDE"),  or any  other
nominee for the  Depository Trust  Company ("DTC") set  forth in the  related
Prospectus Supplement (Cede,  or such  other nominee,  "DTC'S NOMINEE"),  and
will not be registered  in the names of the holders of the Securities of such
series or  their nominees.    Because of  this, unless  and until  Definitive
Securities for such series are issued, holders of such Securities will not be
recognized  by   the  Trustee   or  any   applicable  Indenture   Trustee  as
"Certificateholders",  "Noteholders" or "Securityholders", as the case may be
(as  such  terms are  used herein  or  in the  related Pooling  and Servicing
Agreement or related  Indenture and Trust Agreement, as  applicable).  Hence,
until Definitive Securities are issued,  holders of such Securities will only
be able  to exercise the rights of Securityholders indirectly through DTC and
its  participating organizations.   See  "Certain  Information Regarding  the
Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".

                                  THE TRUSTS

     With respect to each series  of Securities, the Depositor will establish
a separate Trust  pursuant to the respective  Trust Agreement or Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, for the transactions described herein and
in the  related  Prospectus Supplement.    The property  of  each Trust  will
include a pool (a "RECEIVABLES  POOL") of retail installment sales contracts,
purchase  money notes  or other  notes  between dealers  (the "DEALERS")  and
purchasers  (the  "OBLIGORS")  of new  and  used  (i) automobiles, light-duty
trucks and motorcycles  ("FINANCED MOTOR VEHICLES," and the  Receivables with
respect  thereto,  "MOTOR  VEHICLE   RECEIVABLES")  and/or  (ii) recreational
vehicles  ("FINANCED RECREATIONAL VEHICLES," and the Receivables with respect
thereto, "RECREATIONAL  VEHICLE RECEIVABLES")  or installment  loans made  to
Obligors for such purchases and all payments  due thereunder on and after the
applicable cutoff date  (as such term  is defined  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement, a "Cut-off Date") in the case of Precomputed  Receivables and all
payments received thereunder on and after the applicable Cut-off Date in  the
case of Simple Interest Receivables.   A Receivables Pool may  consist solely
of  Motor  Vehicle   Receivables,  Recreational  Vehicle  Receivables   or  a
combination of such  Receivables, all as specified in  the related Prospectus
Supplement.   The  Receivables of  each  Receivables  Pool were  or  will  be
originated by the Dealers or lenders, purchased by the Seller(s), directly or
indirectly, pursuant to agreements with Dealers ("Dealer Agreements") or such
lenders and sold to the Depositor.  Such Receivables will be  serviced by the
Servicer.   On or  prior to the  applicable Closing Date,  the Seller(s) will
sell the Receivables to  the Depositor.  On the applicable  Closing Date, the
Depositor will  sell the Initial  Receivables of  the applicable  Receivables
Pool to the Trust to  the extent, if any, specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.   To the extent so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Subsequent  Receivables will be conveyed to the  Trust as frequently as daily
during the Funding Period.  Any  Subsequent Receivables so conveyed will also
be assets of the applicable Trust, subject to the prior rights of the related
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, if any, therein.  The property of each
Trust will also include (i) such amounts as from  time to time may be held in
separate trust accounts  established and maintained  pursuant to the  related
Sale  and Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement and  the
proceeds of such accounts, as described herein  and in the related Prospectus
Supplement; (ii) security interests  in the Financed  Vehicles and any  other
interest  of the  Depositor in  such Financed  Vehicles; (iii) the  rights to
proceeds from claims  on certain physical damage, credit  life and disability
insurance policies  covering the  Financed Vehicles or  the Obligors,  as the
case may be; (iv) the interest of the Depositor in any proceeds from recourse
to  Dealers on Receivables  or Financed  Vehicles with  respect to  which the
Servicer has determined that eventual  repayment in full is unlikely; (v) any
property  that shall  have  secured a  Receivable  and that  shall  have been
acquired  by the  applicable Trust;  and  (vi) any and  all  proceeds of  the
foregoing.  To  the extent specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, a
Pre-Funding Account,  a Reserve Account  or other form of  credit enhancement
may be  a part  of the property  of any  given Trust  or may  be held by  the
Trustee or an  Indenture Trustee for  the benefit of  holders of the  related
Securities.   Additionally,  pursuant to  the Dealer Agreements,  the Dealers
have an  obligation after origination  to repurchase Receivables as  to which
Dealers have made certain misrepresentations.

     The Servicer will continue to service the Receivables held by each Trust
and will receive  fees for such services.   See "Description of  the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements --  Servicing Compensation and Payment  of Expenses"
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  To facilitate the servicing
of  the Receivables,  each  Trustee  will authorize  the  Servicer to  retain
physical possession of the Receivables held by each Trust and other documents
relating thereto as custodian for each such Trust.  Due to the administrative
burden and expense, the certificates of title or UCC financing statements, as
applicable, to the  Financed Vehicles will not be amended to reflect the sale
and assignment  of the  security interest  in the  Financed Vehicles  to each
Trust.   See "Risk Factors  -- Certain Legal Aspects -- Security  Interest in
Financed   Vehicles,"  "Certain  Legal   Aspects  of  the   Receivables"  and
"Description  of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment
of Receivables" herein.

     If the  protection provided to any  holders of a series of  Notes by the
subordination of the related Certificates and by the Reserve Account, if any,
or  other credit enhancement  for such series  or the protection  provided to
Certificateholders by any such Reserve Account or other credit enhancement is
insufficient, such Noteholders  or Certificateholders,  as the  case may  be,
would have  to look principally to  the Obligors on the  related Receivables,
the proceeds from the repossession and sale of Financed Vehicles which secure
defaulted Receivables and the proceeds from any recourse against Dealers with
respect to  such Receivables.   In such event,  certain factors, such  as the
applicable  Trust's not having  perfected security interests  in the Financed
Vehicles in all states  or, if applicable, under federal law,  may affect the
Servicer's  ability  to  repossess  and  sell  the  collateral  securing  the
Receivables,  and thus  may  reduce the  proceeds  to be  distributed to  the
holders of the Securities  of such series.  See "Description  of the Transfer
and  Servicing   Agreements --  Distributions",  "-- Credit  and   Cash  Flow
Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" herein.

     The  principal offices of  each Trust  and the  related Trustee  will be
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

FASIT ELECTION

     If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, principal collections
received on the Receivables may be applied to purchase additional Receivables
which will become part of the Trust Fund for a series.  Such additions may be
made in connection with  a Trust Fund that is taxed as  a partnership or with
respect to  which a  FASIT election has  been made.   The  related Prospectus
Supplement   will  set  forth   the  characteristics  that   such  additional
Receivables will be required to meet.  Such characteristics will be specified
in terms of the categories described in this section.

THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee for  each Trust will be specified  in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale
of the related  Securities is  limited solely to  the express obligations  of
such Trustee  set  forth in  the related  Trust Agreement  and  the Sale  and
Servicing  Agreement  or the  related  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement,  as
applicable.  A Trustee  may resign at any time, in  which event the Servicer,
or  its successor,  will be obligated  to appoint  a successor trustee.   The
Administrator, if  any,  of a  Trust  that is  not a  grantor  trust and  the
Servicer in respect of  a Trust that is a  grantor trust may also remove  the
Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee under the
related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, or
if the Trustee  becomes insolvent.  In such  circumstances, the Administrator
or Servicer, as applicable, will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee.
Any  resignation  or removal  of a  Trustee  and appointment  of  a successor
trustee will not become effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the
successor trustee.

                            THE RECEIVABLES POOLS

GENERAL

     The  Receivables  in  each  Receivables  Pool are  and  will  be  retail
installment  sales contracts, retail installment loans, purchase money orders
or other notes that have been or will be originated by a Dealer and purchased
by a Seller  pursuant to a Dealer  Agreement between the related  seller (the
"SELLER")  and  the Dealer  and  will  be  Motor Vehicle  Receivables  and/or
Recreational Vehicle  Receivables.  Receivables  held by any Seller  may have
been acquired from  other Sellers.  The Sellers of each  of the Motor Vehicle
Receivables  and/or  Recreational  Vehicle  Receivables  may  include  banks,
finance  companies  or other  financial  institutions  and will  be  entities
involved in the  financing of each of  the particular types of  assets (i.e.,
new and used automobiles, light duty trucks and motorcycles, and new and used
recreational vehicles) securing the Receivables being sold by such Seller and
in the  origination, secondary market  purchasing and/or servicing  of retail
installment sales contracts,  retail installment loans and  other receivables
secured by each of such asset types.  Each Seller with respect to a series of
Securities  will be  identified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.   A
Receivables  Pool   may  consist   solely  of   Motor  Vehicle   Receivables,
Recreational Vehicle Receivables or a combination of such Receivables, all as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.   In addition, to the  extent
described in  any Prospectus  Supplement,  the related  Receivables Pool  may
include  Receivables   acquired   by  an   Affiliate  through   acquisitions.
Receivables of a  Seller will be transferred  to the Depositor pursuant  to a
Receivables Purchase  Agreement for sale  by the Depositor to  the applicable
Trust.

     The  Receivables  to be  held by  each  Trust will  be purchased  by the
Depositor from the portfolio of the Seller(s) for  inclusion in a Receivables
Pool in  accordance  with several  criteria, including  that each  Receivable
(i) is  secured by  a new  or used motor  vehicle or  motorcycle recreational
vehicle, (ii) was originated in the United States, (iii) is a Simple Interest
Receivable  or a  Precomputed  Receivable  and (iv) as  of  the Cut-off  Date
(a) had an outstanding principal balance of at  least the amount set forth in
the related  Prospectus Supplement, (b) was  not more than  30 days  (or such
other number  of days  specified in the  related Prospectus  Supplement) past
due,  (c) had a  remaining number  of scheduled  payments  not more  than the
number set  forth in the  related Prospectus Supplement, (d) had  an original
number  of scheduled  payments not  more  than the  number set  forth  in the
related Prospectus Supplement  and (e) had an APR  of not less than  the rate
per annum  set forth  in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.   No  selection
procedures  believed by the Depositor to be adverse to the Securityholders of
any  series were or will be used in selecting the related Receivables.  Terms
of the retail installment sales contracts, retail installment loans, purchase
money orders  or notes  constituting such Receivables  which are  material to
investors are described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     "SIMPLE  INTEREST  RECEIVABLES"  are receivables  that  provide  for the
amortization of the amount  financed under each receivable  over a series  of
fixed  level  payment  monthly installments.    However,  unlike  the monthly
installment  under an Actuarial Receivable, each monthly installment consists
of an amount of interest which is  calculated on the basis of the outstanding
principal balance  of the receivable  multiplied by the stated  Contract Rate
and  further multiplied by  the period elapsed  (as a fraction  of a calendar
year) since the  preceding payment  of interest  was made.   As payments  are
received under a Simple Interest  Receivable, the amount received is applied,
first, to  interest accrued  to the date  of payment,  second, to  reduce the
unpaid principal balance, and third, to late fees and other fees and charges,
if any.  Accordingly, if an  Obligor pays a fixed monthly installment  before
its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment allocable to  interest for
the period since the  preceding payment was made will  be less than it  would
have been  had the payment  been made as  scheduled, and  the portion of  the
payment  applied   to   reduce  the   unpaid   principal  balance   will   be
correspondingly  greater.   Conversely, if  an Obligor  pays a  fixed monthly
installment  after  its  scheduled  due  date, the  portion  of  the  payment
allocable to  interest for the  period since  the preceding payment  was made
will  be greater  than  it  would have  been  had the  payment  been made  as
scheduled,  and the  portion  of the  payment  applied to  reduce the  unpaid
principal balance will be correspondingly less.  In either case, the  Obligor
pays a fixed monthly installment  until the final scheduled payment  date, at
which time the amount of the  final installment is increased or decreased  as
necessary to repay the then  outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued
interest.   If  a Simple  Interest  Receivable  is prepaid,  the  Obligor  is
required to pay interest only to the date of prepayment.

     "PRECOMPUTED  RECEIVABLES"  consist   of  either  (i) monthly  actuarial
receivables ("ACTUARIAL  RECEIVABLES") or  (ii) receivables that  provide for
allocation of payments according to the "sum of periodic balances" or "sum of
monthly  payments"  method, similar  to  the "Rule  of 78's"  ("RULE  OF 78'S
RECEIVABLES").  An Actuarial Receivable provides for amortization of the loan
over a  series of  fixed level payment  monthly installments.   Each  monthly
installment, including the monthly installment representing the final payment
on the Receivable, consists of an amount of interest equal to 1/12 of the APR
of  the loan multiplied by  the unpaid principal balance of  the loan, and an
amount of principal equal to the remainder of the monthly payment.  A Rule of
78's Receivable provides for the payment by  the Obligor of a specified total
amount of payments, payable  in equal monthly installments on  each due date,
which total represents  the principal amount financed and  add-on interest in
an amount  calculated at the stated APR for the  term of the receivable.  The
rate at which such amount of add-on  interest is earned and, correspondingly,
the  amount of  each  fixed monthly  payment  allocated to  reduction of  the
outstanding principal are calculated in accordance with the "Rule of 78's".

     Information  with respect to each Receivables Pool  will be set forth in
the related Prospectus  Supplement, including, to the extent appropriate, the
composition,  the geographic  distribution and  distribution by  APR and  the
portion of such Receivables Pool consisting of Precomputed Receivables and of
Simple  Interest Receivables and the portion of such Receivables Pool made up
by Motor  Vehicle Receivables and/or Recreational Vehicle Receivables and the
portion  of each  category  secured  by new  Financed  Vehicles  and by  used
Financed Vehicles.

SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES

     Subsequent Receivables may be  originated by the Dealers at a later date
using credit criteria different from those  which were applied to any Initial
Receivables and  may be  of a  different credit  quality and  seasoning.   In
addition, following  the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the applicable
Trust, the characteristics of the entire pool of Receivables included in such
Trust  may  vary  significantly   from  those  of  the   Initial  Receivables
transferred  to such  Trust.   Each Prospectus  Supplement will  describe the
effects  that  including   such  Subsequent  Receivables  may  have   on  the
Receivables  Pool  included in  the  Trust  Property  of each  Trust  issuing
Securities.

UNDERWRITING

     The   related  Prospectus  Supplement   will  describe   the  Seller(s)'
underwriting procedures  and guidelines,  including the  type of  information
reviewed in respect of an applicant.

SERVICING AND COLLECTIONS

     The related Prospectus Supplement will describe the Servicer's servicing
procedures, including the  steps customarily taken  in respect of  delinquent
Receivables and the maintenance of physical damage insurance.

DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

     Certain  information  concerning  the  Seller(s)' loss  and  delinquency
experience  with respect  to  its  portfolio of  motor  vehicle loans  and/or
recreational  vehicle  loans  (including previously  sold  contracts  which a
Seller continues to service) will be set forth in each Prospectus Supplement.
There can be  no assurance that  the delinquency,  repossession and net  loss
experience on any Receivables Pool will be comparable to  prior experience or
to such information.

                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

     The weighted average life of the Notes, if any, and the Certificates, if
any, of  any series will  generally be  influenced by the  rate at  which the
principal balances of the related Receivables are paid, which  payment may be
in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments.  (For this purpose, the
term  "prepayments"  includes  prepayments   in  full,  partial   prepayments
(including those related  to rebates of extended warranty  contract costs and
insurance  premiums), liquidations  due to  default, as  well as  receipts of
proceeds  from physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies
and certain  other Receivables repurchased  by the Depositor or  the Servicer
for administrative  reasons.) All  of the Receivables  are prepayable  at any
time  without penalty  to the  Obligor.   The  rates of  prepayment  of motor
vehicle loans and  recreational vehicle loans are influenced by  a variety of
economic,  social and  other  factors,  including the  fact  that an  Obligor
generally may not sell or transfer the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable
without  the  consent  of  the Servicer.    The  rate  of  prepayment on  the
Receivables  may  also  be influenced  by  the  structure of  the  loan.   In
addition, under  certain circumstances,  the Depositor will  be obligated  to
repurchase  from   a  Trust  and   the  related  Seller  will   be  obligated
simultaneously  to repurchase from  the Depositor (or  in either  case, if so
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and subject to the conditions
summarized therein, substitute for) Receivables pursuant to the related  Sale
and Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement as a  result of
breaches of representations and warranties and the Servicer will be obligated
to purchase Receivables from  such Trust pursuant to such Sale  and Servicing
Agreement  or Pooling  and  Servicing Agreement  as a  result of  breaches of
certain  covenants.  In the  case of any Security  purchased at a discount to
its principal amount, a slower than anticipated rate of principal payments is
likely  to result  in a  lower than  anticipated  yield.   In the  case of  a
Security  purchased at  a  premium to  its principal  amount,  a faster  than
anticipated rate of  principal payments is likely  to result in a  lower than
anticipated  yield.    See   "Description  of  the  Transfer  and   Servicing
Agreements --  Sale  and   Assignment  of   Receivables"  and   "-- Servicing
Procedures".    See   also  "Description  of   the  Transfer  and   Servicing
Agreements --  Termination" regarding the  Servicer's option to  purchase the
Receivables from a given Trust.  No prediction  can be made as to the rate of
prepayment that the Receivables will experience.

     In light of  the above considerations, there  can be no assurance  as to
the amount of  principal payments to  be made  on the Notes,  if any, or  the
Certificates, if any,  of a given series on each Payment Date or Distribution
Date, as applicable, since such amount will depend, in part, on the amount of
principal collected on  the related  Receivables Pool  during the  applicable
Collection  Period.  Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower
incidence  of  prepayment  of  Receivables  will be  borne  entirely  by  the
Noteholders,  if any,  and the  Certificateholders of  a given  series.   The
related  Prospectus Supplement may  set forth certain  additional information
with respect to the maturity  and prepayment considerations applicable to the
particular Receivables Pool and the related series of Securities.

                     POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION

     The  "NOTE POOL FACTOR"  for each class  of Notes will  be a seven-digit
decimal  which the  Servicer will  compute  prior to  each distribution  with
respect to such class of Notes indicating the remaining outstanding principal
balance of  such class  of Notes, as  of the  applicable Payment  Date (after
giving effect to payments to be made on such Payment  Date), as a fraction of
the  initial outstanding  principal  balance of  such  class of  Notes.   The
"CERTIFICATE  POOL  FACTOR"  for  each   class  of  Certificates  will  be  a
seven-digit  decimal  which   the  Servicer  will   compute  prior  to   each
distribution with  respect  to  such  class of  Certificates  indicating  the
remaining  Certificate Balance  of  such  class of  Certificates,  as of  the
applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to distributions to be made
on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the initial  Certificate Balance
of such class  of Certificates.  Each  Note Pool Factor and  each Certificate
Pool  Factor will  initially  be  1.0000000 and  thereafter  will decline  to
reflect reductions  in the  outstanding principal  balance of  the applicable
class of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate Balance of the applicable
class of  Certificates, as the  case may be.   A Noteholder's portion  of the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the related class of Notes is  the
product  of  (i) the original  denomination  of  such Noteholder's  Note  and
(ii) the applicable Note  Pool Factor.  A Certificateholder's  portion of the
aggregate   outstanding  Certificate  Balance   for  the  related   class  of
Certificates  is  the  product  of  (a) the  original  denomination  of  such
Certificateholder's  Certificate  and  (b) the  applicable  Certificate  Pool
Factor.

     Unless  otherwise provided  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect  to  a  Trust,   the  Noteholders  and  the  Certificateholders,   as
applicable, will  receive reports  on or about  each Payment  Date concerning
(i) with respect to the Collection Period  immediately preceding such Payment
Date, payments received on the Receivables, the Pool Balance (as such term is
defined in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the "POOL  BALANCE"),  each
Certificate Pool Factor or Note Pool Factor, as applicable, and various other
items of information,  and (ii) with respect to the  Collection Period second
preceding such Payment Date, as applicable, amounts  allocated or distributed
on the  preceding Payment Date  and any reconciliation  of such amounts  with
information provided by  the Servicer prior to such current Payment Date.  In
addition,  Securityholders  of  record  during  any  calendar  year  will  be
furnished information  for tax reporting  purposes not later than  the latest
date permitted by law.   See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities --
Reports to Securityholders".

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     Unless  the   related   Prospectus   Supplement   provides   for   other
applications,  the net proceeds  from the sale  of the Securities  of a given
series will be  applied by the  applicable Trust (i) to  the purchase of  the
Receivables from  the Depositor,  (ii) to make the  initial deposit  into the
Reserve Account, if  any, and  (iii) to make  the deposit  of the  Pre-Funded
Amount into  the Pre-Funding Account,  if any.  The Depositor  will use  that
portion of  such net proceeds paid  to it with  respect to any such  Trust to
purchase  Receivables from  the Seller(s)  and  to pay  for certain  expenses
incurred  in  connection  with  the  purchase  of  Receivables  and  sale  of
Securities.

                                 THE COMPANY

     Salomon   Brothers   Vehicle  Securities   Inc.   (the  "COMPANY")   was
incorporated in the State of Delaware  on October 27, 1997 as a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of Salomon Brothers Holding  Company Inc. The Depositor  maintains
its principal office at  Seven World Trade Center, New York,  New York 10048.
Its telephone number is (212) 783-7000.

     The only obligations, if any, of the Company with respect to a series of
Certificates and/or Notes may be pursuant to certain  limited representations
and warranties and limited undertakings to repurchase (or, if so specified in
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  substitute for)  Receivables  under certain
circumstances,  but only  to  the extent  the  related Seller  simultaneously
performs its  obligation to  repurchase such Receivables.   The  Company will
have no ongoing servicing obligations or responsibilities with respect to any
Financed Vehicle.  The Company does not have, is not required to have, and is
not expected in the future to have, any significant assets.

     As specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the Servicer  with
respect to any series of Certificates and/or Notes may be an affiliate of the
Company.   The Company  anticipates that it  will acquire  Receivables in the

open  market or in privately negotiated transactions, which may be through or
from a Seller or Transferor.

     None of the Company, the Seller(s) or any of their respective affiliates
will insure or guarantee the Receivables or the Certificates  and/or Notes of
any series.

                           DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

     With  respect to each  Trust that issues  Notes, one or  more classes of
Notes of  the related  series will  be  issued pursuant  to the  terms of  an
Indenture, a  form of which has been filed  as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.  The following  summary does
not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is qualified  by reference
to, all the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.

     Unless  otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, each
class of Notes will initially  be represented by one  or more Notes, in  each
case  registered  in  the name  of  the  nominee of  DTC  (together  with any
successor depository selected  by the Trust, the "DEPOSITORY")  except as set
forth below. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the  Notes will  be available  for purchase  in denominations  of $1,000  and
integral multiples thereof in  book-entry form only.  The Depositor  has been
informed by DTC  that DTC's nominee will  be Cede, unless another  nominee is
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly, such nominee is
expected  to be the holder of record of  the Notes of each class.  Unless and
until Definitive Notes  are issued under the  limited circumstances described
herein  or  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  no Noteholder  will  be
entitled  to  receive  a  physical  certificate representing  a  Note.    All
references  herein and  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement to  actions by
Noteholders  refer  to  actions  taken  by DTC  upon  instructions  from  its
participating organizations  (the "PARTICIPANTS")  and all references  herein
and  in the related Prospectus Supplement  to distributions, notices, reports
and  statements to Noteholders  refer to distributions,  notices, reports and
statements to DTC  or its nominee, as the registered holder of the Notes, for
distribution to Noteholders in accordance  with DTC's procedures with respect
thereto.   See "Certain  Information Regarding  the Securities --  Book-Entry
Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".

PRINCIPAL OF AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES

     The timing  and priority of  payment, seniority, allocations  of losses,
Interest Rate and  amount of or method  of determining payments  of principal
and interest on each  class of Notes of a  given series will be described  in
the  related Prospectus  Supplement.  The  right of  holders of any  class of
Notes to  receive  payments  of  principal and  interest  may  be  senior  or
subordinate  to the rights of holders of any  other class or classes of Notes
of such  series, as described in  the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless
otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, payments of interest
on  the Notes  of such  series will be  made prior  to payments  of principal
thereon.   To the  extent provided  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, a
series  may  include  one  or  more  classes  of  Strip  Notes   entitled  to
(i) principal payments with disproportionate, nominal or no interest payments
or  (ii) interest payments  with disproportionate,  nominal  or no  principal
payments.  Each class of Notes may have a different Interest Rate,  which may
be  a fixed, variable or adjustable Interest  Rate (and which may be zero for
certain classes  of Strip Notes),  or any combination  of the  foregoing. The
related Prospectus Supplement  will specify the Interest Rate  for each class
of Notes of a given series or  the method for determining such Interest Rate.
See   also  "Certain  Information  Regarding  the  Securities --  Fixed  Rate
Securities" and "-- Floating Rate Securities".   One or more classes of Notes
of a series  may be redeemable  in whole or in  part under the  circumstances
specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement, including  at the end of the
Funding Period  (if any)  or as  a result  of the  Servicer's exercising  its
option to purchase the related Receivables Pool.

     To  the extent  specified  in  any Prospectus  Supplement,  one or  more
classes of Notes of  a series may have fixed principal  payment schedules, as
set forth in  such Prospectus Supplement; Noteholders of  such Notes would be
entitled  to  receive  as  payments of  principal  on  any  Payment Date  the
applicable amounts set forth on such schedule  with respect to such Notes, in
the manner and to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in   the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
payments to Noteholders of all classes within a series in respect of interest
will  have  the same  priority.    Under  certain circumstances,  the  amount
available for such payments could be less than the amount of interest payable
on  the Notes  on any  of the  dates specified  for payments  in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement (each, a "PAYMENT DATE"),  in which case each class of
Noteholders will receive  its ratable share (based upon  the aggregate amount
of  interest due  to  such  class of  Noteholders)  of the  aggregate  amount
available to  be distributed  in respect  of interest  on the  Notes of  such
series.    See "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements --
Distributions" and "-- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement".

     In the case of  a series of Notes which includes two  or more classes of
Notes, the sequential order and priority  of payment in respect of  principal
and interest, and  any schedule or formula or other  provisions applicable to
the  determination  thereof, of  each such  class  will be  set forth  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  Payments in respect of principal and interest
of  any class  of Notes  will  be made  on a  pro  rata basis  among all  the
Noteholders of such class.

THE INDENTURE

     MODIFICATION OF  INDENTURE.  With respect to  each Trust that has issued
Notes pursuant to an Indenture, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee may, with
the  consent of the  holders of  a majority of  the outstanding  Notes of the
related series, execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change
in  any  manner or  eliminate any  provisions of,  the related  Indenture, or
modify (except as  provided below) in  any manner the  rights of the  related
Noteholders.

     Unless otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect to  a series of Notes, in the absence of the consent of the holder of
each such outstanding Note affected  thereby, no supplemental indenture will:
(i) change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest on any
such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate specified
thereon or  the redemption price with respect thereto  or change any place of
payment where or the  coin or currency in which any such Note or any interest
thereon  is  payable;  (ii) impair  the  right  to  institute  suit  for  the
enforcement of certain provisions of the related Indenture regarding payment;
(iii) reduce the percentage of the  aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes
of such series, the consent of the  holders of which is required for any such
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for
any waiver of compliance with certain  provisions of the related Indenture or
of certain defaults thereunder and their consequences as provided for in such
Indenture; (iv) modify  or  alter the  provisions  of the  related  Indenture
regarding the voting of Notes held by the applicable Trust, any other obligor
on such Notes, the  Depositor, the Seller(s) or an affiliate  of any of them;
(v) reduce the percentage of the  aggregate outstanding amount of such Notes,
the  consent  of the  holders  of which  is  required to  direct  the related
Indenture Trustee  to sell or  liquidate the Receivables  if the  proceeds of
such sale would  be insufficient to pay  the principal amount of  and accrued
but unpaid  interest on the  outstanding Notes of such  series; (vi) decrease
the percentage of the  aggregate principal amount of  such Notes required  to
amend  the sections  of the  related Indenture  which specify  the applicable
percentage  of  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Notes  of  such  series
necessary to  amend such  Indenture or certain  other related  agreements; or
(vii) permit the creation of  any lien ranking prior to  or on a parity  with
the lien  of the related Indenture with respect  to any of the collateral for
such  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise permitted  or  contemplated  in  such
Indenture, terminate the  lien of such  Indenture on  any such collateral  or
deprive  the holder of any such Note of  the security afforded by the lien of
such Indenture.

     The  Trust and  the applicable  Indenture  Trustee may  also enter  into
supplemental indentures, without obtaining the consent of the  Noteholders of
the related  series,  for the  purpose  of, among  other things,  adding  any
provisions to or changing in any manner  or eliminating any of the provisions
of  the related Indenture or  of modifying in  any manner the  rights of such
Noteholders; provided  that  such action  will not  materially and  adversely
affect the interest of any such Noteholder.

     EVENTS OF DEFAULT;  RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF  DEFAULT.  With respect  to the
Notes of a given series, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, "EVENTS OF DEFAULT" under  the related Indenture will consist of:
(i) a default  for five days (or such longer  period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement) or  more in the  payment of any  interest on any  such
Note; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal of or any installment of
the principal of any such Note when the same becomes due and payable; (iii) a
default in the observance or performance of  any covenant or agreement of the
applicable Trust made  in the related Indenture  and the continuation  of any
such default for a period  of 30 days after notice  thereof is given to  such
Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture
Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of such Notes then
outstanding; (iv) any  representation or warranty  made by such Trust  in the
related  Indenture or  in any  certificate delivered  pursuant thereto  or in
connection therewith having been  incorrect in a material  respect as of  the
time made, and such breach not having  been cured within 30 days after notice
thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee or to such
Trust and such Indenture  Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of such  Notes then outstanding; or (v) certain  events of bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or  liquidation of the  applicable Trust.   However,
the amount  of principal required  to be paid  to Noteholders of  such series
under the related Indenture will generally be limited to amounts available to
be deposited in the applicable  Note Distribution Account.  Therefore, unless
otherwise specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the failure to pay
principal on a class of Notes generally will not result in the occurrence  of
an Event of Default until  the final scheduled Payment Date for such class of
Notes.

     If an Event  of Default should occur  and be continuing with  respect to
the Notes  of  any series,  the related  Indenture Trustee  or  holders of  a
majority in principal amount of such  Notes then outstanding may declare  the
principal of such Notes to be immediately  due and payable.  Unless otherwise
specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, such  declaration may, under
certain circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal
amount of such Notes then outstanding.

     If the Notes  of any series  are due and payable  following an Event  of
Default with respect  thereto, the  related Indenture  Trustee may  institute
proceedings to collect  amounts due or foreclose on  Trust property, exercise
remedies as a  secured party, sell the  related Receivables or elect  to have
the applicable Trust maintain possession  of such Receivables and continue to
apply collections on  such Receivables as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration.    Unless   otherwise  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement, however, such  Indenture Trustee is  prohibited from selling  the
related Receivables  following an Event  of Default, other than  a default in
the payment  of any principal of  or a default for  five days or more  in the
payment of any interest on any Note of such series, unless (i) the holders of
all such outstanding Notes  consent to such sale,  (ii) the proceeds of  such
sale are sufficient  to pay in full the principal of and the accrued interest
on such outstanding  Notes at the date  of such sale or  (iii) such Indenture
Trustee determines that  the proceeds of Receivables would  not be sufficient
on an ongoing basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments would
have become due  if such obligations had  not been declared due  and payable,
and such Indenture Trustee obtains the consent  of the holders of 66 2/3%  of
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Notes.

     Subject to  the provisions of  the applicable Indenture relating  to the
duties of the related Indenture Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing with respect to a series of  Notes, such Indenture Trustee will be
under no  obligation  to exercise  any of  the rights  or  powers under  such
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of such Notes, if
such  Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes  it  will  not  be  adequately
indemnified  against  the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities which  might  be
incurred by it in complying with such request.  Subject to the provisions for
indemnification and certain  limitations contained in the  related Indenture,
the holders  of a majority in principal amount  of the outstanding Notes of a
given series  will have the  right to  direct the time,  method and place  of
conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the applicable Indenture
Trustee, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes then
outstanding may,  in certain cases,  waive any default with  respect thereto,
except  a default in  the payment of  principal or  interest or a  default in
respect of a  covenant or provision of such Indenture that cannot be modified
without the waiver or consent of all the holders of such outstanding Notes.

     Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  no
holder  of  a Note  of  any  series will  have  the  right  to institute  any
proceeding  with  respect to  the related  Indenture, unless  (i) such holder
previously has given to the applicable Indenture Trustee written  notice of a
continuing  Event  of  Default, (ii) the  holders  of not  less  than  25% in
principal amount  of the outstanding Notes  of such series  have made written
request to such  Indenture Trustee  to institute such  proceeding in its  own
name as  Indenture Trustee,  (iii) such holder or  holders have  offered such
Indenture Trustee reasonable  indemnity, (iv) such Indenture Trustee  has for
60 days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction inconsistent
with such  written request has  been given to  such Indenture Trustee  during
such 60-day period by  the holders of a majority in principal  amount of such
outstanding Notes.

     In  addition, each  Indenture Trustee  and the  related  Noteholders, by
accepting the  related Notes, will  covenant that they  will not at  any time
institute  against the  applicable Trust  any  bankruptcy, reorganization  or
other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

     With respect to any Trust, neither the related Indenture Trustee nor the
related Trustee  in its individual capacity, nor  any holder of a Certificate
representing  an ownership interest in such Trust nor any of their respective
owners,  beneficiaries, agents,  officers, directors,  employees, affiliates,
successors or assigns  will, in the  absence of an  express agreement to  the
contrary,  be  personally liable  for  the  payment of  the  principal  of or
interest on  the related Notes or for the  agreements of such Trust contained
in the applicable Indenture.

     CERTAIN COVENANTS.   Each Indenture will provide that  the related Trust
may  not consolidate  with or  merge into  any other  entity, unless  (i) the
entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger is organized under
the laws  of  the United  States,  any state  or  the District  of  Columbia,
(ii) such entity  expressly assumes such  Trust's obligation to make  due and
punctual payments upon the Notes of the related series and the performance or
observance of every agreement and covenant of such Trust under the Indenture,
(iii) no Event of  Default shall have occurred and  be continuing immediately
after such merger or consolidation, (iv) such Trust has been advised that the
rating of the Notes  or the Certificates of such series then  in effect would
not be reduced or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies as a result of such merger
or consolidation and (v) such Trust has received an opinion of counsel to the
effect that such  consolidation or merger would have no  material adverse tax
consequence to the Trust or to any related Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     Each Trust  will  not,  among  other  things,  (i) except  as  expressly
permitted by the  applicable Indenture, the applicable Transfer and Servicing
Agreements  or  certain   related  documents  with  respect   to  such  Trust
(collectively,  the   "RELATED  DOCUMENTS"),  sell,  transfer,   exchange  or
otherwise dispose of any  of the assets of such Trust,  (ii) claim any credit
on or make any deduction from  the principal and interest payable in  respect
of  the Notes of  the related series  (other than amounts  withheld under the
Code or applicable  state law)  or assert  any claim against  any present  or
former  holder of  such  Notes because  of  the payment  of  taxes levied  or
assessed  upon such Trust,  (iii) dissolve or liquidate in  whole or in part,
(iv) permit  the validity  or effectiveness  of the  related Indenture  to be
impaired  or  permit  any  person  to  be  released  from  any  covenants  or
obligations with respect to such Notes under such Indenture except as  may be
expressly permitted thereby  or (v) permit any  lien, charge, excise,  claim,
security interest, mortgage or  other encumbrance to be created on  or extend
to or  otherwise arise upon or  burden the assets  of such Trust or  any part
thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.

     No Trust may  engage in any activity  other than as specified  under the
section of the related Prospectus Supplement  entitled "The Trust".  No Trust
will  incur, assume  or guarantee  any indebtedness  other than  indebtedness
incurred pursuant to the related Notes and the related Indenture, pursuant to
any Advances made to  it by the Servicer or otherwise  in accordance with the
Related Documents.

     ANNUAL  COMPLIANCE STATEMENT.    Each  Trust will  be  required to  file
annually with  the related Indenture  Trustee a written  statement as  to the
fulfillment of its obligations under the Indenture.

     INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT.  The Indenture Trustee for each Trust
will be required to mail each year  to all related Noteholders a brief report
relating  to its  eligibility  and  qualification  to continue  as  Indenture
Trustee under the  related Indenture, any  amounts advanced by  it under  the
Indenture,  the   amount,  interest  rate   and  maturity  date   of  certain
indebtedness owing by such Trust to  the applicable Indenture Trustee in  its
individual capacity, the property and funds physically held by such Indenture
Trustee  as such  and any  action  taken by  it that  materially  affects the
related Notes and that has not been previously reported.

     SATISFACTION  AND  DISCHARGE  OF  INDENTURE.    An   Indenture  will  be
discharged with respect to the collateral securing the related Notes upon the
delivery to the related Indenture Trustee  for cancellation of all such Notes
or, with  certain limitations,  upon deposit with  such Indenture  Trustee of
funds sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     The Indenture  Trustee for a  series of Notes  will be specified  in the
related  Prospectus Supplement.   The  Indenture Trustee  for any  series may
resign at  any time, in which event the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a
successor trustee  for such  series.   The Issuer  may also  remove any  such
Indenture Trustee if such Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue
as such  under the  related Indenture  or if  such Indenture  Trustee becomes
insolvent.  In  such circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a
successor trustee for  the applicable series  of Notes.   Any resignation  or
removal of the Indenture  Trustee and appointment of a  successor trustee for
any  series  of Notes  does  not  become effective  until  acceptance of  the
appointment by the successor trustee for such series.

                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     With respect to each  Trust, one or more classes of  Certificates of the
related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of a Trust Agreement or a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a form of each of which has been filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
The following summary does not purport to be complete and  is subject to, and
is qualified by reference to, all the provisions of the Certificates  and the
Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

     Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  and
except for  the Certificates,  if any,  of a  given series  purchased by  the
Depositor, each class of Certificates will initially be represented by one or
more  Certificates registered in  the name of  the Depository,  except as set
forth below.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
and except for the Certificates, if  any, of a given series purchased by  the
Depositor,  the  Certificates  will  be  available  for purchase  in  minimum
denominations of  $1,000 in  book-entry form  only.   The Depositor  has been
informed by DTC  that DTC's nominee will  be Cede, unless another  nominee is
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly, such nominee is
expected to  be the holder of  record of the Certificates of  any series that
are not purchased by the  Depositor. Unless and until Definitive Certificates
are issued under the limited circumstances described herein or in the related
Prospectus Supplement, no  Certificateholder (other than the  Depositor) will
be entitled  to receive  a physical  certificate representing  a Certificate.
All references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement to  actions by
Certificateholders refer to  actions taken by DTC upon  instructions from the
Participants  and  all  references  herein  and  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement   to   distributions,   notices,   reports   and   statements   to
Certificateholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
DTC or its  nominee, as  the case  may be, as  the registered  holder of  the
Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's
procedures  with respect  thereto.   See "Certain  Information  Regarding the
Securities -- Book-Entry  Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".   Any
Certificates  of a given  series owned by  the Depositor will  be entitled to
equal and  proportionate benefits  under  the applicable  Trust Agreement  or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except that such Certificates will be deemed
not  to be outstanding for  the purpose of  determining whether the requisite
percentage   of  Certificateholders   have   given   any   request,   demand,
authorization,  direction, notice, consent or other  action under the Related
Documents.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

     The  timing and  priority of  distributions,  seniority, allocations  of
losses,  Pass  Through  Rate  and   amount  of,  or  method  of  determining,
distributions  with respect to  principal of  and interest  on each  class of
Certificates   will  be  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
Distributions  of interest  on such  Certificates will be  made on  the dates
specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE")
and will be  made prior to  distributions with respect  to principal of  such
Certificates.    With  respect  to  any  Trust that  issues  both  Notes  and
Certificates,  the Distribution Date  for the Certificates  may coincide with
the Payment Date for the Notes,  in which case such date will be  referred to
in the related Prospectus Supplement as  a Payment Date with respect to  both
the  Notes and  the Certificates.    To the  extent provided  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement,  a series  may include  one or  more classes  of Strip
Certificates  entitled  to  (i) distributions in  respect  of  principal with
disproportionate,  nominal  or  no  interest distributions  or  (ii) interest
distributions with disproportionate,  nominal or no distributions  in respect
of principal.  Each class of  Certificates may have a different Pass  Through
Rate,  which may be  a fixed, variable  or adjustable Pass  Through Rate (and
which  may  be  zero  for  certain  classes of  Strip  Certificates)  or  any
combination of the foregoing.  The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
the Pass Through Rate for each class of Certificates of a given series or the
method for determining such Pass Through Rate.  See also "Certain Information
Regarding  the Securities --  Fixed Rate  Securities"  and "-- Floating  Rate
Securities"  herein.   Unless otherwise  provided  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions  in respect of  the Certificates of a  given series
that includes Notes may be subordinate to payments in respect of the Notes of
such series  as more  fully described in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions  in  respect of  interest  on  and principal  of  any class  of
Certificates   will  be   made   on  a   pro  rata   basis   among  all   the
Certificateholders of such class.

     In the  case of  a series  of Certificates  which includes  two or  more
classes of Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or
amount  of  distributions in  respect  of  interest  and principal,  and  any
schedule  or formula  or  other provisions  applicable  to the  determination
thereof, of each such  class shall be as set forth  in the related Prospectus
Supplement.

                 CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

FIXED RATE SECURITIES

     Each class of Securities (other  than certain classes of Strip  Notes or
Strip Certificates) may bear interest at a fixed rate per annum  ("FIXED RATE
SECURITIES") or  at a variable or  adjustable rate per annum  ("FLOATING RATE
SECURITIES"), as more fully described  below and in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.  Each  class of Fixed Rate  Securities will bear interest  at the
applicable Interest Rate or Pass Through Rate  per annum, as the case may be,
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.  Interest on each class of
Fixed Rate Securities  will be computed  on the  basis of a  360-day year  of
twelve 30-day months.   See  "Description of  the Notes --  Principal of  and
Interest on the Notes" and "Description of the  Certificates -- Distributions
of Principal and Interest".

FLOATING RATE SECURITIES

     Each  class of  Floating Rate  Securities  will bear  interest for  each
applicable  Interest Reset  Period (as such  term is  defined in  the related
Prospectus Supplement  with respect to  a class of Floating  Rate Securities,
the "INTEREST RESET PERIOD")  at a rate per annum determined  by reference to
an interest rate basis  (the "BASE RATE"), plus or minus  the Spread, if any,
or multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case  as specified in
the  related Prospectus  Supplement.   The  "SPREAD" is  the number  of basis
points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) that  may
be specified in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement as  being applicable to
such  class,  and  the "SPREAD  MULTIPLIER"  is  the percentage  that  may be
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such
class.

     The applicable Prospectus Supplement will designate one of the following
Base  Rates as applicable  to a given  Floating Rate Security:   (i) LIBOR (a
"LIBOR  SECURITY"), (ii) the Commercial Paper  Rate (a "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE
SECURITY"),  (iii) the Treasury Rate  (a "TREASURY RATE  SECURITY"), (iv) the
Federal Funds Rate (a "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE SECURITY"), (v) the CD Rate  (a "CD
RATE  SECURITY")  or  (vi) such other  Base  Rate  as is  set  forth  in such
Prospectus Supplement.  The "INDEX  MATURITY" for any class of  Floating Rate
Securities is the  period of  maturity of the  instrument or obligation  from
which the Base Rate is calculated.

     "H.15(519)"   means  the   publication  entitled   "Statistical  Release
H.15(519),  Selected Interest Rates", or any successor publication, published
by  the  Board  of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System.   "COMPOSITE
QUOTATIONS" means the daily statistical release entitled "Composite 3:30 p.m.
Quotations for  U.S. Government Securities" published by  the Federal Reserve
Bank of  New  York. "INTEREST  RESET  DATE" will  be  the  first day  of  the
applicable Interest Reset Period or such other day as may be specified in the
related  Prospectus Supplement  with  respect  to a  class  of Floating  Rate
Securities.

     As  specified in  the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement, Floating  Rate
Securities of a given class may also have either or both of the following (in
each case  expressed as  a rate  per annum):   (i) a  maximum limitation,  or
ceiling, on the rate at which interest  may accrue during any interest period
and (ii) a minimum  limitation, or floor, on  the rate at which  interest may
accrue during any interest period.  In addition to any maximum  interest rate
that may be applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities, the interest
rate applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities will in no  event be
higher than the maximum  rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be
modified by United States law of general application.

     Each  Trust with respect  to which a  class of  Floating Rate Securities
will be issued  will appoint, and  enter into agreements with,  a calculation
agent  (each, a "CALCULATION AGENT") to calculate interest rates on each such
class  of  Floating  Rate  Securities  issued  with  respect  thereto.    The
applicable  Prospectus  Supplement  will  set  forth  the  identity  of   the
Calculation Agent for  each such class of Floating Rate Securities of a given
series, which  may be either  the related Trustee  or Indenture  Trustee with
respect to such series.   All determinations  of interest by the  Calculation
Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes
and binding  on the  holders of Floating  Rate Securities  of a  given class.
Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement, all
percentages resulting  from  any calculation  of the  rate of  interest on  a
Floating  Rate  Security  will  be  rounded, if  necessary,  to  the  nearest
1/100,000 of  1% (.0000001), with  five one-millionths of a  percentage point
rounded upward.

     CD RATE SECURITIES.   Each CD Rate Security will bear  interest for each
Interest  Reset Period at the interest  rate calculated with reference to the
CD  Rate and  the Spread  or  Spread Multiplier,  if any,  specified  in such
Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless  otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the
"CD RATE" for each  Interest Reset Period shall be the rate  as of the second
business day prior  to the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period
(a  "CD RATE  DETERMINATION  DATE") for  negotiable  certificates of  deposit
having the Index Maturity designated in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement
as published in H.15(519) under the heading "CDs (Secondary Market)".  In the
event that such rate  is not published prior to 3:00 p.m.,  New York time, on
the Calculation Date pertaining to such CD Rate Determination  Date, then the
"CD Rate"  for such Interest Reset  Period will be  the rate on such  CD Rate
Determination  Date  for  negotiable  certificates of  deposit  of  the Index
Maturity designated  in the applicable Prospectus Supplement  as published in
Composite Quotations under the heading "Certificates of Deposit".  If by 3:00
p.m., New  York time, on such Calculation Date such rate is not yet published
in  either H.15(519)  or Composite Quotations,  then the  "CD Rate"  for such
Interest Reset Period will be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such CD
Rate Security and will be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered
rates as of 10:00 a.m., New York time, on such CD Rate Determination Date, of
three  leading nonbank  dealers  in negotiable  U.S.  dollar certificates  of
deposit in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for such CD
Rate Security for  negotiable certificates of deposit of  major United States
money  center  banks  of  the highest  credit  standing  (in  the market  for
negotiable certificates of deposit) with  a remaining maturity closest to the
Index  Maturity  designated  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement  in  a
denomination  of $5,000,000; provided, however, that  if the dealers selected
as aforesaid  by such  Calculation  Agent are  not quoting  offered rates  as
mentioned in this sentence, the "CD Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will
be the  same as  the CD  Rate for  the immediately  preceding Interest  Reset
Period.

     The "CALCULATION  DATE" pertaining  to any  CD  Rate Determination  Date
shall be the first  to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after such CD Rate
Determination Date or, if such day is not a business day, the next succeeding
business day or (b) the second business day preceding the date any payment is
required to  be made for any  period following the applicable  Interest Reset
Date.

     COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE  SECURITIES.  Each Commercial Paper  Rate Security
will  bear interest  for each  Interest  Reset Period  at  the interest  rate
calculated with  reference to  the Commercial  Paper Rate  and the  Spread or
Spread Multiplier, if any,  specified in such Security and in  the applicable
Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless  otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the
"COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE" for  each Interest Reset Period will be determined by
the  Calculation Agent  for such  Commercial Paper  Rate Security  as of  the
second business day prior to the Interest Reset Date for such  Interest Reset
Period (a "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE DETERMINATION DATE") and shall be  the Money
Market Yield on such Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date of the rate for
commercial  paper  having  the  Index Maturity  specified  in  the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, as such rate shall be published in H.15(519) under the
heading "Commercial  Paper".  In  the event that  such rate is  not published
prior to 3:00 p.m., New York time, on the Calculation Date pertaining to such
Commercial Paper Rate  Determination Date, then  the "Commercial Paper  Rate"
for such  Interest  Reset Period  shall be  the Money  Market  Yield on  such
Commercial Paper Rate Determination  Date of the rate for commercial paper of
the specified Index  Maturity as published in Composite  Quotations under the
heading  "Commercial  Paper".   If  by  3:00  p.m., New  York  time,  on such
Calculation  Date  such rate  is  not yet  published  in either  H.15(519) or
Composite Quotations,  then the  "Commercial  Paper Rate"  for such  Interest
Reset Period  shall be the Money Market  Yield of the arithmetic  mean of the
offered rates, as of 11:00 a.m., New York time, on such Commercial Paper Rate
Determination Date of three  leading dealers of commercial paper in  The City
of New York  selected by the Calculation Agent for such Commercial Paper Rate
Security for commercial  paper of the specified Index  Maturity placed for an
industrial  issuer whose  bonds  are  rated  "AA"  or  the  equivalent  by  a
nationally recognized rating  agency; provided, however, that  if the dealers
selected as aforesaid by such Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates
as mentioned in this sentence, the "Commercial Paper  Rate" for such Interest
Reset  Period  will  be the  same  as  the  Commercial  Paper  Rate  for  the
immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

     "MONEY MARKET YIELD" shall be a  yield calculated in accordance with the
following formula:

                                     D X 360
     Money Market Yield  =    ------------------- X 100
                                  360 - (D X M)

where "D" refers to the applicable rate per annum for commercial paper quoted
on  a bank discount basis and  expressed as a decimal,  and "M" refers to the
actual number of days in the specified Index Maturity.

     The  "CALCULATION  DATE"   pertaining  to  any  Commercial   Paper  Rate
Determination Date shall be the first to  occur of (a) the tenth calendar day
after such Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date or, if such day  is not a
business day, the next succeeding business day or (b) the second business day
preceding  the  date  any payment  is  required  to be  made  for  any period
following the applicable Interest Reset Date.

     FEDERAL FUNDS  RATE SECURITIES.   Each Federal Funds Rate  Security will
bear  interest for each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated
with reference to the Federal Funds Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier,
if  any,  specified  in  such  Security  and  in  the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement.

     Unless  otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the
"FEDERAL FUNDS  RATE" for each Interest  Reset Period shall  be the effective
rate on the  Interest Reset Date for  such Interest Reset Period  (a "FEDERAL
FUNDS RATE DETERMINATION  DATE") for Federal Funds as  published in H.15(519)
under the heading "Federal  Funds (Effective)".  In the event  that such rate
is not published  prior to 3:00 p.m., New York time,  on the Calculation Date
(as defined below) pertaining to  such Federal Funds Rate Determination Date,
the "Federal Funds Rate" for  such Interest Reset Period shall be the rate on
such  Federal  Funds  Rate  Determination  Date  as  published  in  Composite
Quotations  under the  heading "Federal  Funds/Effective Rate".   If  by 3:00
p.m., New York time, on such Calculation  Date such rate is not yet published
in either  H.15(519) or Composite  Quotations, then the "Federal  Funds Rate"
for  such Interest Reset Period shall be  the rate on such Federal Funds Rate
Determination Date made publicly available by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York which  is equivalent to  the rate which  appears in H.15(519)  under the
heading "Federal Funds (Effective)"; provided,  however, that if such rate is
not  made  publicly available  by the  Federal  Reserve Bank  of New  York by
3:00 p.m.,  New York time, on such Calculation Date, the "Federal Funds Rate"
for such Interest Reset Period will be the  same as the Federal Funds Rate in
effect for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.  In the case of a
Federal Funds Rate  Security that  resets daily,  the interest  rate on  such
Security for  the period  from and including  a Monday  to but  excluding the
succeeding Monday will be reset by the Calculation Agent for such Security on
such  second Monday  (or,  if not  a  business day,  on  the next  succeeding
business day) to a  rate equal to the average  of the Federal Funds Rates  in
effect with respect to each such day in such week.

     The   "CALCULATION  DATE"   pertaining  to   any   Federal  Funds   Rate
Determination Date shall be the next succeeding business day.

     LIBOR  SECURITIES.   Each LIBOR  Security  will bear  interest for  each
Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference to LIBOR
and the Spread or Spread Multiplier,  if any, specified in such Security  and
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, with
respect  to LIBOR  indexed to  the offered  rates for  U.S. dollar  deposits,
"LIBOR" for each Interest Reset Period will be  determined by the Calculation
Agent for any LIBOR Security as follows:

          (i)  On the second  London Banking Day prior to  the Interest Reset
     Date for such Interest Reset  Period (a "LIBOR DETERMINATION DATE"), the
     Calculation  Agent for such LIBOR Security will determine the arithmetic
     mean of the offered rates for deposits in U.S. dollars for the period of
     the  Index Maturity specified  in the applicable  Prospectus Supplement,
     commencing  on such  Interest Reset  Date,  which appear  on either,  as
     specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement, (a)  the Reuters Screen
     LIBO  Page at  approximately  11:00  a.m., London  time,  on such  LIBOR
     Determination  Date, if at  least two such  offered rates  appear on the
     Reuters Screen LIBO Page ("LIBOR REUTERS") or (b) the Telerate Page 3750
     ("LIBOR TELERATE").  For purposes of calculating LIBOR,  "LONDON BANKING
     DAY"  means any  business day  on which  dealings in deposits  in United
     States  dollars are transacted in  the London interbank market; "REUTERS
     SCREEN LIBO PAGE"  means the display  designated as  page "LIBO" on  the
     Reuters  Monitor Money Rates Service (or  such other page as may replace
     the  LIBO page  on that  service  for the  purpose of  displaying London
     interbank offered rates of major  banks); and "TELERATE PAGE 3750" means
     the  display designated as page "3750" on  the Telerate Service (or such
     other page as  may replace the 3750 page on that  service or services as
     may be nominated by the British Bankers' Association  for the purpose of
     displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).  If
     LIBOR is LIBOR Reuters and at least two such offered rates appear on the
     Reuters Screen LIBO Page, "LIBOR" for such Interest Reset Period will be
     the  arithmetic  mean  of  such  offered  rates  as  determined  by  the
     Calculation Agent for such LIBOR Security.   If neither LIBOR Reuters or
     LIBOR Telerate  is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, LIBOR
     will be determined as if LIBOR Telerate had been specified.

         (ii)  If fewer than  two offered rates appear on  the Reuters Screen
     LIBO  Page,  or if  no  rate  appears  on  the Telerate  Page  3750,  as
     applicable, on such  LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent for
     such LIBOR Security will request the principal London offices of each of
     four  major  banks in  the  London  interbank  market selected  by  such
     Calculation Agent  to provide  such Calculation  Agent with its  offered
     quotations for deposits in U.S. dollars  for the period of the specified
     Index Maturity, commencing  on such Interest Reset Date,  to prime banks
     in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time,
     on such LIBOR Determination Date and  in a principal amount equal to  an
     amount  of not  less than  $1,000,000 that,  in the  Calculation Agent's
     judgment, is  representative of a  single transaction in such  market at
     such time.   If at least two  such quotations are provided,  "LIBOR" for
     such  Interest  Reset  Period  will  be  the  arithmetic  mean  of  such
     quotations.  If fewer than two such quotations are provided, "LIBOR" for
     such Interest Reset Period  will be the arithmetic mean  of rates quoted
     by three major banks in The City of New York selected by the Calculation
     Agent  for such  LIBOR Security  at approximately  11:00 a.m.,  New York
     time, on such  LIBOR Determination  Date for  loans in  U.S. dollars  to
     leading European banks, for the  period of the specified Index Maturity,
     commencing on such Interest Reset Date, and in a principal amount  equal
     to an  amount of  not  less than  $1,000,000  that, in  the  Calculation
     Agent's  judgment, is  representative of  a  single transaction  in such
     market at  such time; provided, however,  that if the banks  selected as
     aforesaid by such  Calculation Agent are not quoting  rates as mentioned
     in this sentence,  "LIBOR" for such  Interest Reset Period  will be  the
     same as LIBOR for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

     TREASURY  RATE  SECURITIES.    Each Treasury  Rate  Security  will  bear
interest for each Interest Reset Period at  the interest rate calculated with
reference to the Treasury Rate and  the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if  any,
specified in such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless  otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the
"TREASURY RATE"  for each  Interest Reset  Period will  be the  rate for  the
auction held on the Treasury Rate Determination Date  for such Interest Reset
Period of direct  obligations of the United States  ("TREASURY BILLS") having
the Index Maturity specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, as such
rate  shall be  published in  H.15(519)  under the  heading "U.S.  Government
Securities  -- Treasury  bills --  auction average  (investment)" or,  in the
event that such rate  is not published prior to 3:00 p.m.,  New York time, on
the Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date, the
auction average rate (expressed as  a bond equivalent on the basis  of a year
of 365  or 366  days, as applicable,  and applied on  a daily basis)  on such
Treasury Rate Determination Date as  otherwise announced by the United States
Department of the Treasury.  In the event that the results of  the auction of
Treasury  bills having  the specified  Index  Maturity are  not published  or
reported as provided above  by 3:00 p.m., New York time,  on such Calculation
Date, or if no such auction is held on such Treasury Rate Determination Date,
then the "Treasury Rate" for such  Interest Reset Period shall be  calculated
by the Calculation  Agent for such  Treasury Rate Security  and shall be  the
yield to maturity (expressed as  a bond equivalent on the basis of  a year of
365  or 366  days,  as applicable,  and  applied  on a  daily  basis) of  the
arithmetic mean of  the secondary market bid rates,  as of approximately 3:30
p.m.,  New York  time, on  such Treasury  Rate  Determination Date,  of three
leading primary United States government  securities dealers selected by such
Calculation Agent for  the issue of Treasury bills with  a remaining maturity
closest  to the  specified Index  Maturity;  provided, however,  that if  the
dealers selected  as aforesaid by such Calculation  Agent are not quoting bid
rates  as mentioned  in  this sentence,  then  the "Treasury  Rate"  for such
Interest Reset  Period  will  be  the  same as  the  Treasury  Rate  for  the
immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

     The "TREASURY  RATE DETERMINATION DATE"  for each Interest  Reset Period
will be  the day  of  the week  in which  the Interest  Reset  Date for  such
Interest  Reset  Period falls  on  which  Treasury  bills would  normally  be
auctioned.   Treasury bills are  normally sold at  auction on Monday  of each
week,  unless that  day is  a legal  holiday, in  which  case the  auction is
normally held on the following Tuesday, except  that such auction may be held
on the preceding Friday.  If, as the result of a legal holiday, an auction is
so  held on  the preceding  Friday,  such Friday  will be  the  Treasury Rate
Determination Date pertaining to the  Interest Reset Period commencing in the
next  succeeding week.  If an  auction date shall fall  on any day that would
otherwise be  an Interest Reset Date for a  Treasury Rate Security, then such
Interest Reset Date  shall instead be the business  day immediately following
such auction date.

     The "CALCULATION  DATE" pertaining  to any  Treasury Rate  Determination
Date shall  be the first to  occur of (a)  the tenth calendar day  after such
Treasury Rate Determination Date or, if such a day is not a business day, the
next succeeding business  day or (b)  the second business  day preceding  the
date  any  payment  is required  to  be  made for  any  period  following the
applicable Interest Reset Date.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

     Holders of the  Certificates or the Notes  may hold through DTC  (in the
United States) or,  solely in the case  of the Notes, Cedel  or Euroclear (in
Europe)  if they  are participants  of  such systems,  or indirectly  through
organizations that  are participants in  such systems.  The  Certificates may
not be held,  directly or indirectly, through  Cedel or Euroclear.   Cede, as
nominee  for DTC, will  hold the Securities.   Cedel and  Euroclear will hold
omnibus positions in  the Notes on behalf  of the Cedel Participants  and the
Euroclear Participants, respectively, through customers' securities  accounts
in  Cedel's  and   Euroclear's  names  on  the  books   of  their  respective
depositaries (collectively, the "DEPOSITARIES"), which in turn will hold such
positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the
books of DTC.

     DTC is a limited purpose trust  company organized under the laws of  the
State  of New  York, a  member  of the  Federal Reserve  System,  a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning  of the New York UCC and  a "clearing agency"
registered  pursuant to Section 17A of the  Exchange Act.  DTC was created to
hold  securities for  its Participants  and to  facilitate the  clearance and
settlement of securities transactions between Participants through electronic
book-entries,  thereby  eliminating   the  need  for  physical   movement  of
certificates.   Participants include  securities brokers and  dealers, banks,
trust companies and clearing corporations.  Indirect access to the DTC system
also  is  available  to others  such  as banks,  brokers,  dealers  and trust
companies  that clear  through or  maintain a  custodial relationship  with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly ("INDIRECT PARTICIPANTS").

     Transfers between DTC's participating organizations (the "PARTICIPANTS")
will  occur  in   accordance  with  DTC  rules.     Transfers  between  Cedel
Participants and  Euroclear Participants  will occur in  the ordinary  way in
accordance with their applicable rules and operating procedures.

     Cross-market transfers between  persons holding  directly or  indirectly
through  DTC, on  the  one hand,  and  directly or  indirectly through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC
in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing  system by its  Depositary; however, such  cross-market transactions
will require delivery of instructions to  the relevant European international
clearing  system by the  counterparty in such  system in  accordance with its
rules  and procedures and  within its established  deadlines (European time).
The relevant European  international clearing system will, if the transaction
meets its settlement requirements, deliver  instructions to its Depositary to
take  action to  effect  final  settlement on  its  behalf  by delivering  or
receiving securities  in DTC, and  making or receiving payment  in accordance
with  normal procedures  for  same-day funds  settlement  applicable to  DTC.
Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants may not  deliver instructions
directly to the Depositaries.

     Because  of time-zone  differences, credits  of  securities in  Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
the  subsequent  securities  settlement processing,  dated  the  business day
following  the DTC settlement date,  and such credits  or any transactions in
such  securities settled  during  such  processing will  be  reported to  the
relevant Cedel  Participant or  Euroclear Participant  on such  business day.
Cash received in Cedel or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by  or
through a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant to  a Participant will
be received with  value on the DTC settlement  date but will be  available in
the relevant  Cedel or  Euroclear cash account  only as  of the  business day
following settlement in DTC.

     Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement,
Securityholders that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire
to  purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in,
Securities may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants.  In
addition, Securityholders  will receive  all distributions  of principal  and
interest  from the  related  Indenture  Trustee or  the  related Trustee,  as
applicable  (the  "APPLICABLE  TRUSTEE"),  through  Participants.    Under  a
book-entry format, Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt
of payments,  since such payments will be forwarded by the Applicable Trustee
to DTC's nominee.  DTC will forward such payments to its  Participants, which
thereafter will  forward them  to Indirect  Participants or  Securityholders.
Except  to the extent  the Depositor holds  Certificates with  respect to any
series of  Securities,  it is  anticipated  that the  only  "Securityholder",
"Noteholder" and "Certificateholder" will be DTC's nominee.  Noteholders will
not be recognized by each Indenture  Trustee as Noteholders, as such term  is
used in  each Indenture, and  Noteholders will  be permitted to  exercise the
rights  of  Noteholders only  indirectly  through DTC  and  its Participants.
Similarly,  Certificateholders will  not  be recognized  by  each Trustee  as
Certificateholders as such term  is used in  each Trust Agreement or  Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, and Certificateholders will be permitted to exercise
the  rights  of  Certificateholders  only  indirectly  through  DTC  and  its
Participants.

     Under the rules, regulations  and procedures creating and affecting  DTC
and  its  operations  (the  "RULES"),  DTC is  required  to  make  book-entry
transfers  of Securities  among Participants  on  whose behalf  it acts  with
respect  to the  Securities  and  to receive  and  transmit distributions  of
principal of,  and interest  on, the Securities.   Participants  and Indirect
Participants with  which Securityholders  have accounts  with respect to  the
Securities similarly  are required to  make book-entry transfers  and receive
and  transmit such payments  on behalf  of their  respective Securityholders.
Accordingly,  although Securityholders will not possess Securities, the Rules
provide a mechanism  by which Participants will receive payments  and will be
able to transfer their interests.

     Because DTC  can only act on behalf of Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf  of  Indirect  Participants  and  certain  banks,  the  ability  of  a
Securityholder  to pledge  Securities  to  persons or  entities  that do  not
participate in  the DTC  system, or  otherwise to  act with  respect to  such
Securities, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such
Securities.

     DTC has advised the Depositor that it will take any action  permitted to
be taken by  a Noteholder under the related Indenture  or a Certificateholder
under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement only at
the direction  of one  or more Participants  to whose  accounts with  DTC the
applicable  Notes or  Certificates are  credited.   DTC may  take conflicting
actions with  respect to  other undivided interests  to the extent  that such
actions  are taken  on behalf  of  Participants whose  holdings include  such
undivided interests.

     Cedel Bank, soci t  anonyme ("CEDEL"), is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg  as a  professional depository.   Cedel  holds securities  for its
participating  organizations  ("CEDEL  PARTICIPANTS")  and  facilitates   the
clearance  and   settlement   of  securities   transactions   between   Cedel
Participants  through  electronic  book-entry changes  in  accounts  of Cedel
Participants,  thereby  eliminating   the  need  for  physical   movement  of
certificates.  Transactions may be settled in Cedel in any of  28 currencies,
including United States  dollars.  Cedel provides to  its Cedel Participants,
among other things,  services for safekeeping, administration,  clearance and
settlement  of internationally traded  securities and securities  lending and
borrowing.  Cedel interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries.  As
a professional depository,  Cedel is subject to regulation  by the Luxembourg
Monetary Institute.  Cedel Participants are recognized financial institutions
around the  world, including  underwriters, securities  brokers and  dealers,
banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations
and may include the Underwriter(s) for the related Notes.  Indirect access to
Cedel is also available to others, such  as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies  that clear  through or  maintain a  custodial relationship  with a
Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  System  was  created  in 1968  to  hold  securities  for
participants of the Euroclear System  ("EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS") and to clear
and settle  transactions between Euroclear  Participants through simultaneous
electronic  book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need
for physical movement of  certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous
transfers  of securities  and  cash.   Transactions  may  now  be settled  in
Euroclear  in any of  32 currencies,  including United  States dollars.   The
Euroclear  System  includes  various  other  services,  including  securities
lending  and borrowing,  and  interfaces  with  domestic markets  in  several
countries  generally similar to  the arrangements for  cross-market transfers
with DTC.  The Euroclear System is operated by Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company
of  New  York,  Brussels,   Belgium  office  (the  "EUROCLEAR   OPERATOR"  or
"EUROCLEAR"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "COOPERATIVE").  All operations are conducted by
the  Euroclear Operator, and all  Euroclear securities clearance accounts and
Euroclear cash  accounts are  accounts with the  Euroclear Operator,  not the
Cooperative.  The Cooperative establishes  policy for the Euroclear System on
behalf  of  Euroclear  Participants.   Euroclear  Participants  include banks
(including  central  banks),   securities  brokers  and  dealers   and  other
professional  financial intermediaries and may include the Underwriter(s) for
the related Notes.  Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available
to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear Operator  is the  Belgian  branch of  a New  York banking
corporation which is  a member bank of the Federal Reserve  System.  As such,
it is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System  and the  New York State  Banking Department,  as well as  the Belgian
Banking Commission.

     Securities  clearance  accounts  and cash  accounts  with  the Euroclear
Operator are governed  by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear
and the related  Operating Procedures of the Euroclear  System and applicable
Belgian  law (collectively,  the  "TERMS  AND CONDITIONS").    The Terms  and
Conditions govern  transfers  of securities  and  cash within  the  Euroclear
System,  withdrawal of  securities and  cash from  the Euroclear  System, and
receipts of payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System.  All
securities  in the  Euroclear System  are held  on a  fungible  basis without
attribution  of  specific  certificates   to  specific  securities  clearance
accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on
behalf of Euroclear  Participants and has  no record of or  relationship with
persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear will
be  credited  to  the  cash  accounts  of  Cedel  Participants  or  Euroclear
Participants in accordance with  the relevant system's rules and  procedures,
to the extent received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject
to  tax reporting  in accordance  with relevant  United  States tax  laws and
regulations. See "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus
and  "Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures" in Annex
I to this Prospectus.   Cedel or the Euroclear Operator, as  the case may be,
will take any other  action permitted to be taken  by a Noteholder under  the
Indenture on behalf of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant only in
accordance  with  its  relevant  rules  and procedures  and  subject  to  its
Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.

     Although  DTC,  Cedel  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the   foregoing
procedures in  order to facilitate  transfers of Notes among  participants of
DTC, Cedel and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue
to perform such  procedures and  such procedures may  be discontinued at  any
time.

     In the event that any of DTC,  Cedel or Euroclear should discontinue its
services,  the Administrator, if any, or the Applicable Trustee would seek an
alternative  depository (if available)  or cause  the issuance  of Definitive
Securities to  the owners thereof or  their nominees in the  manner described
under "Definitive Securities" below.

     Except as required by  law, neither the  Administrator, if any, nor  the
applicable Trustee  will have  any liability  for any aspect  of the  records
relating to or payments  made on account of beneficial ownership interests of
the  Securities of  any series  held by  DTC's nominee,  or for  maintaining,
supervising or  reviewing any records  relating to such  beneficial ownership
interests.

DEFINITIVE SECURITIES

     If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Notes, if any,
and the  Certificates  of  a  series will  be  issued  in  fully  registered,
certificated   form  ("DEFINITIVE   NOTES"  and   "DEFINITIVE  CERTIFICATES",
respectively, and collectively referred to herein as "DEFINITIVE SECURITIES")
to Noteholders  or Certificateholders  or their  respective nominees,  rather
than  to DTC  or its  nominee,  only if  (i) the  related  Applicable Trustee
determines that DTC  is no longer willing  or able to discharge  properly its
responsibilities  as depository  with  respect to  such  Securities and  such
Applicable  Trustee is  unable  to  locate a  qualified  successor, (ii)  the
Applicable Trustee at  its option, elects to terminate  the book-entry system
through  DTC or  (iii) after  the  occurrence of  an  Event of  Default or  a
Servicer Default  with respect  to such Securities,  holders representing  at
least a majority  of the  outstanding principal  amount of the  Notes or  the
Certificates, as  the  case may  be,  of such  series  advise the  Applicable
Trustee through DTC in writing  that the continuation of a  book-entry system
through  DTC  (or  a  successor  thereto)  with  respect  to  such  Notes  or
Certificates  is no  longer  in the  best  interest of  the  holders of  such
Securities.

     Upon the occurrence of any  event described in the immediately preceding
paragraph, the Applicable  Trustee will be required to  notify all applicable
Securityholders of a given series through Participants of the availability of
Definitive Securities.  Upon surrender  by DTC of the definitive certificates
representing the  corresponding Securities  and receipt  of instructions  for
re-registration,  the  Applicable  Trustee will  reissue  such  Securities as
Definitive Securities to such Securityholders.

     Distributions   of  principal  of,  and  interest  on,  such  Definitive
Securities will  thereafter be made  by the Applicable Trustee  in accordance
with the  procedures set forth in the related  Indenture or the related Trust
Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement, as  applicable,  directly to
holders of  Definitive Securities  in whose  names the  Definitive Securities
were  registered at  the  close of  business on  the  applicable Record  Date
specified for  such Securities  in the related  Prospectus Supplement.   Such
distributions will be made by check  mailed to the address of such  holder as
it appears  on the register maintained by the  Applicable Trustee.  The final
payment on  any such  Definitive Security,  however, will be  made only  upon
presentation  and surrender  of such  Definitive  Security at  the office  or
agency  specified in  the  notice  of final  distribution  to the  applicable
Securityholders.

     Definitive  Securities  will  be transferable  and  exchangeable  at the
offices  of  the Applicable  Trustee  or of  a  registrar named  in  a notice
delivered to  holders of Definitive  Securities.   No service charge  will be
imposed  for any  registration of  transfer or  exchange, but  the Applicable
Trustee may  require payment of  a sum sufficient to  cover any tax  or other
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS

     Unless otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect to  the Notes of any  series, three or  more holders of the  Notes of
such series or one or more holders of such Notes evidencing not less than 25%
of the aggregate  outstanding principal balance of such Notes may, by written
request to the  related Indenture Trustee, obtain  access to the list  of all
Noteholders  maintained   by  such  Indenture  Trustee  for  the  purpose  of
communicating with other  Noteholders with respect to their  rights under the
related Indenture or under such Notes.   Such Indenture Trustee may elect not
to afford the  requesting Noteholders access to the list of Noteholders if it
agrees to mail  the desired communication or proxy,  on behalf of and  at the
expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders of such series.

     Unless otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect to  the Certificates  of any  series, three  or more  holders of  the
Certificates of  such series  or one  or more  holders  of such  Certificates
evidencing not less than 25% of  the Certificate Balance of such Certificates
may, by written request to the related Trustee,  obtain access to the list of
all  Certificateholders  maintained  by  such  Trustee  for  the  purpose  of
communicating  with other  Certificateholders with  respect  to their  rights
under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or under
such Certificates.

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

     With respect  to each series  of Securities that  includes Notes, on  or
prior to each  Payment Date,  the Servicer  will prepare and  provide to  the
related  Indenture  Trustee  a  statement  to be  delivered  to  the  related
Noteholders on such Payment Date.  With respect to each series of Securities,
on or prior to each Distribution Date,  the Servicer will prepare and provide
to  the  related  Trustee  a  statement  to  be  delivered  to  the   related
Certificateholders.   With respect  to each series  of Securities,  each such
statement  to  be  delivered  to  Noteholders will  include  (to  the  extent
applicable) the following information (and any other information so specified
in  the related Prospectus  Supplement) as to  the Notes of  such series with
respect to such Payment  Date or the period since the  previous Payment Date,
as applicable, and each such  statement to be delivered to Certificateholders
will include  (to the extent  applicable) the following information  (and any
other information  so specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement)  as to
the Certificates of such series with respect to such Distribution Date or the
period since the previous Distribution Date, as applicable:

          (i)  the amount  of the distribution allocable to principal of each
     class of such Notes and to the Certificate Balance of each class of such
     Certificates;

         (ii)  the amount  of the  distribution allocable to  interest on  or
     with respect to each class of Securities of such series;

        (iii)  the Pool  Balance as of the close of  business on the last day
     of the preceding Collection Period;

         (iv)  the  aggregate outstanding principal balance and the Note Pool
     Factor for each class of such Notes, and the Certificate Balance and the
     Certificate Pool Factor for each  class of such Certificates, each after
     giving effect  to all payments reported  under clause (i) above  on such
     date;

          (v)  the  amount of  the Servicing  Fee paid  to the  Servicer with
     respect to the  related Collection Period or Collection  Periods, as the
     case may be;

         (vi)  the Interest Rate or Pass Through Rate for the next period for
     any  class of  Notes or  Certificates  of such  series with  variable or
     adjustable rates;

        (vii)  the amount of  the aggregate realized losses, if  any, for the
     second preceding Collection Period;

       (viii)  the   Noteholders'    Interest   Carryover    Shortfall,   the
     Noteholders'  Principal  Carryover  Shortfall,  the  Certificateholders'
     Interest  Carryover  Shortfall  and  the  Certificateholders'  Principal
     Carryover  Shortfall  (each   as  defined  in  the   related  Prospectus
     Supplement),  if any,  in  each case  as  applicable  to each  class  of
     Securities, and the change in such amounts from the preceding statement;

         (ix)  the aggregate Purchase  Amounts for Receivables, if  any, that
     were repurchased or substituted for in such Collection Period;

          (x)  the  balance of  the Reserve  Account (if  any) on  such date,
     after giving effect to changes therein on such date;

         (xi)  for each  such date  during the Funding  Period (if  any), the
     remaining Pre-Funded Amount; and

        (xii)  for the  first such date  that is on or  immediately following
     the end of  the Funding  Period (if  any), the amount  of any  remaining
     Pre-Funded  Amount  that  has not  been  used  to fund  the  purchase of
     Subsequent  Receivables  and  is  being passed  through  as  payments of
     principal on the Securities of such series.

     Each amount set forth  pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii),  (v) and (viii)
with respect to the Notes or the Certificates of any series will be expressed
as a dollar amount per $1,000 of  the initial principal balance of such Notes
or the initial Certificate Balance of such Certificates, as applicable.

     Within the  prescribed period of  time for tax reporting  purposes after
the end of  each calendar year during the term of  each Trust, the Applicable
Trustee  will mail to each  person who at any  time during such calendar year
has been a Securityholder with respect to such Trust and received any payment
thereon a statement  containing certain information for the  purposes of such
Securityholder's preparation of  federal income tax  returns.  See  "Material
Federal Income Tax Consequences".

     In addition,  the filing  with the Commission  of periodic  reports with
respect to each Trust will cease following completion of the reporting period
for such Trust required by Rule 15d-1 of Regulation D under the Exchange Act.

             DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

     The following summary describes certain terms of each Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement pursuant to which  a Trust will
purchase  Receivables from  the  Depositor  and the  Servicer  will agree  to
service such  Receivables, each  Trust Agreement  (in the  case of  a grantor
trust, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) pursuant to which a Trust will be
created  and Certificates  will be  issued and each  Administration Agreement
pursuant  to which the  Servicer (or such  other person named  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement)  will undertake  certain  administrative  duties with
respect  to  a Trust  that  issues  Notes  (collectively, the  "TRANSFER  AND
SERVICING AGREEMENTS").  Forms of  the Transfer and Servicing Agreements have
been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
forms  a part.  This summary  does not purport to  be complete and is subject
to, and  qualified  by reference to, all the  provisions of the Transfer  and
Servicing Agreements.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

     On or prior  to the closing date  (the "CLOSING DATE") specified  in the
Prospectus Supplement for a Trust, the Seller(s) specified in such Prospectus
Supplement will transfer and assign, without recourse, to the Depositor their
respective  entire interests  in  the related  Initial Receivables  and their
security interests in the related Financed Vehicles pursuant to a receivables
purchase agreement (a "RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT").  On or prior to such
Closing  Date, the  Depositor  will  transfer and  assign  to the  Applicable
Trustee, without recourse,  pursuant to a Sale  and Servicing Agreement  or a
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement, as applicable, its entire  interest in such
Initial Receivables, including its security interests in the related Financed
Vehicles.  Each such Receivable will be identified in a schedule appearing as
an exhibit  to such  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or  Sale and  Servicing
Agreement (a  "SCHEDULE  OF  RECEIVABLES").   The  Applicable  Trustee  will,
concurrently with  such  transfer and  assignment,  execute and  deliver  the
related Notes  and/or Certificates.   The Applicable Trustee will  not verify
the  existence of the  Receivables or review  the Receivables  files.  Unless
otherwise  provided in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  net proceeds
received from the  sale of the Certificates  and the Notes of  a given series
will be applied to the purchase of the related Receivables from the Seller(s)
and, to  the extent specified  in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  to the
deposit of the Pre-Funded  Amount into the Pre-Funding Account.   The related
Prospectus Supplement for a given Trust will specify whether,  and the terms,
conditions and manner under which, Subsequent Receivables will be sold by the
Seller(s) to the Depositor and by the  Depositor to the applicable Trust from
time to time during any  Funding Period on each date specified as  a transfer
date in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement  (each, a  "SUBSEQUENT  TRANSFER
DATE").

     In each Receivables Purchase Agreement the related Seller will represent
and warrant to  the Depositor and,  in each Sale  and Servicing Agreement  or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the  Depositor will represent and warrant to
the applicable Trust, among other  things, that: (i) the information provided
in  the related Schedule of Receivables  is correct in all material respects;
(ii) the Obligor on each related Receivable is required to maintain  physical
damage  insurance  covering  the  Financed  Vehicle  in accordance  with  the
Seller(s)' normal  requirements; (iii) as  of the applicable Closing  Date or
the  applicable  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  if any,  to  the  best  of  its
knowledge,  the  related Receivables  are  free  and  clear of  all  security
interests,  liens,  charges  and encumbrances  and  no  offsets, defenses  or
counterclaims have been asserted  or threatened; (iv) as of  the Closing Date
or the applicable  Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, each of such Receivables
is or will be  secured by a first perfected security interest in favor of the
Seller in the related  Financed Vehicle; (v) each related Receivable,  at the
time  it  was originated,  complied  and,  as  of  the Closing  Date  or  the
applicable  Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  if  any,  complies  in  all material
respects  with  applicable   federal  and  state  laws,   including,  without
limitation, consumer credit,  truth in lending, equal  credit opportunity and
disclosure laws; and  (vi) any other representations and  warranties that may
be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Unless otherwise provided  in the related  Prospectus Supplement, as  of
the last  day of the  second (or, if the  Seller(s) elects, the  first) month
following the  discovery by  or notice to  the Seller(s)  of a breach  of any
representation  or warranty  of the Seller(s)  that materially  and adversely
affects the interests of the related Trust in any  Receivable, the Depositor,
unless the breach  is cured, will repurchase such  Receivable from such Trust
and the  related Seller will  be obligated to simultaneously  repurchase such
Receivable  from  the Depositor  at a  price  equal to  the  unpaid principal
balance owed by  the Obligor thereon plus interest thereon  at the respective
APR to  the last  day of  the month  of repurchase  (the "PURCHASE  AMOUNT").
Alternatively,  if so  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
related Seller or the Depositor will be permitted, in a circumstance where it
would otherwise be  required to repurchase a  Receivable as described  in the
preceding sentence,  to instead  substitute a  comparable Receivable  for the
Receivable  otherwise requiring repurchase, subject to certain conditions and
eligibility criteria  for the substitute  Receivable to be summarized  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  The repurchase obligation (or, if applicable,
the  substitution  alternative  with respect  thereto)  constitutes  the sole
remedy available to the Certificateholders or the Trustee and any Noteholders
or Indenture Trustee  in respect of such  Trust for any such  uncured breach.
The   Depositor's  obligation  to  make  such  purchase  or  substitution  is
contingent upon the related Seller performing its corresponding obligation to
purchase  (or,  if  applicable,  substitute for)  such  Receivable  from  the
Depositor.

     Pursuant to each  Sale and Servicing Agreement or  Pooling and Servicing
Agreement,  to assure  uniform quality  in servicing  the Receivables  and to
reduce  administrative  costs,  each Trust  will  designate  the Servicer  as
custodian  to maintain  possession, as  such  Trust's agent,  of the  related
retail installment sale  contracts, retail installment loans,  purchase money
notes or  other notes and  any other  documents relating to  the Receivables.
The Depositor and the Seller(s)' accounting records and computer systems will
reflect the sale and assignment of the related Receivables to  the applicable
Trust and  Uniform Commercial  Code ("UCC")  financing statements  reflecting
such sales  and  assignments will  be filed.   The  Receivables  will not  be
segregated, stamped or otherwise marked to  indicate that they have been sold
to the related  Trust.  If through  inadvertence or otherwise, another  party
purchases (or takes  a security interest in) the Receivables for new value in
the  ordinary course  of business  and  takes possession  of the  Receivables
without actual knowledge  of the related Trust's interest,  the purchaser (or
secured party) will acquire  an interest in the  Receivables superior to  the
interest of the related Trust.

ACCOUNTS

     With  respect  to  each  Trust  that issues  Notes,  the  Servicer  will
establish  and  maintain with  the  related  Indenture  Trustee one  or  more
accounts, in  the name  of the  Indenture Trustee  on behalf  of the  related
Noteholders and Certificateholders,  into which all payments made  on or with
respect  to  the  related  Receivables  will  be deposited  (the  "COLLECTION
ACCOUNT").   The  Servicer will  establish and  maintain with  such Indenture
Trustee an account, in the name of  such Indenture Trustee on behalf of  such
Noteholders, into which amounts released  from the Collection Account and any
Pre-Funding Account, Reserve Account or other credit or cash flow enhancement
for  payment  to  such Noteholders  will  be  deposited  and from  which  all
distributions  to  such Noteholders  will  be  made  (the "NOTE  DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT").  The Servicer will establish and maintain with the related Trustee
an  account,  in   the  name  of  such  Trustee  on  behalf  of  the  related
Certificateholders, into which  amounts released from the  Collection Account
and  any Pre-Funding Account,  Reserve Account or  other credit or  cash flow
enhancement for distribution to such Certificateholders will be deposited and
from which  all distributions  to such Certificateholders  will be  made (the
"CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT").  With  respect to each Trust  that does
not issue Notes, the Servicer will also establish and maintain the Collection
Account and  any other Trust  Account in the  name of the related  Trustee on
behalf of the related Certificateholders.

     If so provided  in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Servicer will
establish for each series an  additional account (the "PAYAHEAD ACCOUNT"), in
the name of the related Indenture Trustee, into which, to the extent required
by  the Sale  and Servicing  Agreement,  early payments  by or  on  behalf of
Obligors with respect to Precomputed Receivables will be deposited until such
time as the payment becomes due.  Until such time as payments are transferred
from the Payahead Account to the Collection Account, they will not constitute
collected  interest or  collected principal  and  will not  be available  for
distribution  to the  applicable  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders.    The
Payahead Account will  initially be maintained with the  applicable Indenture
Trustee  or,  in the  case  of  each Trust  that  does not  issue  Notes, the
applicable Trustee.

     Any other accounts to be established with respect to  a Trust, including
any Pre-Funding  Account or  any Reserve Account,  will be  described in  the
related Prospectus Supplement.

     For any series of Securities, funds  in the Collection Account, the Note
Distribution Account and  any Pre-Funding Account, Reserve Account  and other
accounts   identified  as   such  in   the   related  Prospectus   Supplement
(collectively,  the "TRUST  ACCOUNTS") will  be invested  as provided  in the
related Sale  and Servicing Agreement  or Pooling and Servicing  Agreement in
Eligible  Investments.   "ELIGIBLE  INVESTMENTS"  are  generally  limited  to
investments acceptable to the Rating Agencies rating such Securities as being
consistent with the rating of such Securities (and may include motor vehicle,
recreational  vehicle retail  sale contracts  or  retail installment  loans.)
Except as described  below or in the related  Prospectus Supplement, Eligible
Investments are limited to obligations or securities that mature on or before
the date of the  next distribution for such  series.  However, to the  extent
permitted by  the  Rating Agencies,  funds  in  any Reserve  Account  may  be
invested in securities  that will not  mature prior to  the date of  the next
distribution with respect to such Certificates or  Notes and will not be sold
to meet any shortfalls.  Thus, the  amount of cash in any Reserve Account  at
any time may be less than the balance  of the Reserve Account.  If the amount
required to be  withdrawn from  any Reserve  Account to  cover shortfalls  in
collections on the related Receivables (as provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement) exceeds the amount  of cash in  the Reserve Account, a  temporary
shortfall   in  the  amounts  distributed   to  the  related  Noteholders  or
Certificateholders could result,  which could, in turn,  increase the average
life of the Notes or the Certificates of such series.  Investment earnings on
funds deposited in the Trust Accounts, net of  losses and investment expenses
(collectively,  "Investment  Earnings"),  shall be  allocated  in  the manner
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     The  Trust Accounts  will  be maintained  as Eligible  Deposit Accounts.
"ELIGIBLE  DEPOSIT ACCOUNT"  means either  (a) a  segregated account  with an
Eligible Institution  or (b)  a segregated trust  account with  the corporate
trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of  the
United States of America  or any one of the states thereof or the District of
Columbia  (or any domestic branch of a  foreign bank), having corporate trust
powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such  account, so long as
any  of the securities  of such depository  institution have  a credit rating
from  each  Rating Agency  in  one of  its  generic  rating categories  which
signifies investment grade.  "ELIGIBLE  INSTITUTION" means, with respect to a
Trust, (a) the corporate trust department of the related Indenture Trustee or
the related Trustee, as applicable, or (b) a depository institution organized
under the laws  of the  United States  of America or  any one  of the  states
thereof or  the District  of Columbia (or  any domestic  branch of  a foreign
bank), (i) which has either (A) a long-term unsecured debt rating  acceptable
to  the Rating  Agencies  or  (B)  a  short-term  unsecured  debt  rating  or
certificate  of deposit  rating acceptable  to the  Rating Agencies  and (ii)
whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

SERVICING PROCEDURES

     The Servicer  will make reasonable  efforts to collect all  payments due
with respect  to the Receivables held by any  Trust and will, consistent with
the related Sale and Servicing  Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to motor vehicle
and/or  recreational vehicle  retail installment sale  contracts, installment
loans, purchase money  notes or other  notes that it  services for itself  or
others and  that are  comparable to  such Receivables.   Consistent with  its
normal  procedures, the  Servicer may,  in its  discretion, arrange  with the
Obligor on a Receivable to extend or modify the payment schedule, but no such
arrangement will, for purposes of any Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement, modify the original due dates  or the amount of the
scheduled payments or  extend the final payment date of any Receivable beyond
the Final Scheduled  Maturity Date (as such  term is defined with  respect to
any Receivables Pool  in the related  Prospectus Supplement).   Some of  such
arrangements may  result in  the Servicer purchasing  the Receivable  for the
Purchase Amount, while others may result in the Servicer making Advances. The
Servicer may  sell the  Financed Vehicle securing  the related  Receivable at
public or private sale or take any  other action permitted by applicable law.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables".

     The Servicer may from time to time  perform any portion of its servicing
obligations under the applicable Sale  and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  through   subservicing  agreements  with  third   party
subservicers  approved by  the  Rating  Agencies.   Each  Sale and  Servicing
Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement, as applicable,  will provide
that,  not withstanding  the use  of subservicers,  the Servicer  will remain
liable for its  servicing duties and obligations as  if the Servicer serviced
the Receivables directly.

COLLECTIONS

     With respect to  each Trust, the  Servicer will deposit all  payments on
the  related Receivables  (from whatever  source)  and all  proceeds of  such
Receivables collected  during each collection period specified in the related
Prospectus   Supplement  (each,  a  "COLLECTION  PERIOD")  into  the  related
Collection Account within two business  days after receipt thereof.  However,
at any  time that and for so  long as (i) the Servicer  (or its successor) is
the Servicer,  (ii) there  exists no Servicer  Default and  (iii) each  other
condition to making deposits less  frequently than daily as may  be specified
by the Rating Agencies or set  forth in the related Prospectus Supplement  is
satisfied, the Servicer will not be required to deposit such amounts into the
Collection Account  until on  or before the  applicable Distribution  Date or
Payment Date.   Pending deposit into the Collection  Account, collections may
be invested by the Servicer at its own  risk and for its own benefit and will
not be  segregated from its own funds.  If  the Servicer were unable to remit
such funds, Securityholders might  incur a loss.  To the  extent set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may,  in order to satisfy the
requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or other security for
the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances of  collections
on the  related Receivables and payment of the aggregate Purchase Amount with
respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer.

     Collections on a Precomputed Receivable  made during a Collection Period
shall be applied first to repay any outstanding Precomputed Advances  made by
the Servicer with respect to such Receivable (as described below), and to the
extent that  collections  on a  Precomputed  Receivable during  a  Collection
Period exceed  the outstanding  Precomputed Advances,  the collections  shall
then  be  applied  to the  scheduled  payment  on such  Receivable.    If any
collections remaining after the scheduled payment is made are insufficient to
prepay  the Precomputed  Receivable in full,  then, generally  such remaining
collections  (the  "PAYAHEADS") shall  be  transferred  to  and kept  in  the
Payahead Account, until such later Collection Period when the collections may
be transferred to the Collection Account  and applied either to the scheduled
payment or to prepay such Receivable in full.

ADVANCES

     Precomputed Receivables.    If so  provided  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, to the extent  the collections of interest on and  principal of a
Precomputed Receivable with respect to a Collection Period fall  short of the
respective scheduled payment, the Servicer will make a Precomputed Advance in
the  amount of  the shortfall.   The  Servicer will  be obligated  to make  a
Precomputed  Advance on a Precomputed Receivable only  to the extent that the
Servicer,  in  its sole  discretion,  expects  to  recoup such  advance  from
subsequent collections or  recoveries on such Receivable or other Precomputed
Receivables in  the related Receivables Pool.   The Servicer will deposit the
Precomputed Advance  in the  applicable Collection Account  on or  before the
business day preceding the applicable Distribution Date or Payment Date.  The
Servicer will recoup  its Precomputed Advance from subsequent  payments by or
on behalf of  the related Obligor or  from insurance or liquidation  proceeds
with respect to the Receivable and will release its right to reimbursement in
conjunction  with its purchase  of the Receivable  as Servicer, or,  upon the
determination that reimbursement from the preceding sources is unlikely, will
recoup its Precomputed Advance from any collections made on other Precomputed
Receivables in the related Receivables Pool or from any other source of funds
identified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Single Interest Receivables.   If so provided in  the related Prospectus
Supplement,  on  or  before  the   business  day  prior  to  each  applicable
Distribution  Date or  Payment  Date,  the Servicer  shall  deposit into  the
related Collection Account  as a Simple Interest  Advance an amount equal  to
the amount  of  interest that  would  have been  due  on the  related  Simple
Interest  Receivables  at their  respective APRs  for the  related Collection
Period  (assuming that  such Simple  Interest Receivables  are paid  on their
respective due dates) minus  the amount of interest actually received on such
Simple Interest  Receivables during the  related Collection Period.   If such
calculation  results in a  negative number,  an amount  equal to  such amount
shall be paid to the Servicer in reimbursement of outstanding Simple Interest
Advances.   In  addition,  in the  event  that a  Simple  Interest Receivable
becomes  a Defaulted  Receivable (as  such  term is  defined  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement),  the amount  of accrued  and unpaid  interest thereon
(but not including interest for the then  current Collection Period) shall be
withdrawn  from  the   Collection  Account  and  paid  to   the  Servicer  in
reimbursement  of  outstanding  Simple  Interest  Advances.  No  advances  of
principal will be made with respect to  Simple Interest Receivables.  As used
herein,  "ADVANCES" means  both  Precomputed  Advances  and  Simple  Interest
Advances.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus  Supplement with respect to
any  Trust, the  Servicer will be  entitled to  receive a servicing  fee (the
"SERVICING FEE")for each Collection Period in an  amount equal to a specified
percentage per annum (as set forth in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the
"SERVICING FEE RATE") of the Pool Balance as of the first day of the  related
Collection Period  .   The Servicing Fee  (together with  any portion  of the
Servicing Fee  that remains unpaid  from prior Distribution Dates  or Payment
Dates) will  be paid out  of the available  funds for the  related collection
Period  prior  to  any  distribution(s)   on  the  related  Payment  Date  or
Distribution  Date to  the  Noteholders  or the    Certificateholders of  the
related series.

     With  respect to  any Trust,  the  Servicer will  generally collect  and
retain any  late fees,  prepayment charges and  other administrative  fees or
similar  charges  allowed by  applicable  law  with  respect to  the  related
Receivables and will be entitled to reimbursement from such Trust for certain
liabilities.   Payments by  or on  behalf of  Obligors will  be allocated  to
scheduled payments and  late fees  and other charges  in accordance with  the
Servicer's normal practices and procedures.

     The  Servicing  Fee will  compensate  the  Servicer  for performing  the
functions  of a  third party  servicer of  motor vehicle  and/or recreational
vehicle  as an  agent for  their beneficial  owner, including  collecting and
posting all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables,
investigating delinquencies,  sending payment coupons  to Obligors, reporting
tax information to  Obligors, paying costs of collections  and disposition of
defaults and policing the collateral.  The Servicing Fee also will compensate
the Servicer for administering the related Receivables Pool, including making
Advances,  accounting for  collections  and  furnishing  monthly  and  annual
statements  to the  related Trustee  and  Indenture Trustee  with respect  to
distributions and generating  federal income tax  information for such  Trust
and for  the related Noteholders  and Certificateholders.  The  Servicing Fee
also will  reimburse the Servicer for certain taxes,  the fees of the related
Trustee and Indenture Trustee, if any, accounting fees, outside auditor fees,
data  processing   costs  and  other   costs  incurred  in   connection  with
administering the related Receivables Pool.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     With respect to each series of Securities, beginning on the Payment Date
or  Distribution Date,  as  applicable, specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions of principal of and interest (or, where applicable,
of principal of or  interest only) on each class of  such Securities entitled
thereto will  be made by  the Applicable Trustee  to the Noteholders  and the
Certificateholders  of such  series.   The  timing, calculation,  allocation,
order, source, priorities of and requirements  for all payments to each class
of Noteholders and  all distributions to each class  of Certificateholders of
such series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     With respect  to each Trust, on each Payment Date and Distribution Date,
as applicable,  collections on  the related Receivables  will be  transferred
from the Collection Account to the Note Distribution Account, if any, and the
Certificate Distribution Account for distribution to Noteholders, if any, and
Certificateholders  to  the   extent  provided  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement. Credit enhancement, such as  a Reserve Account, will be available
to cover any shortfalls in the amount available for distribution on such date
to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  As  more fully
described   in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and  unless  otherwise
specified  therein, distributions  in  respect  of principal  of  a class  of
Securities of a given series will be subordinate to distributions in  respect
of  interest  on such  class, and  distributions  in respect  of one  or more
classes of  Certificates of  such series  may be  subordinate to payments  in
respect of Notes, if any, of such  series or other classes of Certificates of
such series.

CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT

     The amounts and  types of credit and cash  flow enhancement arrangements
and  the  provider thereof,  if  applicable, with  respect to  each  class of
Securities  of a  given series,  if any,  will be  set  forth in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  If  and  to  the  extent  provided  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement, credit and cash flow enhancement may be in the form of
subordination  of  one  or  more  classes  of  Securities,  Reserve Accounts,
over-collateralization, letters  of credit,  credit or liquidity  facilities,
surety bonds, guaranteed  investment contracts, swaps or  other interest rate
protection agreements, repurchase  obligations, yield supplement  agreements,
other  agreements with respect to third party payments or other support, cash
deposits  or such  other arrangements  as  may be  described  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement or any combination of two or more of the foregoing.  If
specified  in  the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement,  credit or  cash  flow
enhancement for a class of Securities may  cover one or more other classes of
Securities of the  same series,  and credit  or cash flow  enhancement for  a
series of Securities may cover one or more other series of Securities.

     The presence of a Reserve Account  and other forms of credit enhancement
for the  benefit of any class or series  of Securities is intended to enhance
the likelihood  of receipt by the Securityholders of  such class or series of
the full amount  of principal and  interest due thereon  and to decrease  the
likelihood  that such  Securityholders will  experience losses.   The  credit
enhancement for  a class or series  of Securities may not  provide protection
against all  risks of  loss and  may not  guarantee repayment  of the  entire
principal balance and interest thereon; any such limitations will be describe
in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.    If losses  occur which  exceed the
amount covered by  any credit  enhancement or  which are not  covered by  any
credit enhancement,  Securityholders of any  class or series will  bear their
allocable share  of  deficiencies, as  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In  addition, if a form  of credit enhancement covers  more than
one series of Securities, Securityholders of any such series will  be subject
to the risk  that such credit enhancement will be exhausted  by the claims of
Securityholders of other series.

     RESERVE ACCOUNT.   If so provided in the  related Prospectus Supplement,
pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Depositor  will establish for a series  or class of Securities
an account, as  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement (the "RESERVE
ACCOUNT"), which  will be  maintained with the  related Trustee  or Indenture
Trustee, as  applicable.  The  Reserve Account will  be funded by  an initial
deposit by  the  Depositor or  such  other person  specified in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement on  the Closing  Date in  the amount set  forth in  the
related  Prospectus Supplement  and,  if  the related  series  has a  Funding
Period, will also  be funded on each  Subsequent Transfer Date to  the extent
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.   As further described in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  the amount on deposit in  the Reserve Account
will be increased on each Distribution Date or Payment Date thereafter  up to
the Specified Reserve  Account Balance (as defined in  the related Prospectus
Supplement) by  the deposit  therein  of the  amount  of collections  on  the
related Receivables remaining on each  such Distribution Date or Payment Date
after the  payment of all other  required payments and distributions  on such
date.  The related Prospectus  Supplement will describe the circumstances and
manner  under which  distributions may be  made out  of the  Reserve Account,
either to holders of the Securities covered thereby, to the Depositor or such
other person specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

NET DEPOSITS

     As an  administrative convenience,  unless the Servicer  is required  to
remit collections  daily (see "--  Collections" above), the Servicer  will be
permitted to make the deposit of collections, aggregate Advances and Purchase
Amounts for any  Trust for or with  respect to the related  Collection Period
net of  distributions to be made to the Servicer  for such Trust with respect
to such Collection Period.   The Servicer may cause  to be made a single  net
transfer from the Collection Account to the related Payahead Account, if any,
or vice  versa.   The Servicer,  however, will  account to  the Trustee,  any
Indenture  Trustee, the Noteholders, if any,  and the Certificateholders with
respect to each  Trust as if all  deposits, distributions and transfers  were
made  individually.  With respect to  any Trust that issues both Certificates
and Notes, if the related Payment Dates do not coincide with the Distribution
Dates, all  distributions, deposits  or other remittances  made on  a Payment
Date will be treated as having been distributed, deposited or remitted on the
Distribution  Date  for  the applicable  Collection  Period  for  purposes of
determining other amounts required to  be distributed, deposited or otherwise
remitted on such Distribution Date.

STATEMENTS TO TRUSTEES AND TRUST

     Prior to each  Distribution Date or  Payment Date  with respect to  each
series of Securities, the Servicer will provide to the  Applicable Trustee as
of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Collection Period a
statement setting forth substantially the  same information as is required to
be  provided in  the periodic  reports  provided to  Securityholders of  such
series  described  under  "Certain Information  Regarding  the  Securities --
Reports to Securityholders" herein.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     Each  Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling  and Servicing Agreement
will  provide that  a firm  of  independent public  accountants will  furnish
annually to the related Trust and the Applicable Trustee or Trustee statement
as to  compliance by the Servicer during the  preceding twelve months (or, in
the  case of  the first such  certificate, from the  applicable Closing Date)
with   certain  standards  relating  to  the   servicing  of  the  applicable
Receivables,  the Servicer's  accounting  records  and  computer  files  with
respect thereto and certain other matters.

     Each  Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling  and Servicing Agreement
will  also provide  for delivery  to  the related  Trust  and the  Applicable
Trustee,  substantially simultaneously with the delivery of such accountants'
statement  referred to above,  of a certificate  signed by an  officer of the
Servicer stating  that the Servicer  has fulfilled its obligations  under the
Sale  and   Servicing  Agreement  or  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  as
applicable, throughout  the preceding twelve months  (or, in the  case of the
first  such  certificate, from  the Closing  Date)  or, if  there has  been a
default  in the  fulfillment of  any  such obligation,  describing each  such
default.   The Servicer has agreed to give  each Applicable Trustee notice of
certain Servicer Defaults  under the related Sale and  Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

     Copies  of   such  statements  and  certificates  may   be  obtained  by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     Each  Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling  and Servicing Agreement
will provide that the Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties
as  Servicer  thereunder,  except  upon  determination  that  the  Servicer's
performance of such duties is no longer permissible under applicable law.  No
such  resignation will  become effective  until the  Applicable Trustee  or a
successor  servicer  has  assumed the  Servicer's  servicing  obligations and
duties  under such  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.

     Each  Sale and Servicing  Agreement and Pooling  and Servicing Agreement
will further  provide that  neither the  Servicer nor any  of its  directors,
officers, employees and  agents will  be under any  liability to the  related
Trust or the related Noteholders  or Certificateholders for taking any action
or for refraining from taking any action  pursuant to such Sale and Servicing
Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement  or for  errors in  judgment;
except  that neither  the  Servicer nor  any  such person  will  be protected
against any liability  that would otherwise be  imposed by reason  of willful
misfeasance, bad  faith or  negligence in the  performance of  the Servicer's
duties thereunder or by  reason of reckless disregard of its  obligations and
duties  thereunder.   In  addition,  each Sale  and  Servicing Agreement  and
Pooling and Servicing Agreement  will provide that  the Servicer is under  no
obligation  to appear in,  prosecute or defend  any legal action  that is not
incidental to  the Servicer's servicing responsibilities under  such Sale and
Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement and  that, in  its
opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability.

     Under  the circumstances specified in each  Sale and Servicing Agreement
and Pooling and Servicing Agreement, any  entity into which the Servicer  may
be  merged or  consolidated,  or  any entity  resulting  from  any merger  or
consolidation to which the Servicer is  a party, or any entity succeeding  to
the business of  the Servicer, which corporation  or other entity in  each of
the foregoing  cases assumes  the obligations of  the Servicer,  will be  the
successor of  the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

SERVICER DEFAULT

     "SERVICER  DEFAULT" under each Sale  and Servicing Agreement and Pooling
and Servicing Agreement  will consist of (i)  any failure by the  Servicer to
deliver to the Applicable Trustee for deposit in any of the Trust Accounts or
the Certificate  Distribution Account any  required payment or to  direct the
Applicable  Trustee to  make  any  required  distributions  therefrom,  which
failure continues  unremedied for  three business  days after  written notice
from the Applicable Trustee is received by the Servicer or after discovery of
such failure  by  the Servicer;  (ii) any  failure by  the  Servicer duly  to
observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement in
such Sale and  Servicing Agreement or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, which
failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders of the  related series and which continues  unremedied for
60  days after  the  giving of  written  notice of  such failure  (A)  to the
Servicer or the Depositor, as the case  may be, by the Applicable Trustee  or
(B) to  the Servicer and  to the  Applicable Trustee by  holders of  Notes or
Certificates  of such series, as applicable,  evidencing not less than 25% in
principal amount  of such outstanding  Notes or of such  Certificate Balance;
and (iii) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer.
"INSOLVENCY EVENT" means, with  respect to any Person,  any of the  following
events or  actions:  certain  events  of insolvency,  readjustment  of  debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities  or similar proceedings with respect to
such person  and certain  actions by such  person indicating  its insolvency,
reorganization pursuant  to bankruptcy  proceedings or  inability to  pay its
obligations.

RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT

     In  the case of any Trust  that has issued Notes,  as long as a Servicer
Default under a Sale and  Servicing Agreement remains unremedied, the related
Indenture Trustee or holders  of Notes of the  related series evidencing  not
less than 25%  of the  principal amount  of such Notes  then outstanding  may
terminate all the  rights and obligations of the Servicer under such Sale and
Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Indenture Trustee or a successor servicer
appointed by such Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities,
duties  and  liabilities  of  the  Servicer under  such  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement and will be entitled to  similar compensation arrangements.  In the
case of any Trust  that has not issued Notes,  as long as a Servicer  Default
under the  related Pooling and  Servicing Agreement  remains unremedied,  the
related Trustee or  holders of Certificates of the  related series evidencing
not  less than  25%  of  the  principal  amount  of  such  Certificates  then
outstanding  may terminate  all the  rights and  obligations of  the Servicer
under  such Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement,  whereupon such  Trustee or  a
successor  servicer  appointed  by  such  Trustee will  succeed  to  all  the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities  of the Servicer under such  Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement  and  will  be  entitled  to  similar  compensation
arrangements.  If, however, a bankruptcy trustee or similar official has been
appointed  for  the  Servicer,  and  no  Servicer  Default  other  than  such
appointment has occurred,  such trustee  or official  may have  the power  to
prevent such  Indenture  Trustee,  such Noteholders,  such  Trustee  or  such
Certificateholders from effecting a transfer of servicing.  In the event that
such Indenture Trustee or  Trustee is unwilling or unable  to so act, it  may
appoint, or  petition a court  of competent jurisdiction for  the appointment
of, a successor with a net worth  of at least $100,000,000 and whose  regular
business includes the servicing of motor vehicle receivables.  Such Indenture
Trustee or Trustee  may make such  arrangements for compensation to  be paid,
which in  no event  may be  greater than  the servicing  compensation to  the
Servicerunder suchSale andServicingAgreement orPoolingand ServicingAgreement.

WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS

     With  respect to  each Trust  that  has issued  Notes, unless  otherwise
provided  in   the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  holders  of  Notes
evidencing at least a  majority in principal amount  of the then  outstanding
Notes of  the related  series (or  the holders  of the  Certificates of  such
series evidencing  not less  than a majority  of the  outstanding Certificate
Balance, in the case of any Servicer Default which does not  adversely affect
the related Indenture Trustee or such Noteholders) may, on behalf of all such
Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive any  default by the Servicer in the
performance of its obligations under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement
and  its consequences,  except  a  Servicer Default  in  making any  required
deposits to or payments from any of the Trust  Accounts or to the Certificate
Distribution Account  in accordance with  such Sale and  Servicing Agreement.
With respect to each Trust that has not issued Notes, holders of Certificates
of such series evidencing not less than a majority of the principal amount of
such   Certificates   then  outstanding   may,   on   behalf   of  all   such
Certificateholders, waive any  default by the Servicer in  the performance of
its obligations under  the related Pooling and Servicing  Agreement, except a
Servicer  Default in  making any  required deposits to  or payments  from the
Certificate Distribution Account  or the related Trust Accounts in accordance
with such Pooling and Servicing Agreement.   No such waiver will impair  such
Noteholders'  or  Certificateholders'  rights   with  respect  to  subsequent
defaults.

AMENDMENT

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  each of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended  by the parties thereto,
without the consent of the related Noteholders or Certificateholders, for the
purpose of adding  any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any  of  the provisions  of  such  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements or  of
modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders;
provided that such action will not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the  related Trustee  or  Indenture Trustee,  as  applicable, materially  and
adversely affect the  interest of any  such Noteholder or  Certificateholder.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements may  also be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer,
the related Trustee and any related Indenture Trustee with the consent of the
holders of Notes evidencing at least  a majority in principal amount of  then
outstanding Notes,  if any,  of the  related series  and the  holders of  the
Certificates of such series  evidencing at least a majority  of the principal
amount of such Certificates then outstanding,  for the purpose of adding  any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of  the provisions
of such Transfer and  Servicing Agreements or of modifying in  any manner the
rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders; provided, however,  that no
such amendment may  (i) increase or reduce  in any manner  the amount of,  or
accelerate  or delay  the timing of,  collections of payments  on the related
Receivables or distributions  that are required to be made for the benefit of
such  Noteholders  or   Certificateholders  or  (ii)  reduce   the  aforesaid
percentage of the Notes or Certificates of  such series which are required to
consent to any such  amendment, without the consent of the holders of all the
outstanding Notes or Certificates, as the case may be, of such series.

     Each Trust Agreement  will provide that the applicable  Trustee does not
have the power to commence a voluntary  proceeding in bankruptcy with respect
to  the   related  Trust  without   the  unanimous  prior  approval   of  all
Certificateholders (including the  Depositor) of such Trust  and the delivery
to such Trustee by each such Certificateholder (including the Depositor) of a
certificate certifying that  such Certificateholder reasonably believes  that
such Trust is insolvent.

PAYMENT OF NOTES

     Upon the payment in  full of all outstanding Notes of a given series and
the satisfaction and discharge of  the related Indenture, the related Trustee
will  succeed  to  all   the  rights  of  the  Indenture  Trustee,   and  the
Certificateholders  of such  series  will succeed  to all  the rights  of the
Noteholders of such series, under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement.

TERMINATION

     With  respect  to each  Trust,  the  obligations  of the  Servicer,  the
Depositor, the  related Trustee  and the related  Indenture Trustee,  if any,
pursuant to  the Transfer  and Servicing Agreements  will terminate  upon the
earlier  of  (i)  the  maturity  or other  liquidation  of  the  last related
Receivable and  the disposition of  any amounts received upon  liquidation of
any such remaining Receivables, (ii) the payment  to Noteholders, if any, and
Certificateholders  of the related series of  all amounts required to be paid
to  them pursuant  to the  Transfer  and Servicing  Agreements and  (iii) the
occurrence of either event described below.

     In order to avoid excessive administrative expense, the Servicer will be
permitted at  its option to purchase  from each Trust,  as of the end  of any
applicable  Collection Period,  if  the then  outstanding  Pool Balance  with
respect  to  the Receivables  held  by  such  Trust  is 10%  (or  such  other
percentage  not lower  than 5%  as  is specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement) or less  of the Initial Pool  Balance (as defined in  the related
Prospectus Supplement,  the "Initial  Pool Balance"),  all remaining  related
Receivables at a price equal to the aggregate of the Purchase Amounts thereof
as of the end of such Collection Period.

     If and to the  extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement with
respect to a  Trust, the Applicable Trustee will, within ten days following a
Distribution Date or Payment Date as of which the Pool Balance is equal to or
less than the percentage of the Initial Pool Balance specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement, solicit  bids  for the  purchase  of the  Receivables
remaining  in  such Trust,  in  the  manner  and  subject to  the  terms  and
conditions  set forth  in  such  Prospectus Supplement.    If the  Applicable
Trustee   receives  satisfactory  bids   as  described  in   such  Prospectus
Supplement, then the Receivables remaining in such Trust will be sold  to the
highest bidder.

     As  more  fully described  in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  any
outstanding Notes  of the related  series will be redeemed  concurrently with
either of the events specified above, and the  subsequent distribution to the
related Certificateholders of all amounts  required to be distributed to them
pursuant to the applicable Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement
will effect early retirement of the Certificates of such series.

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     If so specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the person named
as  such in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  (the  "ADMINISTRATOR"), will
enter into an  agreement (as amended and  supplemented from time to  time, an
"ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT") with each Trust that issues Notes and the related
Indenture  Trustee pursuant  to which  the Administrator  will agree,  to the
extent provided in such Administration  Agreement, to provide the notices and
to  perform  other   administrative  obligations  required  by   the  related
Indenture.  Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement
with respect to  any such Trust, as  compensation for the performance  of the
Administrator's obligations under the applicable Administration Agreement and
as reimbursement for its expenses  related thereto, the Administrator will be
entitled to a  monthly administration  fee in such  an amount as  may be  set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "ADMINISTRATION FEE").

                   CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

GENERAL

     The Receivables  will be  treated by  each Trust  as "chattel  paper" as
defined in  the UCC.   Pursuant  to the  UCC, the  sale of  chattel paper  is
treated in  a manner  similar to a  security interest in  chattel paper.   In
order  to  protect  each  Trust's  ownership  or  security  interest  in  its
Receivables, the  Depositor will  file UCC-1  financing  statements with  the
appropriate authorities in  the States  of New York,  Delaware and any  other
states deemed advisable by  the Depositor to give notice of  such Trust's and
any related  Indenture Trustee's  ownership of and  security interest  in the
Receivables and their proceeds.  Under each Sale and Servicing  Agreement and
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement, the Servicer will be  obligated to maintain
the perfection of  each Trust's and any related  Indenture Trustee's interest
in the Receivables.  It should be noted, however, that a purchaser of chattel
paper who gives new  value and takes possession of its in the ordinary course
of such purchaser's business has priority over a security interest, including
an ownership interest, in the chattel paper that is perfected by filing UCC-1
financing statements,  and not  by possession  of such chattel  paper by  the
original  secured  party,  if  such  purchaser acts  in  good  faith  without
knowledge that the  related chattel paper is subject to  a security interest,
including an ownership interest.   Any such purchaser would not  be deemed to
have such knowledge because there are UCC filings and would not learn of  the
sale  of  or  security interest  in  the  Receivables from  a  review  of the
Receivables since they would not be marked to show such sale.

SECURITY INTEREST IN VEHICLES

     In  states in  which retail  installment sale contracts  and installment
loans such as the Motor Vehicle and Recreational Vehicle Receivables evidence
the credit sale of automobiles, light-duty trucks or recreational vehicles by
dealers to obligors, the contracts or loans also constitute personal property
security agreements and include grants  of security interests in the vehicles
under  the  applicable  UCC.     Perfection  of  security  interests  in  the
automobiles  and recreational  vehicles is  generally governed  by the  motor
vehicle registration laws of the  state in which the vehicle is  located.  In
all states  in which the  Receivables have  been originated, except  as noted
below, a security interest in Financed Vehicles is perfected by obtaining the
certificate  of title  to  the Financed  Vehicle or  notation of  the secured
party's lien on the Financed Vehicle's certificate of title.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  in certain states,  folding camping trailers  and/or slide-in
campers, which  may constitute the  Financed Vehicle with respect  to certain
Recreational Vehicle  Receivables,  are  not subject  to  state  titling  and
vehicle registration laws and a security interest in such recreation vehicles
is perfected by filing pursuant to the provisions of the UCC.

     Unless  otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, each
Seller will  be obligated to have taken all  actions necessary under the laws
of the state in which the Financed Vehicle is located to perfect its security
interest in the Financed Vehicle securing the related Receivable purchased by
it from a  Dealer, including, where applicable,  by having a notation  of its
lien recorded on such vehicle's  certificate of title or, if  appropriate, by
perfecting its security  interest in the related  recreational vehicles under
the  UCC.  Because  the Servicer will  continue to service  the contracts and
loans, the Obligors  on the contracts and loans  will not be notified  of the
sales from a Seller  to the Depositor or from the Depositor to the Trust, and
no action will be taken to record the transfer  of the security interest from
a Seller to the Depositor or from the Depositor to the Trust  by amendment of
the certificates of title for the Financed Vehicles or otherwise.

     Pursuant to each Receivables Purchase Agreement, each Seller will assign
to the Depositor its  interests in the  Financed Vehicles securing the  Motor
Vehicle and Recreational  Vehicle Receivables assigned by that  Seller to the
Depositor and, with respect  to each Trust, pursuant to the  related Sale and
Servicing Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, the  Depositor will
assign  its  interests   in  the  Financed  Vehicles   securing  the  related
Receivables to such Trust.  However, because of the administrative burden and
expense, none  of the  Seller, the  Depositor,  the Servicer  or the  related
Trustee will amend  any certificate of title to identify either the Depositor
or such Trust as the new secured party on  such certificate of title relating
to  a Financed Vehicle nor will any such entity execute and file any transfer
instrument (including, among  other instruments, UCC-3 assignments  for those
Financed Recreational Vehicles for which perfection is governed by the UCC).

     In  most states,  an  assignment  such as  that  under each  Receivables
Purchase Agreement, Sale  and Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement is an effective conveyance of a security interest without amendment
of any  lien noted on  a vehicle's certificate  of title or the  execution or
filing of any transfer  instrument, and the assignee succeeds  thereby to the
assignor's rights as  secured party.  In some states, however, in the absence
of such an  amendment, execution or filing, the assignment  to the Applicable
Trustee of  a security interest  in Financed Vehicles registered  therein may
not  be effective or  such security  interest may not  be perfected.   If any
otherwise effectively assigned  security interest in favor  of the Applicable
Trustee is  not perfected, such assignment  of the security  interest to such
Trustee may not  be effective against creditors or a trustee in bankruptcy of
the applicable Seller,  which continues to be specified as  lienholder on any
certificates of title or  as secured party on  any UCC filing.   However, UCC
financing statements with  respect to the transfer of  each Seller's security
interest  in related Financed Vehicles  to the Depositor  and the transfer to
the  applicable Trust  of the  Seller's  security interest  in such  Financed
Vehicles will be filed.  In addition, the Servicer will  continue to hold any
certificates of title relating to the Financed  Vehicles in its possession as
custodian for such Trust pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement
or  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  See  "Description of the  Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

     In addition, even in those states where an assignment such as that under
each  Receivables Purchase Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement is  an effective conveyance  of a  security interest
without amendment of any lien noted  on a vehicle's certificate of title,  by
not identifying a Trust as the secured party on the certificate of title, the
security interest  of such  Trust in  the vehicle  could be  defeated through
fraud or negligence.  In such  states, in the absence of fraud or  forgery by
the  vehicle owner or  the Seller or  administrative error by  state or local
agencies, the notation of the Seller's lien on the certificates of title will
be sufficient  to protect a Trust against the rights of subsequent purchasers
of a Financed Vehicle or subsequent lenders who take a security interest in a
Financed Vehicle.  If  there are any Financed Vehicles as to which the Seller
failed to obtain a perfected security interest, the  security interest of the
related  Trust  would be  subordinate  to,  among  others, the  interests  of
subsequent  purchasers  of the  Financed  Vehicles and  holders  of perfected
security  interests therein.   Such  a failure,  however, would  constitute a
breach  of  the warranties  of  the  Depositor  under  the related  Sale  and
Servicing Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing Agreement  and of  the related
Seller  under  the  Receivables  Purchase  Agreement  and  would   create  an
obligation of  the Depositor  to repurchase the  related Receivable  from the
Trust  and of  the related  Seller to  simultaneously repurchase  the related
Receivable from the Depositor unless the breach were cured.  See "Description
of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  and  Assignment  of
Receivables" and "Special Considerations -- Certain Legal Aspects -- Security
Interests in Financed Vehicles".

     Under  the laws  of most  states, the  perfected security interest  in a
vehicle would continue for four months after  the vehicle is moved to a state
other than the state in which it is initially registered and thereafter until
the owner thereof re-registers the vehicle  in the new state.  A majority  of
states generally require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a
vehicle. Accordingly, a  secured party must surrender possession  if it holds
the  certificate  of title  to  the  vehicle or,  in  the case  of  a vehicle
registered in a state providing for the notation of a lien on the certificate
of  title but not  possession by the  secured party, the  secured party would
receive  notice of  surrender  if  the  security interest  is  noted  on  the
certificate of title.   Thus, the secured party would have the opportunity to
re-perfect its security interest in the  vehicle in the state of  relocation.
However, these  procedural safeguards will  not protect the secured  party if
through fraud, forgery or administrative error, the debtor somehow procures a
new  certificate of  title  that does  not  list  the secured  party's  lien.
Additionally, in  states  that do  not  require a  certificate  of title  for
registration  of a  motor vehicle  or  recreational vehicle,  re-registration
could  defeat perfection.  In the ordinary  course of servicing motor vehicle
or  recreational  vehicle receivables,  the  Servicer takes  steps  to effect
re-perfection  upon receipt of notice of  re-registration or information from
the obligor as to relocation. Similarly, when an obligor sells a vehicle, the
Servicer  must surrender  possession  of  the certificate  of  title or  will
receive notice  as a result  of its lien  noted thereon and  accordingly will
have  an opportunity  to  require  satisfaction of  the  related loan  before
release of the lien.  Under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement, the  Servicer  will be  obligated  to take  appropriate
steps,  at  the  Servicer's  expense,  to  maintain  perfection  of  security
interests in the Financed Vehicles  and is obligated to purchase  the related
Receivable if it fails to do so.

     Under the laws  of most states, liens  for repairs performed on  a motor
vehicle or recreational vehicle and liens for unpaid taxes take priority over
even a  perfected security  interest in a  financed vehicle.   The  Code also
grants priority  to certain  federal tax  liens over  the lien  of a  secured
party.  The laws of certain states and federal law permit the confiscation of
vehicles by governmental authorities under  certain circumstances if used  in
unlawful  activities, which  may  result in  the  loss of  a secured  party's
perfected  security   interest  in  the  confiscated  vehicle.    Under  each
Receivables  Purchase Agreement,  the Seller  will represent  to the  related
Trust that, as of the date the related Receivable is sold to such Trust, each
security  interest in a  Financed Vehicle  is or will  be prior  to all other
present liens  (other than tax liens and other  liens that arise by operation
of law) upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle.  However, liens
for repairs or taxes could arise,  or the confiscation of a Financed  Vehicle
could occur, at any time during the term  of a Receivable.  No notice will be
given  to  the  Trustee,  any  Indenture  Trustee,  any  Noteholders  or  the
Certificateholders in  respect of  a given  Trust if  such a  lien arises  or
confiscation  occurs and  any such  lien  or confiscation  arising after  the
applicable  Closing  Date  would  not  give  rise  to  the  related  Seller's
repurchase obligation under the applicable Receivables Purchase Agreement.

REPOSSESSION

     In the event of  default by vehicle purchasers, the holder  of the motor
vehicle or recreational vehicle installment sale contract or installment loan
has  all  the remedies  of  a  secured  party  under the  UCC,  except  where
specifically  limited  by other  state  laws.   Among the  UCC  remedies, the
secured party has the right to perform self-help repossession unless such act
would constitute a breach of  the peace.  Self-help is the method employed by
the Servicer  in most cases and is accomplished simply by retaking possession
of the  financed vehicle.   In  the event  of  default by  the obligor,  some
jurisdictions require  that the  obligor be  notified of  the default  and be
given  a  time  period  within  which  he  may  cure  the  default  prior  to
repossession. Generally,  the right  of reinstatement may  be exercised  on a
limited number  of occasions  in any  one-year period.   In  cases where  the
obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or if otherwise required
by applicable state  law, a court order must be obtained from the appropriate
state court, and the vehicle must then be repossessed in accordance with that
order.

NOTICE OF SALE; REDEMPTION RIGHTS

     The UCC and  other state laws require  the secured party to  provide the
obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after  which any private sale of the  collateral may be held.
The obligor has  the right to redeem the  collateral prior to actual  sale by
paying the secured  party the unpaid principal balance of the obligation plus
reasonable  expenses for repossessing,  holding and preparing  the collateral
for  disposition and  arranging for  its sale,  plus, in  some jurisdictions,
reasonable  attorneys' fees,  or, in  some states,  by payment  of delinquent
installments or the unpaid balance.

DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS

     The proceeds of resale of  the vehicles generally will be applied  first
to the expenses  of resale and repossession  and then to the  satisfaction of
the indebtedness.   While some  states impose prohibitions or  limitations on
deficiency judgments if  the net proceeds from  resale do not cover  the full
amount of  the indebtedness,  a deficiency  judgment can  be sought  in those
states that do not prohibit or limit such judgments.  However, the deficiency
judgment would be a personal judgment against the obligor  for the shortfall,
and a  defaulting obligor  can be  expected to  have very  little capital  or
sources  of  income available  following  repossession.   Therefore,  in many
cases, it  may not  be useful to  seek a  deficiency judgment  or, if one  is
obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount.

     Occasionally,  after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and
all  indebtedness, there  is  a surplus  of  funds.   In that  case,  the UCC
requires the  creditor to remit  the surplus  to any  holder of  a lien  with
respect to the vehicle or if no such lienholder exists or there are remaining
funds, the UCC requires the creditor to remit the surplus to the former owner
of the vehicle.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

     Numerous   federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  and  related
regulations  impose  substantial  requirements  upon  lenders  and  servicers
involved  in consumer  finance.   These  laws  include the  federal  Truth in
Lending Act, the  Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the  Federal Trade Commission
Act, the Fair  Credit Billing Act,  the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the  Fair
Debt Collection Procedures Act,  the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the  Federal
Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the Soldiers' and  Sailors' Civil Relief
Act of 1940, the Texas Consumer Credit  Code, state adoptions of the National
Consumer Act and  of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and state motor vehicle
retail  installment  sales acts,  retail  installment  sales  acts and  other
similar laws.   Also,  state laws  impose finance  charge ceilings  and other
restrictions on  consumer transactions  and require  contract disclosures  in
addition  to those  required under  federal law.   These  requirements impose
specific statutory liabilities  upon creditors who fail to  comply with their
provisions.  In some cases, this liability could affect an assignee's ability
to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Receivables.

     The  so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course"   Rule  of   the  Federal   Trade
Commission (the "FTC RULE"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated
by the Uniform  Consumer Credit Code, other  statutes or the common  law, has
the  effect of  subjecting a  seller in  a consumer  credit  transaction (and
certain related  creditors and  their assignees) to  all claims  and defenses
which the obligor in  the transaction could assert against the  seller of the
goods.  Liability under  the FTC Rule is limited  to the amounts paid by  the
obligor under the contract and the holder of the  contract may also be unable
to collect any balance remaining due thereunder from the obligor.

     Most of  the Receivables will be subject to  the requirements of the FTC
Rule.  Accordingly, each Trust, as holder of the related Receivables, will be
subject to  any  claims or  defenses  that the  purchaser  of the  applicable
Financed Vehicle may assert against the seller of the Financed Vehicle.  Such
claims  are limited to a  maximum liability equal to  the amounts paid by the
Obligor on the  Receivable.  If an  Obligor were successful in  asserting any
such claim or defense, such claim or defense would constitute a breach of the
Seller's warranties under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement and  would create  an  obligation of  the Seller  to
repurchase the Receivable  unless the breach is  cured.  See  "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

     Courts  have applied  general equitable  principles  to secured  parties
pursuing  repossession and litigation  involving deficiency balances.   These
equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

     In several cases, consumers have asserted that the self-help remedies of
secured  parties  under the  UCC  and related  laws  violate the  due process
protections  provided under  the 14th  Amendment to  the Constitution  of the
United States.  Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale
by  the   creditor  do  not   involve  sufficient  state  action   to  afford
constitutional protection to borrowers.

     Under  each  Receivables  Purchase Agreement,  the  related  Seller will
warrant to the  related Depositor (who will  in turn assign its  rights under
such warranty  to the applicable Trust  under the related Sale  and Servicing
Agreement  or Pooling and Servicing  Agreement) that each Receivable complies
with all requirements  of law in all  material respects.  Accordingly,  if an
Obligor has a  claim against  such Trust for  violation of  any law and  such
claim materially and adversely affects such Trust's interest in a Receivable,
such violation  would constitute  a breach  of the  warranties of  the Seller
under such Receivables  Purchase Agreement and would create  an obligation of
the Seller to  repurchase the  Receivable unless  the breach is  cured.   See
"Description of the Transfer and  Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment
of Receivables".

OTHER LIMITATIONS

     In addition to  the laws limiting  or prohibiting deficiency  judgments,
numerous  other statutory provisions,  including federal bankruptcy  laws and
related  state laws, may  interfere with or  affect the ability  of a secured
party to realize  upon collateral or to  enforce a deficiency judgment.   For
example, in a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy law, a court
may prevent  a creditor  from repossessing  a vehicle,  and, as  part of  the
rehabilitation plan,  reduce the  amount of the  secured indebtedness  to the
market value of the  vehicle at the time of bankruptcy  (as determined by the
court),  leaving  the  creditor  as  a general  unsecured  creditor  for  the
remainder  of the  indebtedness.   A  bankruptcy court  may  also reduce  the
monthly payments due under a contract or change the rate of interest and time
of repayment of the indebtedness.

   
                   MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The  following is  a  general  summary of  material  federal income  tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and  the
Certificates.  The summary  does not purport to deal with  federal income tax
consequences applicable to all  categories of holders, some  of which may  be
subject to special rules.  For example, it does not discuss the tax treatment
of  Noteholders or Certificateholders that are insurance companies, regulated
investment companies or dealers in securities.  Moreover, there are  no cases
or Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving
both  debt and equity interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those
of the  Notes and the Certificates.   As a result, the IRS  may disagree with
all or  a part of the discussion  below.  Prospective investors  are urged to
consult  their own  tax advisors  in determining  the federal,  state, local,
foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Notes and the Certificates.

     The following summary  is based upon current provisions  of the Internal
Revenue  Code of  1986, as  amended  (the "CODE"),  the Treasury  regulations
promulgated thereunder  and judicial  or ruling authority,  all of  which are
subject to change, which change may  be retroactive.  The opinion of  special
Federal  tax  counsel to  each  Trust  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement  ("TAX COUNSEL"), regarding certain  federal income tax matters is
discussed below.  An  opinion of Tax Counsel, however, is not  binding on the
IRS or the  courts.  No ruling on  any of the issues discussed  below will be
sought from the  IRS.  For purposes  of the following summary,  references to
the  Trust,  the Notes,  the  Certificates  and  related terms,  parties  and
documents shall  be deemed  to refer, unless  otherwise specified  herein, to
each  Trust  and the  Notes,  Certificates  and  related terms,  parties  and
documents applicable to such Trust.

     The  federal income  tax consequences  to  Certificateholders will  vary
depending on whether an election is made  to treat the Trust as a partnership
under the  Code or whether the  Trust will be  treated as a grantor  trust or
whether an  election is made  to treat the Trust  as a FASIT  under the Code.
The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each  series  of  Certificates  will specify
whether a partnership election will be made or the Trust will be treated as a
grantor trust.
    


               TRUSTS FOR WHICH A PARTNERSHIP ELECTION IS MADE

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP

   
     With respect to a Trust for which a partnership election is made, it  is
the opinion of  Tax Counsel that such  Trust will not  be an association  (or
publicly traded partnership) taxable as  a corporation for federal income tax
purposes.  This opinion will be based on the assumption that the terms of the
Trust  Agreement and  related  documents will  be complied  with, and  on Tax
Counsel's opinion  that the nature of the income of  the Trust will exempt it
from  the rule  that  certain  publicly traded  partnerships  are taxable  as
corporations.
    

     If the  Trust  were taxable  as  a corporation  for federal  income  tax
purposes, the Trust would  be subject to corporate income tax  on its taxable
income.   The Trust's  taxable income  would include  all its  income on  the
Receivables, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the Notes.  Any such
corporate income tax could materially  reduce cash available to make payments
on the  Notes and distributions  on the Certificates,  and Certificateholders
could be liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

   
     TREATMENT OF THE  NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS.  The Depositor  will agree, and
the Noteholders will agree by their purchase of Notes, to treat such Notes as
debt for  federal income tax purposes.  It is the opinion of Tax Counsel that
such Notes will be  classified as debt for federal income  tax purposes.  The
discussion below assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.
    

     OID, ETC.  The  discussion below assumes that all payments  on the Notes
are  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars,  and  that  the  Notes are  not  Indexed
Securities  or  Strip Notes.    Moreover,  the  discussion assumes  that  the
interest formula for  the Notes meets the requirements  for "qualified stated
interest"  under Treasury  regulations (the  "OID  REGULATIONS") relating  to
original  issue discount ("OID"),  and that any  OID on the  Notes (i.e., any
excess of the principal amount of the Notes over their issue price)  does not
exceed a  de minimis amount (i.e., 1/4%  of their principal amount multiplied
by the number of full years  included in their term), all within  the meaning
of the OID Regulations.   If these conditions are not  satisfied with respect
to any given  series of Notes, additional tax considerations  with respect to
such Notes will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

   
     INTEREST INCOME ON THE NOTES.  Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered  to be
issued with OID.  The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a Noteholder
as ordinary interest income when received  or accrued in accordance with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting.   Under the OID Regulations, a  holder
of a Note  issued with a  de minimis amount of  OID must include such  OID in
income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note.  A 
purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount will
generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market 
discount rules of the Code. 
    

     A  holder of a Note that has a  fixed maturity date of not more than one
year from the issue date of such Note (a "SHORT-TERM NOTE") may be subject to
special  rules.  An  accrual basis holder  of a Short-Term  Note (and certain
cash method  holders, including regulated investment companies,  as set forth
in Section 1281 of the Code)  generally would be required to report  interest
income  as interest accrues  on a straight-line  basis over the  term of each
interest period.   Other cash basis  holders of a  Short-Term Note would,  in
general, be required  to report interest income  as interest is paid  (or, if
earlier, upon the  taxable disposition of  the Short-Term Note).   However, a
cash basis holder  of a Short-Term  Note reporting interest  income as it  is
paid may  be required to  defer a portion  of any interest  expense otherwise
deductible on indebtedness incurred to  purchase or carry the Short-Term Note
until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term  Note.  A cash basis taxpayer
may  elect under Section  1281 of the  Code to accrue interest  income on all
nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or less, in which case
the taxpayer would  include interest on the  Short-Term Note in income  as it
accrues,  but would  not be  subject to  the interest  expense  deferral rule
referred to  in the  preceding sentence.   Certain special  rules apply  if a
Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.

     SALE  OR OTHER DISPOSITION.   If a  Noteholder sells a  Note, the holder
will recognize gain or loss  in an amount equal to the difference between the
amount realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax  basis in the Note.
The adjusted  tax basis of a  Note to a particular Noteholder  will equal the
holder's cost  for the  Note, increased by  any market  discount, acquisition
discount, OID and gain previously included by such Noteholder in income  with
respect  to the Note  and decreased by  the amount  of bond premium  (if any)
previously  amortized  and by  the  amount of  principal  payments previously
received by such Noteholder with respect to such Note.  Any such gain or loss
will be capital gain or loss if the  Note was held as a capital asset, except
for gain  representing  accrued  interest and  accrued  market  discount  not
previously included in  income.  Capital losses generally may be used only to
offset capital gains.

     The Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 revises the  maximum rate of tax on net
capital gains  for individuals on  sales of certain assets  (including stocks
and securities).  The holding period for which an asset  must be held for the
gain from its sale to  be eligible for the lowest  rate is increased from  12
months to  18 months, with a further rate  reduction scheduled to take effect
after the year  2000 for the sale  of certain assets  that have been held  at
least 5 years.  The Treasury Department is  to issue regulations coordinating
the capital gain provisions with other rules involving the treatment of sales
and exchange by pass-through entities such as the Trust.

     FOREIGN HOLDERS.   Interest payments  made (or accrued) to  a Noteholder
who is  a nonresident alien,  foreign corporation or other  non-United States
person  (a  "foreign   person")  generally  will  be   considered  "portfolio
interest", and generally will not be subject to United States federal  income
tax and  withholding tax, if the  interest is not  effectively connected with
the conduct  of a trade or  business within the United States  by the foreign
person  and the foreign  person (i) is  not actually or  constructively a "10
percent shareholder" of the Trust or the Depositor (including a holder of 10%
of the outstanding Certificates)  or a "controlled foreign corporation"  with
respect to which the Trust or the Depositor is  a "related person" within the
meaning of the Code  and (ii) provides the Owner Trustee or  other person who
is otherwise required to withhold U.S. tax  with respect to the Notes with an
appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or a similar form), signed under penalties
of perjury, certifying  that the beneficial  owner of the  Note is a  foreign
person and providing  the foreign person's  name and address.   If a Note  is
held  through a securities  clearing organization or  certain other financial
institutions, the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed
statement  to  the withholding  agent;  in  that  case, however,  the  signed
statement must be  accompanied by a Form  W-8 or substitute form  provided by
the foreign  person that owns  the Note.  If  such interest is  not portfolio
interest,  then it  will be subject  to United  States federal income  tax at
graduated rates (if received by  a non-U.S. person with effectively connected
income)  and  withholding tax  at a  rate  of 30  percent, unless  reduced or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

     Any capital gain  realized on the sale, redemption,  retirement or other
taxable disposition of  a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the  conduct of a trade or business  in the United
States  by the foreign person  and (ii) in the  case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present  in the United States for 183  days
or more in the taxable year.

     BACKUP WITHHOLDING.  Each holder of a Note (other than an  exempt holder
such  as  a  corporation,  tax-exempt  organization,  qualified  pension  and
profit-sharing  trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who
provides  certification as to  status as a  nonresident) will be  required to
provide, under penalties  of perjury, a  certificate containing the  holder's
name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement
that  the holder is  not subject to  backup withholding.   Should a nonexempt
Noteholder  fail to  provide the  required certification,  the Trust  will be
required  to  withhold 31  percent  of the  amount  otherwise payable  to the
holder, and remit  the withheld  amount to the  IRS as  a credit against  the
holder's federal income tax liability.  

     NEW  WITHHOLDING  REGULATIONS.    On  October  6,   1997,  the  Treasury
Department issued new regulations (the "New Regulations") which make  certain
modifications  to  the   withholding,  backup  withholding  and   information
reporting  rules described  above.    The New  Regulations  attempt to  unify
certification   requirements  and  modify   reliance  standards.     The  New
Regulations will generally be effective  for payments made after December 31,
1998, subject to  certain transition rules.  Prospective  investors are urged
to consult their own tax advisors regarding the New Regulations.

     POSSIBLE  ALTERNATIVE TREATMENTS  OF THE  NOTES.   If,  contrary to  the
opinion of Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might
be treated as equity interests in the  Trust.  If so treated, the Trust would
likely be treated as a publicly traded  partnership that would not be taxable
as  a corporation  because it  would  meet certain  qualifying income  tests.
Nonetheless, treatment of the  Notes as equity interests  in such a  publicly
traded partnership could  have adverse tax  consequences to certain  holders.
For example, income to certain  tax-exempt entities (including pension funds)
would be  "unrelated  business taxable  income",  income to  foreign  holders
generally  would  be subject  to  U.S. tax  and  U.S. tax  return  filing and
withholding requirements,  and individual holders might be subject to certain
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of Trust expenses.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

     TREATMENT OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP.  The Depositor and the Servicer
will  agree, and  the  Certificateholders  will agree  by  their purchase  of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of federal and
state  income tax, franchise  tax and any  other tax measured  in whole or in
part  by income, with the assets of  the partnership being the assets held by
the  Trust, the  partners  of the  partnership  being the  Certificateholders
(including the Depositor  in its capacity as recipient  of distributions from
the Reserve Account),  and the Notes being debt of the partnership.  However,
the proper  characterization  of the  arrangement  involving the  Trust,  the
Certificates, the Notes, the Depositor and the Servicer is  not clear because
there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated
herein.

     A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVE  CHARACTERIZATIONS ARE POSSIBLE.  For  example,
because the  Certificates have certain  features characteristic of  debt, the
Certificates might be  considered debt of  the Depositor or  the Trust.   Any
such characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences
to Certificateholders as  compared to the consequences from  treatment of the
Certificates  as equity  in a  partnership, described  below.   The following
discussion  assumes that  the Certificates  represent equity  interests in  a
partnership.

     PARTNERSHIP TAXATION.  As a  partnership, the Trust will not  be subject
to federal income tax.   Rather, each Certificateholder  will be required  to
separately take into account such  holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust.  The Trust's income will consist
primarily   of  interest  and  finance  charges  earned  on  the  Receivables
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium)
and  any gain  upon collection  or disposition  of Receivables.   The Trust's
deductions will  consist primarily of  interest accruing with respect  to the
Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses  or deductions upon collection or
disposition of Receivables.

     The  tax  items  of  a partnership  are  allocable  to  the partners  in
accordance with the Code, Treasury regulations and the  partnership agreement
(here, the Trust Agreement and related  documents).  The Trust Agreement will
provide, in general,  that the Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable
income of  the Trust for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that
accrues  on the Certificates in  accordance with their  terms for such month,
including interest  accruing at  the Pass  Through Rate  for  such month  and
interest  on  amounts  previously  due   on  the  Certificates  but  not  yet
distributed;  (ii)  any  Trust  income   attributable  to  discount  on   the
Receivables that  corresponds to any  excess of the  principal amount  of the
Certificates over their initial issue price; (iii) prepayment premium payable
to  the Certificateholders  for such  month; and  (iv)  any other  amounts of
income payable  to the  Certificateholders for such  month.   Such allocation
will be reduced  by any amortization by  the Trust of premium  on Receivables
that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of Certificates  over their
principal  amount.   All  remaining  taxable  income of  the  Trust  will  be
allocated to  the  Depositor.   Based  on  the economic  arrangement  of  the
parties, this  approach  for allocating  Trust income  should be  permissible
under  applicable Treasury  regulations, although no  assurance can  be given
that the  IRS would not require a greater amount of income to be allocated to
Certificateholders.  Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation,
Certificateholders may be  allocated income equal to the  entire Pass Through
Rate plus  the other items  described above even  though the Trust  might not
have  sufficient cash  to make  current  cash distributions  of such  amount.
Thus, cash basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the
Certificates on  the accrual basis  and Certificateholders may  become liable
for taxes  on Trust income even if they have not received cash from the Trust
to pay such  taxes.  In addition,  because tax allocations and  tax reporting
will   be  done   on  a   uniform  basis   for  all   Certificateholders  but
Certificateholders may be  purchasing Certificates at different  times and at
different prices, Certificateholders  may be required to report  on their tax
returns taxable income  that is greater or  less than the amount  reported to
them by the Trust.

     All of the  taxable income  allocated to a  Certificateholder that is  a
pension, profit sharing  or employee benefit plan or  other tax-exempt entity
(including  an  individual  retirement account)  will  constitute  "unrelated
business taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.

     An individual taxpayer's share of  expenses of the Trust (including fees
to the  Servicer but  not interest expense)  would be  miscellaneous itemized
deductions.  Such deductions  might be disallowed to the individual  in whole
or in part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income
that exceeds the  amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the
life of the Trust.

     The Trust  intends to make all  tax calculations relating to  income and
allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis.  If the IRS  were to
require that  such calculations be  made separately for each  Receivable, the
Trust might be required to incur  additional expense but it is believed  that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

   
     DISCOUNT  AND PREMIUM.   Unless  otherwise indicated  in the  Prospectus
Supplement,  the applicable Seller  will represent that  the Receivables were
not issued with  OID, and, therefore,  the Trust would  not have OID  income.
However,  the purchase  price paid by  the Trust  for the Receivables  may be
greater or less than  the remaining principal balance  of the Receivables  at
the time of purchase.   If so, the Receivables will  have been acquired at  a
premium or discount, as the case may be.  (As indicated above, the Trust will
make  this  calculation on  an  aggregate basis,  but  might  be required  to
recompute it on a Receivable-by-Receivable basis.)
    

     If the Trust  acquires the Receivables at a market  discount or premium,
the  Trust will elect to include any  such discount in income currently as it
accrues over  the  life of  the Receivables  or to  offset  any such  premium
against interest income on the Receivables.  As indicated above, a portion of
such  market  discount  income  or  premium deduction  may  be  allocated  to
Certificateholders.

     SECTION 708 TERMINATION.   Pursuant to final Treasury regulations issued
May 9, 1997 under Section  708 of the Code, a sole or exchange of 50% of more
of the capital and profits in the Trust would cause a deemed contribution  of
assets of the  Trust (the "old partnership")  to a new partnership  (the "new
partnership")  in  exchange for  interests  in  the  new partnership.    Such
interests would be deemed  distributed to the parties of the  old partnership
in liquidation thereof and not constitute a sales or exchange.

     DISPOSITION OF  CERTIFICATES.  Generally,  capital gain or loss  will be
recognized on a  sale of Certificates  in an amount  equal to the  difference
between the  amount realized and the  seller's tax basis in  the Certificates
sold. A Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate  will generally equal
the holder's cost increased by the holder's share of Trust income (includible
in income) and decreased  by any distributions received with  respect to such
Certificate.   In addition,  both the tax  basis in the  Certificates and the
amount realized on a  sale of a Certificate would include  the holder's share
of  the  Notes  and other  liabilities  of  the Trust.    A  holder acquiring
Certificates  at  different prices  may  be  required  to maintain  a  single
aggregate adjusted tax basis  in such Certificates,  and, upon sale or  other
disposition of some of the Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate
tax basis to the  Certificates sold (rather than  maintaining a separate  tax
basis in each Certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of
that Certificate).

     Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share
of unrecognized accrued market discount on the Receivables would generally be
treated as ordinary income to the  holder and would give rise to special  tax
reporting requirements.  The  Trust does not expect to have  any other assets
that would give  rise to such special reporting requirements.  Thus, to avoid
those special reporting requirements, the  Trust will elect to include market
discount in income as it accrues.

     If a Certificateholder  is required to recognize an  aggregate amount of
income (not including  income attributable to disallowed  itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise
to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

     ALLOCATIONS  BETWEEN TRANSFERORS  AND  TRANSFEREES.    In  general,  the
Trust's taxable  income and losses  will be  determined monthly  and the  tax
items  for  a  particular  calendar  month  will  be  apportioned  among  the
Certificateholders  in proportion  to the  principal  amount of  Certificates
owned by them as  of the close of the last day of such month.  As a result, a
holder purchasing Certificates may be  allocated tax items (which will affect
its  tax liability and  tax basis) attributable to  periods before the actual
transaction.

     The use of  such a monthly convention  may not be permitted  by existing
regulations.  If  a monthly  convention is  not allowed (or  only applies  to
transfers of less  than all  of the  partner's interest),  taxable income  or
losses  of the Trust might be  reallocated among the Certificateholders.  The
Depositor is  authorized to revise  the Trust's method of  allocation between
transferors  and transferees  to  conform  to a  method  permitted by  future
regulations.

     SECTION 754 ELECTION.  In  the event that a Certificateholder sells  its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher  (lower) basis in the  Certificates than the selling Certificateholder
had.   The tax  basis of the Trust's  assets will not  be adjusted to reflect
that higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an  election under
Section 754 of the  Code.  In order to avoid  the administrative complexities
that would  be involved in  keeping accurate accounting  records, as  well as
potentially  onerous information reporting  requirements, the Trust  will not
make  such election.   As a  result, Certificateholders might  be allocated a
greater or lesser amount of Trust  income than would be appropriate based  on
their own purchase price for Certificates.

     ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS.  The  Owner Trustee is required to  keep or have
kept complete and accurate books of the Trust.  Such books will be maintained
for financial reporting and tax purposes  on an accrual basis and the  fiscal
year  of the  Trust will  be the  calendar  year.   The Trustee  will file  a
partnership information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS  for each taxable
year of the Trust and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of
items of  Trust income and expense  to holders and  the IRS on  Schedule K-1.
The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1  information to nominees that fail to
provide the  Trust with  the information statement  described below  and such
nominees  will be  required to  forward  such information  to the  beneficial
owners of the  Certificates.  Generally,  holders must file tax  returns that
are consistent with the information return  filed by the Trust or be  subject
to penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

     Under Section 6031  of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar  year is required to furnish the  Trust
with  a  statement  containing  certain  information   on  the  nominee,  the
beneficial owners  and the Certificates  so held.  Such  information includes
(i)  the name, address and taxpayer identification  number of the nominee and
(ii) as  to each beneficial  owner (x)  the name, address  and identification
number of such person, (y) whether  such person is a United States  person, a
tax-exempt entity or a foreign government, an  international organization, or
any  wholly owned agency or  instrumentality of either  of the foregoing, and
(z) certain  information on  Certificates that were  held, bought or  sold on
behalf  of  such person  throughout  the  year.    In addition,  brokers  and
financial institutions that hold Certificates through  a nominee are required
to  furnish directly  to  the Trust  information as  to themselves  and their
ownership of Certificates.  A clearing agency registered under Section 17A of
the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any such information statement to
the Trust.  The information  referred to above for any calendar year  must be
furnished to  the Trust  on or before  the following  January 31.   Nominees,
brokers  and financial institutions  that fail to provide  the Trust with the
information described above may be subject to penalties.

     The Depositor  will be  designated as  the tax  matters  partner in  the
related Trust  Agreement and, as  such, will be responsible  for representing
the Certificateholders in  any dispute with the  IRS.  The Code  provides for
administrative  examination of  a partnership  as if  the partnership  were a
separate and  distinct taxpayer.   Generally, the statute of  limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date  on which
the  partnership  information return  is  filed.   Any  adverse determination
following an  audit of  the return  of the  Trust by  the appropriate  taxing
authorities  could   result  in   an  adjustment  of   the  returns   of  the
Certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may
be precluded from separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of
the  Trust.     An   adjustment  could  also   result  in   an  audit   of  a
Certificateholder's  returns  and adjustments  of  items not  related  to the
income and losses of the Trust.

     TAX CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  It is not clear whether
the Trust  would be considered to  be engaged in  a trade or business  in the
United  States for  purposes of  federal  withholding taxes  with respect  to
non-U.S. persons because there is no  clear authority dealing with that issue
under facts substantially similar to those described herein.   Although it is
not expected that the  Trust would be engaged  in a trade or business  in the
United States for such  purposes, the Trust  will withhold as  if it were  so
engaged in order to protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences of a
failure to  withhold. The  Trust expects to  withhold on  the portion  of its
taxable income that  is allocable to  foreign Certificateholders pursuant  to
Section 1446 of the Code, as  if such income were effectively connected  to a
U.S. trade or business, at a rate of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable
as corporations and 39.6% for all other foreign holders.  Subsequent adoption
of   Treasury   regulations   or  the   issuance   of   other  administrative
pronouncements  may require the  Trust to change  its withholding procedures.
In determining a holder's withholding status, the  Trust may rely on IRS Form
W-8, IRS Form W-9  or the holder's certification of  nonforeign status signed
under penalties of perjury.

     Each  foreign  holder might  be required  to file  a U.S.  individual or
corporate income  tax return (including,  in the case  of a  corporation, the
branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income.  Each  foreign holder
must  obtain a  taxpayer identification number  from the IRS  and submit that
number to the Trust on Form  W-8 in order to assure appropriate  crediting of
the taxes  withheld.  A  foreign holder generally  would be entitled  to file
with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to  taxes withheld by the Trust,
taking the position that no taxes were due because the Trust  was not engaged
in a U.S. trade or business.  However, interest payments made (or accrued) to
a  Certificateholder who  is a  foreign person  generally will  be considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard
to  the  income  of the  Trust.    If these  interest  payments  are properly
characterized  as  guaranteed  payments,  then   the  interest  will  not  be
considered  "portfolio interest."  As a  result,  Certificateholders will  be
subject to United States federal income tax  and withholding tax at a rate of
30 percent,  unless reduced or  eliminated pursuant to an  applicable treaty.
In such case, a foreign  holder would only be entitled to claim  a refund for
that portion of the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with
respect to the guaranteed payments.

     BACKUP WITHHOLDING.  Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the  sale of the Certificates will be  subject to a "backup" withholding
tax of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures,  unless the holder  is an  exempt recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.


                       TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR TRUSTS
   
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A GRANTOR TRUST

     If a partnership election is not made, it is  the opinion of Tax Counsel
that such  a Trust  will not  be classified as  an association  taxable as  a
corporation and that such Trust will  be classified as a grantor trust  under
subpart E,  Part I  of subchapter J  of the  Code.  In  this case,  owners of
Certificates  (referred to herein as "GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATEHOLDERS") will
be treated for  federal income  tax purposes as  owners of a  portion of  the
Trust's assets  as described below.  The Certificates  issued by a Trust that
is  treated  as a  grantor trust  are  referred to  herein as  "GRANTOR TRUST
CERTIFICATES".
    

     CHARACTERIZATION.   Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be treated
as the  owner of a pro rata undivided interest  in the interest and principal
portions of the  Trust represented by the Grantor Trust Certificates and will
be considered the equitable owner of a pro rata undivided interest in each of
the Receivables  in  the Trust.   Any  amounts received  by  a Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder  in lieu  of amounts  due  with respect  to any  Receivable
because of a  default or delinquency in  payment will be treated  for federal
income  tax purposes  as  having  the same  character  as the  payments  they
replace.

     Each Grantor Trust  Certificateholder will be required to  report on its
federal   income  tax   return  in   accordance   with  such   Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder's method  of accounting  its pro rata  share of  the entire
income  from  the Receivables  in  the  Trust  represented by  Grantor  Trust
Certificates,  including interest, OID,  if any, prepayment  fees, assumption
fees,  any  gain recognized  upon  an  assumption  and late  payment  charges
received by the Servicer. Under Sections 162 or 212 of the Code, each Grantor
Trust Certificateholder  will be  entitled to deduct  its pro  rata share  of
servicing fees, prepayment fees, assumption fees, any loss recognized upon an
assumption and late  payment charges retained by the  Servicer, provided that
such amounts are reasonable compensation  for services rendered to the Trust.
Grantor Trust Certificateholders that are individuals, estates or trusts will
be  entitled to  deduct  their share  of  expenses only  to  the extent  such
expenses  plus all  other  Section 212  expenses  exceed two  percent  of its
adjusted  gross income.   A  Grantor Trust  Certificateholder using  the cash
method of accounting must take into account its pro rata  share of income and
deductions as and when collected by or paid to the Servicer.  A Grantor Trust
Certificateholder  using an  accrual  method  of  accounting must  take  into
account its pro rata share of income and deductions as they become due or are
paid to the Servicer,  whichever is earlier.   If the servicing fees paid  to
the  Servicer  are deemed  to exceed  reasonable servicing  compensation, the
amount of such  excess could be considered as an  ownership interest retained
by the Servicer (or any person to whom the Servicer assigned for value all or
a portion of the servicing fees) in a portion of the interest payments on the
Receivables.  The Receivables would then be subject to the "coupon stripping"
rules of the Code discussed below.

     PREMIUM.   The price paid  for a Grantor  Trust Certificate by  a holder
will  be allocated  to such  holder's undivided  interest in  each Receivable
based on each Receivable's relative fair market value, so that such  holder's
undivided interest in each Receivable will have its own tax basis.  A Grantor
Trust Certificateholder that acquires an interest in Receivables at a premium
may  elect  to  amortize  such  premium under  a  constant  interest  method.
Amortizable bond premium will be treated  as an offset to interest income  on
such Grantor Trust Certificate.  The basis for such Grantor Trust Certificate
will be reduced to  the extent that amortizable premium is  applied to offset
interest payments. It is not clear whether a reasonable prepayment assumption
should be used  in computing amortization of premium  allowable under Section
171.    A Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder that  makes this  election  for a
Grantor Trust  Certificate that is  acquired at a  premium will be  deemed to
have made  an election  to amortize  bond premium  with respect  to all  debt
instruments  having  amortizable   bond  premium  that  such   Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder acquires during the year of the election or thereafter.

     If  a  premium  is  not  subject  to  amortization  using  a  reasonable
prepayment assumption, the holder of  a Grantor Trust Certificate acquired at
a premium should recognize a loss  if a Receivable prepays in full,  equal to
the difference between  the portion of the  prepaid principal amount  of such
Receivable that is allocable to the Grantor Trust Certificate and the portion
of the  adjusted basis of the Grantor Trust  Certificate that is allocable to
such  Receivable.  If a reasonable  prepayment assumption is used to amortize
such premium, it appears that such a loss would be available, if at all, only
if  prepayments have  occurred at a  rate faster than  the reasonable assumed
prepayment rate.   It is  not clear  whether any other  adjustments would  be
required to  reflect differences between  an assumed prepayment rate  and the
actual rate of prepayments.

STRIPPED BONDS AND STRIPPED COUPONS

     Although  the tax  treatment of  stripped bonds  is not  entirely clear,
based on guidance by the IRS,  each purchaser of a Grantor Trust  Certificate
will be treated as the purchaser of a stripped bond which generally should be
treated as a  single debt instrument  issued on the  day it is purchased  for
purposes  of  calculating  any original  issue  discount.    Generally, under
recently   issued   Treasury   regulations   (the   "SECTION   1286  TREASURY
REGULATIONS"), if the discount on a stripped bond is larger than a de minimis
amount  (as calculated  for  purposes of  the  OID rules  of  the Code)  such
stripped bond will be considered to have been issued with OID.  See "Original
Issue  Discount."  Based  on  the  preamble  to  the  Section  1286  Treasury
Regulations, Tax Counsel is of the  opinion that, although the matter is  not
entirely  clear, the interest  income on the  Certificates at the  sum of the
Pass Through  Rate and the portion  of the Servicing  Fee Rate that  does not
constitute excess  servicing will be  treated as "qualified  stated interest"
within the meaning of the Section 1286 Treasury Regulations, and such  income
will be so treated in the Trustee's tax information reporting.

     ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.  The IRS  has stated in published rulings that,
in circumstances similar to those described herein, the  special rules of the
Code relating to  "original issue discount" (currently  Sections 1271 through
1273  and 1275)  will be  applicable to  a Grantor  Trust Certificateholder's
interest  in those  Receivables meeting  the conditions  necessary  for these
sections to apply. Generally, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder that acquires
an  undivided  interest in  a  Receivable issued  or acquired  with  OID must
include  in gross income the sum of the  "daily portions," of the OID on such
Receivable for each day on which it owns a Certificate, including the date of
purchase  but excluding the date of disposition.   In the case of an original
Grantor Trust Certificateholder, the  daily portions of OID with respect to a
Receivable generally would  be determined as follows.  A  calculation will be
made of  the  portion of  OID  that accrues  on  the Receivable  during  each
successive monthly  accrual period (or shorter period  in respect of the date
of original issue or the final Distribution Date).  This will be done, in the
case of each full monthly accrual period, by  adding (i) the present value of
all remaining payments to be received  on the Receivable under the prepayment
assumption used in respect of the Receivables  and (ii) any payments received
during such  accrual period,  and subtracting from  that total  the "adjusted
issue price" of the Receivable  at the beginning of such accrual period.   No
representation is  made that  the Receivables will  prepay at  any prepayment
assumption.   The "adjusted issue price" of a  Receivable at the beginning of
the first accrual  period is its issue  price (as determined for  purposes of
the OID rules of the Code) and the "adjusted issue price" of  a Receivable at
the beginning of a subsequent accrual period is the "adjusted issue price" at
the  beginning of the immediately preceding accrual period plus the amount of
OID allocable to that accrual period and reduced by the amount of any payment
(other than "qualified  stated interest") made at  the end of or  during that
accrual period.   The OID accruing  during such accrual  period will then  be
divided by the number of days in the period to determine the daily portion of
OID for each  day in the period.   With respect to an  initial accrual period
shorter than a full monthly accrual period, the daily portions of OID must be
determined according  to an appropriate  allocation under either an  exact or
approximate method set forth in the OID Regulations, or some other reasonable
method, provided  that  such method  is consistent  with the  method used  to
determine the yield to maturity of the Receivables.

     With  respect to  the  Receivables,  the method  of  calculating OID  as
described above will  cause the accrual of OID to either increase or decrease
(but  never below zero) in any given accrual  period to reflect the fact that
prepayments are  occurring at a  faster or  slower rate  than the  prepayment
assumption used  in respect of  the Receivables.  Subsequent  purchasers that
purchase Receivables  at more than a de minimis discount should consult their
tax advisors with respect to the proper method to accrue such OID.

     MARKET DISCOUNT.   A  Grantor Trust  Certificateholder that  acquires an
undivided interest in Receivables may be subject to the market discount rules
of Sections  1276  through 1278  to the  extent an  undivided  interest in  a
Receivable  is considered  to have  been  purchased at  a "market  discount."
Generally,  the  amount of  market discount  is  equal to  the excess  of the
portion of the principal amount of such Receivable allocable to such holder's
undivided  interest over  such holder's  tax basis  in such  interest. Market
discount with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate will be considered to be
zero if the  amount allocable to the  Grantor Trust Certificate is  less than
0.25% of the Grantor Trust  Certificate's stated redemption price at maturity
multiplied  by the  weighted average  maturity  remaining after  the date  of
purchase.   Treasury regulations implementing the  market discount rules have
not  yet been  issued;  therefore,  investors should  consult  their own  tax
advisors regarding  the application  of these rules  and the  advisability of
making any of the elections allowed under Code Sections 1276 through 1278.

     The  Code provides  that  any  principal  payment (whether  a  scheduled
payment or a prepayment) or any gain on disposition of a market discount bond
shall be treated as ordinary income to the extent that it does not exceed the
accrued market discount at  the time of such payment.   The amount of accrued
market discount for  purposes of determining the tax  treatment of subsequent
principal  payments or  dispositions of  the market  discount bond  is to  be
reduced by the amount so treated as ordinary income.

     The  Code  also  grants  the  Treasury  Department  authority  to  issue
regulations providing for the computation  of accrued market discount on debt
instruments, the principal of which is  payable in more than one installment.
While the Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described
in  the relevant  legislative  history will  apply.   Under those  rules, the
holder of a market discount bond  may elect to accrue market discount  either
on the basis of a constant interest rate or according to one of the following
methods.  If a Grantor  Trust Certificate is issued  with OID, the amount  of
market discount that  accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the
product of  (i) the total remaining market discount  and (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the OID accruing  during the period and the denominator
of which is the total remaining  OID at the beginning of the accrual  period.
For  Grantor Trust  Certificates issued  without  OID, the  amount of  market
discount that accrues  during a  period is equal  to the  product of (i)  the
total remaining market discount  and (ii) a fraction, the numerator  of which
is the  amount of  stated interest  paid during  the accrual  period and  the
denominator of which is  the total amount of stated interest  remaining to be
paid at  the beginning of  the accrual period.   For purposes  of calculating
market  discount under any  of the above  methods in the  case of instruments
(such as the  Grantor Trust Certificates) that provide for  payments that may
be accelerated  by reason of  prepayments of other obligations  securing such
instruments, the  same prepayment  assumption applicable  to calculating  the
accrual of OID will apply.  Because  the regulations described above have not
been issued, it  is impossible to predict what effect those regulations might
have on  the tax  treatment of  a Grantor  Trust Certificate  purchased at  a
discount or premium in the secondary market.

     A holder who  acquired a Grantor Trust Certificate  at a market discount
also  may be required to defer  a portion of its  interest deductions for the
taxable  year  attributable to  any  indebtedness  incurred or  continued  to
purchase  or  carry  such  Grantor Trust  Certificate  purchased  with market
discount.  For these purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies.
Any such deferred interest expense would not exceed the market  discount that
accrues during  such taxable year and is, in  general, allowed as a deduction
not  later  than the  year in  which  such market  discount is  includible in
income.  If such holder elects to include market discount in income currently
as it  accrues on all market discount instruments  acquired by such holder in
that taxable year  or thereafter, the interest deferral  rule described above
will not apply.

     PREMIUM.  To the extent  a Grantor Trust Certificateholder is considered
to have purchased an undivided interest in a Receivable for an amount that is
greater than its stated redemption price at maturity of such Receivable, such
Grantor  Trust  Certificateholder will  be considered  to have  purchased the
Receivable with "amortizable bond premium" equal in amount to such excess.  A
Grantor Trust Certificateholder  (who does not hold the  Certificate for sale
to  customers or in  inventory) may  elect under Section  171 of the  Code to
amortize  such  premium.   Under  the Code,  premium is  allocated  among the
interest payments on the Receivables to which it relates and is considered as
an offset against  (and thus a  reduction of) such  interest payments.   With
certain exceptions, such an election would apply to all debt instruments held
or subsequently acquired by  the electing holder.   Absent such an  election,
the premium will be  deductible as an ordinary loss only  upon disposition of
the Certificate or pro rata as principal is paid on the Receivables.

     ELECTION TO TREAT  ALL INTEREST AS  OID.  The  OID regulations permit  a
Grantor Trust  Certificateholder to  elect to  accrue all  interest, discount
(including  de minimis  market or  original  issue discount)  and premium  in
income as interest, based  on a constant yield  method.  If such an  election
were to  be made  with respect  to a  Grantor Trust  Certificate with  market
discount, the Certificateholder  would be deemed to have  made an election to
include in  income currently market discount  with respect to  all other debt
instruments  having market discount that such Grantor Trust Certificateholder
acquires during the year of the election or thereafter.  Similarly, a Grantor
Trust  Certificateholder  that  makes  this  election  for  a  Grantor  Trust
Certificate that is  acquired at  a premium will  be deemed  to have made  an
election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having
amortizable bond premium  that such Grantor  Trust Certificateholder owns  or
acquires.  See "-- Premium" above.  The election to accrue interest, discount
and  premium on  a constant  yield  method with  respect to  a  Grantor Trust
Certificate is irrevocable.

     SALE OR EXCHANGE OF  A GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATE.  Sale or exchange of a
Grantor Trust Certificate prior  to its maturity will result in  gain or loss
equal to the  difference, if any, between the amount received and the owner's
adjusted  basis  in the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate.   Such  adjusted  basis
generally  will equal  the  seller's  purchase price  for  the Grantor  Trust
Certificate,  increased by the OID included in the seller's gross income with
respect to the  Grantor Trust Certificate, and reduced  by principal payments
on the  Grantor Trust Certificate  previously received  by the seller.   Such
gain or loss will  be capital gain or  loss to an  owner for which a  Grantor
Trust Certificate  is a "capital  asset" within the meaning  of Section 1221,
and will be long-term  or short-term depending  on whether the Grantor  Trust
Certificate  has been  owned for  the long-term  capital gain  holding period
(currently more than one year).

     Grantor  Trust Certificates will  be "evidences of  indebtedness" within
the meaning of  Section 582(c)(1), so that  gain or loss recognized  from the
sale of  a Grantor  Trust Certificate by  a bank or  a thrift  institution to
which such section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

     NON-U.S.  PERSONS.   Generally,  to  the  extent  that a  Grantor  Trust
Certificate evidences ownership in underlying Receivables that were issued on
or before  July 18,  1984, interest  or OID  paid by  the person required  to
withhold tax  under Section 1441 or 1442  to (i) an owner that  is not a U.S.
Person (as defined  below) or (ii) a Grantor  Trust Certificateholder holding
on behalf of  an owner that is not  a U.S. Person will be  subject to federal
income tax, collected by withholding, at a rate of 30% or such lower rate  as
may be  provided  for interest  by an  applicable tax  treaty.   Accrued  OID
recognized  by the owner  on the  sale or  exchange of  such a  Grantor Trust
Certificate also will  be subject  to federal  income tax at  the same  rate.
Generally, such  payments would not be  subject to withholding to  the extent
that  a Grantor Trust  Certificate evidences ownership  in Receivables issued
after   July  18,   1984,  by   natural   persons  if   such  Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder   complies   with   certain   identification   requirements
(including  delivery   of   a  statement,   signed  by   the  Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder  under penalties of  perjury, certifying that  such Grantor
Trust  Certificateholder is  not a  U.S. Person  and providing  the name  and
address  of such Grantor  Trust Certificateholder).   Additional restrictions
apply to Receivables  where the obligor is  not a natural person  in order to
qualify for the exemption from withholding.

     As used  herein, a  "U.S. PERSON"  means a  citizen or  resident of  the
United States, a  corporation or a partnership organized in or under the laws
of  the United  States  or any  political subdivision  thereof (other  than a
partnership  that  is  not  treated  as  a  United  States  person  under any
applicable  Treasury regulations)  or an  estate,  the income  of which  from
sources  outside the United States is includible  in gross income for federal
income tax purposes regardless of its connection  with the conduct of a trade
or business within the  United States or a trust if a court within the United
States is  able to exercise primary supervision  of the administration of the
trust and one or more United States fiduciaries have the authority to control
all  substantial  decisions of  the  trust.   Notwithstanding  the  preceding
sentence, to the  extent provided in Treasury regulations,  certain trusts in
existence on August 20,  1996, and treated as United States  persons prior to
such date, that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons also
will be a U.S. Person.

     INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING.  The Servicer will furnish
or make available,  within a reasonable time  after the end of  each calendar
year, to each  person who was a  Grantor Trust Certificateholder at  any time
during such year, such information as may be deemed necessary or desirable to
assist Grantor Trust Certificateholders in preparing their federal income tax
returns,  or  to  enable  holders  to  make  such  information  available  to
beneficial  owners  or  financial  intermediaries  that  hold  Grantor  Trust
Certificates  as  nominees on  behalf  of beneficial  owners.   If  a holder,
beneficial owner, financial  intermediary or other recipient of  a payment on
behalf  of  a   beneficial  owner  fails  to  supply   a  certified  taxpayer
identification number  or if  the Secretary of  the Treasury  determines that
such person has not reported all interest  and dividend income required to be
shown  on its  federal  income  tax return,  31%  backup  withholding may  be
required  with respect to  any payments.   Any amounts  deducted and withheld
from a distribution to a recipient would be allowed as a  credit against such
recipient's federal income tax liability.

                  TRUSTS FOR WHICH A FASIT ELECTION IS MADE

   
     GENERAL.  It is  the opinion of Tax Counsel that the  Trust will, on the
startup day, qualify  as a FASIT  and its proposed  method of operation  will
enable it to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation
as a FASIT under the Code assuming a timely FASIT election is made.  Based on
the foregoing and assuming compliance with the Transaction Documents, certain
of  the Securities will  qualify as  regular interests  in a  FASIT ("Regular
Securities") which will generally be treated as debt for U.S.  federal income
tax purposes.  The  Small Business Job Protection Act of  1996 added Sections
860H through 860L of the Code  (the "FASIT Provisions"), which provide for  a
new type  of entity  for federal income  tax purposes  known as  a "financial
asset  securitization  investment trust"  (a  "FASIT").   Although  the FASIT
provisions of  the Code became  effective on September  1, 1997,  no Treasury
regulations or other administrative guidance  has been issued with respect to
those provisions.   Accordingly, definitive guidance  cannot be provided with
respect to  many  aspects of  the tax  treatment of  the  holders of  Regular
Securities and the ownership interest  (the "Ownership Securities," with  the
Regular    Securities,   the   "Securities")   in   a   FASIT   (the   "FASIT
Securityholders").   Investors also  should note  that  the FASIT  discussion
contained  herein   constitutes  only   the  material   federal  income   tax
consequences to holders of  FASIT Securities.   The Receivables will only  be
added to a Trust Fund for which a FASIT  election has been  made during the 
three month period following the  Closing Date  unless the  rules and  
regulations of  the Commission so permit.
    

     FASIT Securities will be classified as either  FASIT Regular Securities,
which generally will be  treated as debt for federal income  tax purposes, of
FASIT Ownership Securities, which generally are  not treated as debt for such
purposes, but rather as representing rights and responsibilities with respect
to the taxable  income or loss of  the related Series FASIT.   The Prospectus
Supplement  for each Series of  Securities will indicate  whether one or more
FASIT  elections will be  made for that  Series and which  Securities of such
Series will be designated  as Regular Securities, and which, if  any, will be
designated as Ownership Securities.

     QUALIFICATION AS A FASIT.  The Trust Fund underlying a Series (or one or
more designated pools  of assets held in  the Trust Fund) will  qualify under
the Code as  a FASIT  in which  the FASIT  Regular Securities  and the  FASIT
Ownership  Securities  will   constitute  the  "regular  interest"   and  the
"ownership interests,"  respectively, if (i)  a FASIT election is  in effect,
(ii) certain  tests concerning (A) the composition  of the FASIT's assets and
(B) the  nature of the Securityholders'  interests in the FASIT are  met on a
continuing  basis, and  (iii) the  Trust Fund  is not a  regulated investment
company as defined in Section 851(a) of the Code.

   
     ASSET COMPOSITION.  In order for a Trust Fund (or one or more designated
pools  of assets  held by  a Trust  Fund)  to be  eligible for  FASIT status,
substantially all of  the assets of the  Trust Fund (or the  designated pool)
must  consist of  "permitted  assets" as  of  the close  of  the third  month
beginning after  the closing  date and  at all  times thereafter  (the "FASIT
Qualification Test").  Permitted assets include (i) cash or cash equivalents,
(ii) debt instruments  with fixed terms  that would qualify as  REMIC regular
interests  if issued  by a  REMIC  (generally, instruments  that provide  for
interest  at  a fixed  rate,  a  qualifying variable  rate,  or a  qualifying
interest-only  ("IO") type  rate, (iii)  foreclosure  property, (iv)  certain
hedging instruments (generally, interest and  currency rate swaps and  credit
enhancement  contracts) that  are reasonably required  to guarantee  or hedge
against  the  FASIT's  risks  associated  with being  the  obligor  on  FASIT
interest,  (v) contract  rights  to acquire  qualifying  debt instruments  or
qualifying hedging instruments, (vi) FASIT regular interests, and (vii) REMIC
regular  interests.   Permitted assets  do not  include any  debt instruments
issued by  the holder  of the  FASIT's ownership  interest or  by any  person
related to such holder.
    

     INTERESTS IN A  FASIT.  In addition to the foregoing asset qualification
requirements, the interests  in a FASIT also must  meet certain requirements.
All of  the interests in a FASIT must belong to either of the following:  (i)
one or more classes of regular interests or (ii) a  single class of ownership
interest that is held by a fully taxable domestic C corporation.  In the case
of Series  that include FASIT  Ownership Securities,  the ownership  interest
will be represented by the FASIT Ownership Securities.

   
     A FASIT interest  generally qualifies as a regular interest if (i) it is
designated as a  regular interest, (ii) it  has a stated maturity  no greater
than  thirty years,  (iii) it  entitles its holder  to a  specified principal
amount,  (iv) the  issue price of  the interest  does not exceed  125% of its
stated principal amount,  (v) the yield to  maturity of the interest  is less
than the applicable Treasury rate published by  the Service plus 5%, and (vi)
it if pays interest, such interest is payable at either (a) a fixed rate with
respect to the principal amount of the regular interest or (b)  a permissible
variable rate  with respect to  such principal amount.   Permissible variable
rates for  FASIT regular interests  are the same  as those for  REMIC regular
interests  (i.e., certain  qualified  floating  rates  and  weighted  average
rates).  Interest  will be considered to  be based on a  permissible variable
rate  if generally,  (i) such  interest is  unconditionally payable  at least
annually,  (ii) the issue  price of the  debt instrument does  not exceed the
total  noncontingent principal  payments and  (iii)  interest is  based on  a
"qualified floating  rate," an  "objective rate," a  combination of  a single
fixed rate and one or more "qualified  floating rate," one "qualified inverse
floating rate,"  or a combination  of "qualified floating rates"  that do not
operate  in  a  manner  that significantly  accelerates  or  defers  interest
payments on such FASIT regular interest.
    

     If  a FASIT Security fails to  meet one or more  of the requirements set
out  in  clauses  (iii),  (iv),  or  (v),  but   otherwise  meets  the  above
requirements, it may still  qualify as a type of regular  interest known as a
"High-Yield Interest".   In addition, if a  FASIT Security fails to  meet the
requirement of clause (vi), but the interest payable on the Security consists
of a specified portion of the interest  payments on permitted assets and that
portion does not vary  over the life of the Security, the  Security also will
qualify as a High-Yield Interest.  A  High-Yield Interest may be held only by
domestic  C corporations  that  are  fully subject  to  corporate income  tax
("Eligible  Corporations"), other  FASITs,  and  dealers  in  securities  who
acquire  such  interests  as  inventory,  rather than  for  investment.    In
addition,  holders  of High-Yield  Interests  are subject  to  limitations on
offset of  income  derived from  such  interest.   See  "Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences - FASIT Securities - Tax Treatment of FASIT Regular Securities -
Treatment of High-Yield Interests."

   
     CONSEQUENCES OF  DISQUALIFICATION.   If a Series  FASIT fails  to comply
with one or more  of the Code's ongoing requirements for  FASIT status during
any  taxable year, the  Code provides that  its FASIT status may  be lost for
that  year and thereafter.   If  FASIT status is  lost, the  treatment of the
former  FASIT and  the interests therein  for federal income  tax purposes is
uncertain.   The former  FASIT  might be  treated as  a grantor  trust, as  a
separate association  taxable as  a corporation,  or as  a partnership.   The
FASIT Regular  Securities could  be treated as  debt instruments  for federal
income tax purposes or as equity interests.  Although the Code authorizes the
Treasury to issue regulations that address situations where a failure to meet
the requirements  for FASIT  status occurs inadvertently  and in  good faith,
such  regulations   have  not  yet  been   issued.    It  is   possible  that
disqualification  relief  might  be  accompanied by  sanctions,  such  as the
imposition  of a corporate tax on all or  a portion of the FASIT's income for
the  period of  time  in which  the  requirements for  FASIT  status are  not
satisfied.

     TAX TREATMENT OF FASIT REGULAR SECURITIES.  

     GENERAL.  Payments received by holders of FASIT Regular Securities other
than High-Yield Interests will  be accorded the same tax  treatment under the
Code  as payments  received on  other taxable  debt instruments.   Holders of
FASIT Regular  Securities must  report income from  such Securities  under an
accrual method of accounting, even if they otherwise would have used the cash
receipts and disbursements method and accordingly, may report income prior to
the receipt of any cash distribution corresponding to such income.  Except in
the case of FASIT Regular  Securities issued with original issue  discount or
acquired with market discount or premium, interest paid or accrued on a FASIT
Regular  Security  generally  will  be  treated as  ordinary  income  to  the
Securityholder and a  principal payment on such Security will be treated as a
return of capital to the extent that the Securityholder's basis  is allocable
to  that  payment.   FASIT  Regular  Securities  issued with  original  issue
discount or  acquired with  market discount or  premium generally  will treat
interest and  principal payments  on such  Securities in  the same  manner as
other debt instruments.   High-Yield  Securities may  be held  only by  fully
taxable  domestic  C  corporations,  other  FASITs,  and  certain  securities
dealers.   Holders  of High-Yield  Securities are  subject to  limitations on
their ability  to use current losses  or net operating  loss carryforwards or
carrybacks to offset any income derived from those Securities.

     TREATMENT OF REALIZED  LOSSES.  Although not entirely  clear, it appears
that  holders of  FASIT Regular  Securities that  are corporations  should in
general be allowed  to deduct as an  ordinary loss any loss  sustained during
the taxable  year on  account of  any such  FASIT  Regular Security  becoming
wholly or partially worthless, and that, in general, holders of FASIT Regular
Securities that are not corporations should be allowed to deduct as  a short-
term capital loss  any loss sustained during  the taxable year on  account of
any such  FASIT Regular Securities  becoming wholly worthless.   Although the
matter is unclear,  non-corporate holders of FASIT Regular  Securities may be
allowed a  bad debt deduction at such time  that the principal balance of any
such FASIT Regular  Security is reduced to reflect  realized losses resulting
from  any  liquidated  Underlying  Assets.   The  Internal  Revenue  Service,
however, could take the position that non-corporate holders will be allowed a
bad  debt deduction  to reflect  realized  losses only  after all  Underlying
Assets remaining  in the  related FASIT  have been  liquidated  or the  FASIT
Regular  Securities  of the  related  Series  have  been  otherwise  retired.
Potential investors and Holders of the FASIT  Regular Securities are urged to
consult their own  tax advisors regarding the appropriate  timing, amount and
character  of  any  loss  sustained   with  respect  to  such  FASIT  Regular
Securities,  including  any  loss  resulting  from  the  failure  to  recover
previously  accrued interest  or discount  income.   Special  loss rules  are
applicable  to banks  and  thrift  institutions,  including  rules  regarding
reserves  for bad  debts.  Such  taxpayers are  advised to consult  their tax
advisors regarding the treatment of losses on FASIT Regular Securities.
    

     In addition, FASIT Regular Securities held by a financial institution to
which Section  585  of the  Code  applies will  be  treated as  evidences  of
indebtedness for purposes of Section 582(c)(1) of the Code.  FASIT Securities
will  not  qualify  as  "Government   securities"  for  either  REIT  or  RIC
qualification purposes.

     TREATMENT  OF HIGH-YIELD INTEREST.  High-Yield  Interests are subject to
special rules regarding the eligibility of holders of such interests, and the
ability  of such holders  to offset income derived  from their FASIT Security
with losses.  High-Yield Interests may be held only by Eligible Corporations,
other  FASITs,  and dealers  in  securities  who  acquire such  interests  as
inventory.   If  a securities  dealer  (other than  an Eligible  Corporation)
initially acquires  a High-Yield Interest  as inventory, but later  begins to
hold it for investment, the dealer will be subject to an excise tax equal  to
the income from  the High-Yield Interest multiplied by  the highest corporate
income  tax  rate.    In  addition,  transfers  of  High-Yield  Interests  to
disqualified holders will be disregarded for federal income tax purposes, and
the transfer still will be treated as the holder of the High-Yield Interest.

     The holder of a High-Yield Interest may not use non-FASIT current losses
or  net operating  loss  carryforwards  or carrybacks  to  offset any  income
derived from the  High-Yield Interest, for either regular  federal income tax
purposes or  for alternative  minimum tax purposes.   In addition,  the FASIT
provisions contain  an anti-abuse rule  that imposes corporate income  tax on
income derived from a FASIT Regular  Security that is held by a  pass-through
entity  (other than  another FASIT)  that  issues debt  or equity  securities
backed by the FASIT Regular Security and that have the same features as High-
Yield Interests.

     TAX TREATMENT OF FASIT OWNERSHIP SECURITIES

     A FASIT Ownership Security represents  the residual equity interest in a
FASIT.  As  such, the  holder of  a FASIT Ownership  Security determines  its
taxable income by taking into account  all assets, liabilities, and items  of
income,  gain, deduction,  loss, and  credit  of a  FASIT.   In  general, the
character of the income to  the holder of a FASIT Ownership  Interest will be
the same as the character  of such income to the FASIT, except  that any tax-
exempt interest income taken into account by the holder of a  FASIT Ownership
Interest is  treated as ordinary income.  In determining that taxable income,
the  holder  of  a FASIT  Ownership  Security  must determine  the  amount of
interest,  original issue discount,  market discount, and  premium recognized
with respect to the FASIT's assets and the FASIT Regular Securities issued by
the  FASIT according  to a constant  yield methodology  and under  an accrual
method of accounting.  In addition, holders of FASIT Ownership Securities are
subject to the  same limitations  on their  ability to use  losses to  offset
income from their FASIT Security as  are the holders of High-Yield Interests.
See "Federal Income  Tax Consequences - FASIT  Securities - Tax Treatment  of
FASIT Regular Securities - Treatment of High-Yield Interests."

     Rules  similar to  the  wash  sale rules  applicable  to REMIC  Residual
Securities  also  will apply  to  FASIT Ownership  Securities.   Accordingly,
losses  on dispositions  of  a  FASIT Ownership  Security  generally will  be
disallowed  where, within  six months  before or  after the  disposition, the
seller of such  Security acquires any  other FASIT Ownership Security  or, in
the case  of  a FASIT  holding mortgage  assets, any  interest  in a  Taxable
Mortgage Pool, that is economically comparable to a FASIT Ownership Security.
In addition, if any  security that is sold or  contributed to a FASIT by  the
holder of the related FASIT Ownership Security  was required to be marked-to-
market under Code section 475 by such holder, then section 475  will continue
to apply to such securities, except that  the amount realized under the mark-
to-market rules  will be the greater  of the securities'  value under present
law or the securities' value after applying special valuation rules contained
in the  FASIT provisions.   Those special  valuation rules  generally require
that  the value  of debt instruments  that are  not traded on  an established
securities  market be  determined by  calculating  the present  value of  the
reasonably expected  payments under the  instrument using a discount  rate of
120% of the applicable Federal rate, compounded semiannually.

     The holder of a  FASIT Ownership Security will be subject to a tax equal
to 100%  of  the  net  income  derived by  the  FASIT  from  any  "prohibited
transactions."   Prohibited transactions  include (i)  the receipt  of income
derived from assets that are  not permitted assets, (ii) certain dispositions
of permitted assets,  (iii) the receipt of  any income derived from  any loan
originated by  a FASIT,  and (iv)  in certain  cases, the  receipt of  income
representing a servicing fee  or other compensation.  Any Series  for which a
FASIT election  is  made  generally will  be  structured in  order  to  avoid
application of the prohibited transaction tax.

     BACKUP WITHHOLDING, REPORTING AND TAX ADMINISTRATION.   Holders of FASIT
Securities  will be subject to backup  withholding to the same extent holders
of other debt  instruments would be subject.   For purposes of  reporting and
tax administration, holders  of record of FASIT Securities  generally will be
treated in the same manner as holders of other debt instruments.

                                    * * *

   
     THE FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES SET FORTH ABOVE MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE  TO A
PARTICULAR NOTEHOLDER OR CERTIFICATEHOLDER  DEPENDING UPON SUCH  NOTEHOLDER'S
OR CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  PARTICULAR  TAX SITUATION.    PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS
SHOULD CONSULT  THEIR TAX ADVISORS  WITH RESPECT TO  THE TAX  CONSEQUENCES TO
THEM OF  THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP  AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES  AND CERTIFICATES,
INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS
AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF FUTURE CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
    

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section 406 of  ERISA and Section 4975  of the Code prohibit  a pension,
profit-sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as  well  as  individual
retirement accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "BENEFIT PLAN"),
from  engaging in  certain transactions  with  persons that  are "parties  in
interest" under ERISA  or "disqualified persons" under the  Code with respect
to such  Benefit Plan.  A  violation of these  "prohibited transaction" rules
may result in  an excise tax or  other penalties and liabilities  under ERISA
and the Code for such persons.

     Certain  transactions involving  a Trust  might be deemed  to constitute
prohibited  transactions under ERISA and  the Code with  respect to a Benefit
Plan that purchased Notes or Certificates if  assets of the Trust were deemed
to be  assets of the Benefit Plan.   Under a regulation issued  by the United
States Department of  Labor (the "PLAN ASSETS  REGULATION"), the assets of  a
Trust would be treated as plan assets  of a Benefit Plan for the purposes  of
ERISA and the Code only if the Benefit  Plan acquired an "equity interest" in
the Trust and none of the exceptions contained in the Plan  Assets Regulation
was  applicable.  An  equity  interest  is  defined  under  the  Plan  Assets
Regulation  as an  interest  other than  an instrument  which  is treated  as
indebtedness under applicable  local law and which has  no substantial equity
features.  The likely treatment in this  context of Notes and Certificates of
a given series will be discussed in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     Employee benefit  plans  that  are governmental  plans  (as  defined  in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33)
of ERISA) are not subject to ERISA requirements.

     A  plan fiduciary  considering the  purchase  of Securities  of a  given
series should  consult its  tax and/or legal  advisors regarding  whether the
assets of the related Trust would  be considered plan assets, the possibility
of exemptive  relief from the  prohibited transaction rules and  other issues
and their potential consequences.

SENIOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY TRUSTS THAT DO NOT ISSUE NOTES

     Unless otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
following discussion  applies only to nonsubordinated  Certificates (referred
to  herein as "SENIOR  CERTIFICATES") issued by  a Trust that  does not issue
Notes.

     The U.S. Department  of Labor has granted to the  lead Underwriter named
in the Prospectus  Supplement an exemption (the "EXEMPTION")  from certain of
the  prohibited  transaction rules  of  ERISA  with  respect to  the  initial
purchase,  the  holding  and  the  subsequent  resale  by  Benefit  Plans  of
certificates representing interests in  asset-backed pass-through trusts that
consist of  certain receivables,  loans and other  obligations that  meet the
conditions and requirements of the Exemption.  The receivables covered by the
Exemption  include  motor vehicle  installment  sales contracts  such  as the
Receivables.  The Exemption will apply to the acquisition, holding and resale
of  the  Senior  Certificates  by  a  Benefit  Plan,  provided  that  certain
conditions (certain of which are described below) are met.

     Among the conditions which must be satisfied for  the Exemption to apply
to the Senior Certificates are the following:

          (1)  The acquisition of the  Senior Certificates by a Benefit  Plan
     is on terms  (including the price for the Senior  Certificates) that are
     at least as favorable to the  Benefit Plan as they would be in  an arm's
     length transaction with an unrelated party;

          (2)  The rights and  interests evidenced by the Senior Certificates
     acquired by  the Benefit  Plan are  not subordinated  to the rights  and
     interests evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;

          (3)   The  Senior Certificates  acquired by  the Benefit  Plan have
     received a rating at the time of  such acquisition that is in one of the
     three highest generic rating  categories from Standard & Poor's  Ratings
     Service, Moody's Investor Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
     or Fitch Investors Service, L.P.;

          (4)  The  Trustee is not an  affiliate of any  other member of  the
     Restricted Group (as defined below);

          (5)  The sum of all payments made to the Underwriters in connection
     with  the distribution  of the Senior  Certificates represents  not more
     than reasonable compensation  for underwriting the  Senior Certificates;
     the sum of all payments made  to and retained by the Seller  pursuant to
     the sale of the Contracts to the Trust represents not more than the fair
     market value of such Contracts; and the  sum of all payments made to and
     retained  by   the  Servicer   represents  not   more  than   reasonable
     compensation  for  the  Servicer's  services  under  the  Agreement  and
     reimbursement  of  the  Servicer's  reasonable  expenses  in  connection
     therewith; and

          (6)   The Benefit Plan investing  in the Senior Certificates  is an
     "accredited investor" as defined in  Rule 501 (a)(1) of Regulation D  of
     the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

     Moreover,   the   Exemption   would    provide   relief   from   certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest  or prohibited transactions only  if, among
other requirements, (i) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates
in connection  with the initial issuance, at least  fifty (50) percent of the
Senior  Certificates are  acquired by persons  independent of  the Restricted
Group, (ii)  the Benefit  Plan's investment in  Senior Certificates  does not
exceed twenty-five (25) percent of all of the Senior Certificates outstanding
at the time of the acquisition,  and (iii) immediately after the acquisition,
no more  than twenty-five (25) percent of the  assets of the Benefit Plan are
invested  in certificates  representing an  interest  in one  or more  trusts
containing assets sold  or serviced by the  same entity.  The  Exemption does
not  apply to  Plans sponsored  by  the Depositor,  the  related Seller,  any
Underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer, any obligor with respect to Contracts
included in the  Trust constituting more than  five percent of the  aggregate
unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust, or any affiliate of
such parties (the "RESTRICTED GROUP").

     The Seller believes that the Exemption will apply to the acquisition and
holding by  Benefit Plans of Senior  Certificates sold by the  Underwriter or
Underwriters named  in the Prospectus  Supplement and that all  conditions of
the Exemption other  than those within the control of the investors have been
met.   In  addition,  as of  the  date hereof,  no  obligor with  respect  to
Contracts included  in the  Trust constitutes more  than five percent  of the
aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets of the Trust.

                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     On the terms and  conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to the  Securities of a given series  (the "Underwriting Agreement"),
the  Depositor  will  agree  to  cause  the  related  Trust  to  sell  to the
underwriters named therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and each
of such underwriters  will severally agree to purchase,  the principal amount
of each class of Notes  and Certificates, as the case may be,  of the related
series set forth therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     In  each Underwriting  Agreement with  respect  to any  given series  of
Securities, the  several underwriters  will agree, subject  to the  terms and
conditions set  forth therein, to purchase all the Notes and Certificates, as
the  case may  be, described  therein  which are  offered hereby  and  by the
related Prospectus Supplement  if any of such Notes and  Certificates, as the
case may be, are purchased.

     Each  Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which
each class  of Notes  and Certificates,  as the  case may  be, being  offered
thereby will be offered to the public and any concessions that may be offered
to  certain  dealers  participating  in   the  offering  of  such  Notes  and
Certificates or (ii) specify that the related Notes and  Certificates, as the
case may be, are to be resold by the underwriters in  negotiated transactions
at  varying prices to  be determined  at the  time of such  sale.   After the
initial  public offering  of any  such  Notes and  Certificates, such  public
offering prices and such concessions may be changed.

     This Prospectus may be used, to the extent required, by  the Underwriter
in connection with offers and sales related to market making transactions.

     Each  Underwriting  Agreement  will  provide  that  the  Depositor  will
indemnify  the  underwriters  against certain  civil  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the  Securities Act, or contribute to  payments the several
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     Each  Trust  may, from  time  to time,  invest  the funds  in  its Trust
Accounts in Eligible Investments acquired  from such underwriters or from the
Depositor.

     The place and  time of delivery for  the Securities in respect  of which
this  Prospectus is  delivered will  be set  forth in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.

                                LEGAL OPINIONS

     Certain legal matters relating to  the Securities of any series  will be
passed upon for the related Trust and the Depositor by  Brown & Wood LLP, New
York, New York, and for the Underwriter for such series by Brown & Wood  LLP.
Material federal  income tax will  be passed upon  for each Trust  by Brown &
Wood LLP.

                                INDEX OF TERMS

Actuarial Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
Administration Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Administration Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8,42
Applicable Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
Base Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Benefit Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
Calculation Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Calculation Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30,31,33
CD Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
CD Rate Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
CD Rate Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Cedel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Cedel Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
Certificate Distribution Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Certificate Pool Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Chattel paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
Commercial Paper Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Commercial Paper Rate Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,2,3,22
Composite Quotations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Dealer Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Dealers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7,17
Definitive Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Definitive Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Definitive Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Depository  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
Depositaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
DTC's Nominee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Eligible Deposit Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Eligible Institution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
Eligible Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    40
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
Euroclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Euroclear Operator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Euroclear Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
FASIT Qualification Test  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
FASIT Securityholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Federal Funds Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Federal Funds Rate Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Federal Funds Rate Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Final Scheduled Maturity Date   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
Financed Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Financed Motor Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6,17
Financed Recreational Vehicles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6,17
Financed Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,7
Fixed Rate Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Floating Rate Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
foreign person  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
FTC Rule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
Funding Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
Grantor Trust Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
Grantor Trust Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
H.15(519) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Index Maturity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    29
Indirect Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Initial Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Initial Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Initial Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Insolvency Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
Interest Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
Interest Reset Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Interest Reset Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Investment Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
LIBOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR Reuters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
LIBOR Telerate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
London Banking Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Money Market Yield  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Motor Vehicle Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
New Partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
Nonbank Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
Note Distribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Note Pool Factor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Obligors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
old partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
OID Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
Ownership Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Pass-Through Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
Payahead Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Payaheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
Payment Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
Plan Assets Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
Pooling and Servicing Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
Pre-Funded Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
Pre-Funding Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,4
Preferred Mortgages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
Precomputed Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Precomputed Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
Prospectus Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Purchase Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,6
Receivables Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Receivables Purchase Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Recreational Vehicle Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Registration Statement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Regular Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
Reserve Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
Restricted Group  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
Reuters Screen LIBO Page  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Rules of 78's Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Sale and Servicing Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Schedule of Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 1286 Treasury Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,66
Securities Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Seller(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    19
Seller Affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Senior Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1,3
Servicer Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
Servicing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
Servicing Fee Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
Short-Term Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
Simple Interest Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
Simple Interest Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
Spread  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Spread Multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Strip Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
Strip Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
Subsequent Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,7
Subsequent Transfer Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
Telerate Page 3750  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Terms and Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Transfer and Servicing Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Transferor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Treasury bills  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
Treasury Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
Treasury Rate Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
Treasury Rate Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Trust Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
UCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9,39
Underwriting Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
U.S. Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65

                                                                      ANNEX I

        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

     Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Securities
(the  "Global  Securities")  will  be  available  only  in  book-entry  form.
Investors in  the Global Securities  may hold such Global  Securities through
any of  DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear.  The Global  Securities will be tradeable as
home  market instruments  in both  the  European and  U.S. domestic  markets.
Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

     Secondary  market trading  between investors  holding  Global Securities
through  CEDEL  and Euroclear  will  be  conducted  in the  ordinary  way  in
accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance
with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

     Secondary market  trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through  DTC  will  be  conducted  according  to  the  rules  and  procedures
applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

     Secondary  cross-market trading  between  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  and  DTC
Participants holding  Notes will  be effected  on a  delivery-against-payment
basis through  the respective  Depositaries of CEDEL  and Euroclear  (in such
capacity) and DTC Participants.

     Non-U.S.  holders (as  described  below) of  Global  Securities will  be
subject  to  U.S.   withholding  taxes  unless  such  holders   meet  certain
requirements and  deliver appropriate  U.S. tax  documents to the  securities
clearing organizations or their participants.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

     All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name
of  Cede &  Co.  as nominee  of  DTC.   Investors'  interests  in  the Global
Securities will be represented through financial institutions acting on their
behalf as direct  and indirect Participants in DTC.   As a result,  CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold  positions on behalf of their  participants through their
respective Depositaries, which  in turn will hold such  positions in accounts
as DTC Participants.

     Investors  electing to  hold their  Global Securities  through  DTC will
follow the settlement practices applicable  to prior debt issues.  Investors'
securities custody  accounts  will be  credited with  their holdings  against
payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

     Investors  electing to  hold their  Global Securities  through CEDEL  or
Euroclear  accounts will  follow  the  settlement  procedures  applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except  that  there  will  be  no temporary  global
security and no "lock-up"  or restricted period.   Global Securities will  be
credited to  the securities custody  accounts on the settlement  date against
payments in same-day funds.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

     Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the  time of the trade  where both the purchaser's  and seller's
accounts are  located to ensure  that settlement can  be made on  the desired
value date.

     TRADING BETWEEN DTC PARTICIPANTS.   Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants  will be settled  using the procedures  applicable to book-entry
securities in same-day funds.

     TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL  AND/OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS.   Secondary market
trading between CEDEL Participants or Euroclear  Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

     TRADING  BETWEEN DTC  SELLER AND  CEDEL  OR EUROCLEAR  PURCHASER.   When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant
to  the account  of  a  CEDEL Participant  or  a Euroclear  Participant,  the
purchaser  will send  instructions  to  CEDEL or  Euroclear  through a  CEDEL
Participant  or Euroclear  Participant at  least  one business  day prior  to
settlement.  CEDEL or Euroclear,  as applicable, will instruct its Depositary
to  receive  the  Global Securities  against  payment.  Payment will  include
interest  accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last coupon
payment date to and excluding the settlement date. Payment will then  be made
by such Depositary  to the DTC Participant's account against  delivery of the
Global  Securities.    After  settlement   has  been  completed,  the  Global
Securities will  be credited to  the applicable  clearing system  and by  the
clearing  system, in  accordance  with  its usual  procedures,  to the  CEDEL
Participant's  or Euroclear  Participant's account.    The Global  Securities
credit will appear the  next day (European time)  and the cash debit  will be
back-valued to, and  the interest on the Global Securities  will accrue from,
the value date  (which would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in
New York).  If settlement is not completed on the  intended value date (i.e.,
the trade fails), the CEDEL or Euroclear cash debit will be valued instead as
of the actual settlement date.

     CEDEL   Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  will  need  to  make
available to the  respective clearing systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day  funds  settlement.   The  most  direct  means  of doing  so  is  to
pre-position funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines
of  credit,  as  they would  for  any  settlement occurring  within  CEDEL or
Euroclear.  Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure to CEDEL or
Euroclear until the Global Securities are credited to  their accounts one day
later.

     As an  alternative, if CEDEL or Euroclear has  extended a line of credit
to  them, CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear Participants  can  elect not  to
pre-position funds  and allow that  credit line to  be drawn upon  to finance
settlement.     Under  this   procedure,  CEDEL  Participants   or  Euroclear
Participants purchasing Global  Securities would incur overdraft  charges for
one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global Securities  were
credited to their accounts.  However, interest on the Global Securities would
accrue from the value  date.  Therefore, in many cases  the investment income
on the Global Securities earned  during that one-day period may substantially
reduce or offset the amount  of such overdraft charges, although this  result
will depend on each CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular
cost of funds.

     Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can  employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities
to  the  respective Depositary  for  the  benefit  of CEDEL  Participants  or
Euroclear  Participants.   The sale  proceeds  will be  available to  the DTC
seller on the settlement date.   Thus, to the DTC Participant a  cross-market
transaction  will  settle  no  differently  than  a  trade  between  two  DTC
Participants.

     TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL  OR EUROCLEAR SELLER  AND DTC PURCHASER.   Due  to
time  zone differences  in  their  favor,  CEDEL Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants may  employ their customary procedures for transactions in which
Global Securities are  to be transferred by the  respective clearing systems,
through their respective Depositaries, to a DTC Participant.  The seller will
send  instructions to  CEDEL  or  Euroclear through  a  CEDEL Participant  or
Euroclear Participant  at least  one business day  prior to  settlement.   In
these cases, CEDEL  or Euroclear will instruct their respective Depositaries,
as appropriate, to deliver the bonds to the DTC Participant's account against
payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities from
and  including the last  coupon payment date to  and excluding the settlement
date.   The  payment will  then  be reflected  in the  account  of the  CEDEL
Participant or  Euroclear Participant the  following day, and receipt  of the
cash proceeds in the  CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would be  back-valued to the  value date (which  would be the  preceding day,
when  settlement  occurred in  New York).   Should  the CEDEL  Participant or
Euroclear Participant  have a line  of credit  with its  clearing system  and
elect to be in  debit in anticipation of receipt of the  sale proceeds in its
account,  the back-valuation will  extinguish any overdraft  charges incurred
over that one-day  period.  If  settlement is not  completed on the  intended
value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account would instead  be valued as
of  the  actual settlement  date.   Finally,  day traders  that use  CEDEL or
Euroclear  and that  purchase  Global Securities  from  DTC Participants  for
delivery to  CEDEL Participants  or Euroclear Participants  should note  that
these trades  would automatically  fail on the  sale side  unless affirmative
action were taken. At  least three techniques should be readily  available to
eliminate this potential problem:

          (a)  borrowing through  CEDEL or Euroclear  for one day  (until the
     purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their CEDEL  or Euroclear
     accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

          (b)  borrowing the  Global  Securities  in  the  U.S.  from  a  DTC
     Participant  no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give
     the Global Securities  sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or
     Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

          (c)  staggering  the value dates for the  buy and sell sides of the
     trade so  that the value date for the  purchase from the DTC Participant
     is at  least one day prior to  the value date for the  sale to the CEDEL
     Participant or Euroclear Participant.

          CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

     A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through CEDEL
or Euroclear  (or through DTC if the holder  has an address outside the U.S.)
will be  subject to the  30% U.S. withholding  tax that generally  applies to
payments of interest (including original  issue discount) on registered  debt
issued  by U.S.  Persons,  unless  (i) each clearing  system,  bank or  other
financial institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course
of  its  trade  or  business in  the  chain  of  intermediaries between  such
beneficial  owner and the U.S. entity required  to withhold tax complies with
applicable certification  requirements and  (ii) such beneficial  owner takes
one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

          EXEMPTION OF  NON-U.S. PERSONS  (FORM W-8).   Beneficial  owners of
     Notes  that  are  non-U.S.  Persons  generally  can  obtain  a  complete
     exemption  from  the  withholding  tax  by  filing  a  signed  Form  W-8
     (Certificate of Foreign Status).   If the information shown on  Form W-8
     changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within 30 days of such change.

          EXEMPTION  FOR NON-U.S.  PERSON WITH  EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED  INCOME
     (FORM 4224).   A  non-U.S. Person, including  a non-U.S.  corporation or
     bank with  a U.S. branch, for  which the interest income  is effectively
     connected with its conduct of a  trade or business in the United  States
     can obtain an  exemption from the  withholding tax by  filing Form  4224
     (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected  with
     the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States).

          EXEMPTION OR REDUCED RATE  FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS RESIDENT  IN TREATY
     COUNTRIES (FORM 1001).   Non-U.S. Persons that are  beneficial owners of
     Notes residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States
     can  obtain an  exemption or reduced  tax rate (depending  on the treaty
     terms)  by  filing  Form  1001 (Ownership,  Exemption  or  Reduced  Rate
     Certificate).    If  the  treaty  provides  only  for  a  reduced  rate,
     withholding  tax  will  be  imposed   at  that  rate  unless  the  filer
     alternatively files Form  W-8.  Form 1001 may be filed by the beneficial
     owner of Notes or such owner's agent.

          EXEMPTION FOR U.S.  PERSONS (FORM W-9).  U.S. Persons  can obtain a
     complete exemption from the withholding  tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's
     Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

          U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX REPORTING PROCEDURE.   The beneficial owner
     of  a Global  Security or, in  the case  of a Form  1001 or  a Form 4224
     filer, such owner's  agent, files by submitting the  appropriate form to
     the person through whom it  holds the security (the clearing agency,  in
     the  case  of persons  holding  directly on  the  books of  the clearing
     agency).  Form  W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
     and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

     The term "U.S. Person" means a citizen or resident of the United States,
     a  corporation or a  partnership organized in  or under the  laws of the
     United States  or any  political subdivision thereof  or an  estate, the
     income of  which from sources outside the United States is includible in
     gross  income  for  federal  income   tax  purposes  regardless  of  its
     connection with  the conduct of  a trade  or business within  the United
     States  or a  trust  if a  court  within the  United States  is  able to
     exercise primary supervision of the  administration of the trust and one
     or  more United  States fiduciaries  have the  authority to  control all
     substantial decisions of the trust.  

     This summary does not deal with  all aspects of U.S. federal income  tax
     withholding  that may  be  relevant  to foreign  holders  of the  Global
     Securities.  Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for
     specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global
     Securities.




                                                                  Exhibit 5.1



                        (Brown & Wood LLP Letterhead)

   
                                             March 20, 1998
    




Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc.
Seven World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048


     Re:  Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc.
          Registration Statement on Form S-3      
          ----------------------------------------


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel for Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the  "Registrant"), in connection with  the preparation
of the  registration statement  on Form  S-3  (the "Registration  Statement")
relating to  the Securities  (defined below) and  with the  authorization and
issuance from time to  time in one or more series  of asset-backed securities
to  be registered pursuant to the  Registration Statement (the "Securities").
As set forth in the Registration Statement, the Notes and/or the Certificates
will be issued from time to time in series, with each series  to be issued by
a trust (each, a  "Trust") to be formed by the Depositor  pursuant to a Trust
Agreement  (each, a  "Trust Agreement")  between the  Depositor and  an Owner
Trustee  or  a Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  among the  Depositor,  the
Servicer and the  Trustee (each a  "Pooling and Servicing Agreement").   With
respect to  each series, the Certificates will be  issued pursuant to a Trust
Agreement  or a  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  the Notes will  be issued
pursuant to an Indenture (each an  "Indenture") between the related Trust and
an  Indenture Trustee.  The Certificates and Notes  will be sold from time to
time  pursuant   to  certain  underwriting   Agreements  (the   "Underwriting
Agreements") between the Depositor and various Underwriters named therein.  

     We have examined and relied upon the Registration Statement and, in each
case as filed with the Registration Statement, the form of Sale and Servicing
Agreement  among  a Trust,  the  Depositor  and  the  Servicer, the  form  of
Indenture (including  the forms of  Notes included as exhibits  thereto), the
form of  Trust Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement  (including the
forms of Certificates included as an exhibit thereto and, with respect to the
Trust Agreement, the form of Certificate of Trust to be filed pursuant to the
Delaware  Business Trust  Act) and  the  form of  the Underwriting  Agreement
relating  to the  Notes and  the Certificates  (collectively, the  "Operative
Documents").  In addition, we have examined and considered executed originals
or  counterparts,  or  certified  or  other  copies  of  such   certificates,
instruments, documents  and other  corporate records  of  the Registrant  and
matters of fact and law as we  have deemed necessary for the purposes of  the
opinion expressed below.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have
the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Statement.

     In our  examination we have  assumed the genuineness of  all signatures,
the  authenticity  of  all  documents  submitted  to  us  as  originals,  the
conformity  to  original  documents  of  all documents  submitted  to  us  as
certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such
documents.  As to any facts  material to the opinions expressed herein  which
were  not  independently  established  or   verified,  we  have  relied  upon
statements and representations of  officers and other representatives  of the
Registrant and others.

   
     Based on and subject to the foregoing, we  are of the opinion that, with
respect  to the  Notes  and/or  Certificates  of any  series,  when  (i)  the
applicable Operative  Documents relating to  such series have each  been duly
completed, executed and delivered by the parties thereto substantially in the
form filed as  an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (ii) with respect to
each Trust formed pursuant to a Trust Agreement, the Certificate of Trust for
the related trust has been duly executed  by the Owner Trustee and filed with
the  Secretary of  State of the  State of  Delaware, (iii) such  Notes and/or
Certificates have been  duly executed by the related  Trust and authenticated
by the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee or  Trustee, as applicable,  and
sold by the Depositor, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
related Operative Documents  and in the manner described  in the Registration
Statement, such  Notes and/or Certificates  when sold will have  been legally
issued, fully paid and nonassessable and  such Notes when sold will be  valid
and  binding obligations of  the applicable Trust,  enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

     With  respect to  enforcement, the  above  opinion is  qualified to  the
extent that enforcement of the Notes may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency
or other laws  of general applicability relating to  or affecting enforcement
of creditors' rights or by general equity principles.
    

     We  hereby consent to  the filing  of this letter  as an exhibit  to the
Registration Statement  and to the references to  this firm under the heading
"Legal   Opinions"  in  the   prospectus  and  the   accompanying  prospectus
supplements forming a part  of the Registration Statement, without  admitting
that we  are "experts" within the  meaning of the  1933 Act or the  Rules and
Regulations of the Commission issued thereunder, with  respect to any part of
the Registration Statement, including this exhibit.  


                                   Very truly yours,


                                   Brown & Wood LLP






                                                                  Exhibit 8.1

                        (Brown & Wood LLP Letterhead)




   
                                                               March 20, 1998
    



Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc.
Seven World Trade Center
New York, New York  10048

          Re:  Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc.
               Registration Statement on Form S-3      
               ----------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

   
     We have acted as special federal tax counsel to the trusts referred to
below in connection with the filing by Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Registrant"), of a Registration Statement
on Form S-3 (such registration statement, together with the exhibits and any
amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement") with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act") for the registration under the Act of asset backed notes
(the "Notes") and asset backed certificates (the "Certificates") to be
registered pursuant to the Registration Statement and issued from time to
time in one or more series.  As described in the Registration Statement, the
Notes and/or the Certificates will be issued from time to time in series,
with each series being issued by a trust (each, a "Trust") to be formed by
the Depositor pursuant to a Trust Agreement (each, a "Trust Agreement")
between the Depositor and an Owner Trustee, or a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement (each, a "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") among the Depositor,
the Servicer and the Trustee.  Each series may include one or more classes of
Notes, which will be issued pursuant to an Indenture between the related
Trust and an indenture trustee.  Each series may also include one or more
classes of Certificates, which will be issued pursuant to a Trust Agreement
or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     We have advised the Registrant with respect to the material federal
income tax consequences to investors in the Notes or Certificates.  Our
opinion is set forth in the description under the headings "Summary of Terms
- -- Tax Status" and "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplements, all a part of the Registration
Statement.  Such opinion discusses the material federal income tax
consequences to investors in the Notes or Certificates, but does not purport
to discuss all possible federal income tax ramifications of the issuance, and
with respect to the material federal consequences discussed, in our opinion,
the description is accurate in all material respects.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to a reference to this firm (as special federal
tax counsel to the Trust) under the heading "Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplements forming a part
of the Registration Statement, without admitting that we are "experts" within
the meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued
thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including
this exhibit.
    


                                   Very truly yours,


                                   Brown & Wood LLP





                                   PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.*

     Expenses  in connection  with  the  offering  of  the  Securities  being
registered herein are estimated as follows:

   
     SEC registration fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 73,750
     Legal fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     100,000
     Accounting fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      35,000
     Blue sky fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      10,000
     Rating agency fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   160,000
     Trustee's fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      20,000
     Indenture Trustee's fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .      55,000
     Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      25,000
     Miscellaneous  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       6,250
                                                                      -------
          Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 485,000
___________________
*    All amounts  except the SEC  Registration Fee are estimates  of expenses
     incurred  or  to  be  incurred  in  connection  with  the  issuance  and
     distribution of a Series of  Securities in an aggregate principal amount
     assumed for  these purposes  to be equal  to $250,000,000  of Securities
     registered hereby.
    


ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Salomon  Brothers   Vehicle  Securities  Inc.  (the   "Registrant")  has
undertaken in its articles of incorporation and by-laws to indemnify,  to the
maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as from time
to time amended,  any currently acting or former  director, officer, employee
and  agent of  the Registrant  against any  and all  liabilities incurred  in
connection with their services in such capacities.  

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS. 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>
** 1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement for Owner Trusts
** 1.2   Form of Underwriting Agreement for Grantor Trusts
** 3.1   Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
** 3.2   Bylaws of the Registrant
** 4.1   Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)
** 4.2   Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement (including form of Certificates)
** 4.3   Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)
* 5.1    Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to legality
* 8.1    Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to certain tax matters
**10.1   Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement
**10.2   Form of Administration Agreement
**10.3   Form of Receivables Purchase Agreement
*23.1    Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
*23.2    Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
**24.1   Power of Attorney (included on Page II-4)
*25.1    Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Indenture Trustee

</TABLE>
___________________
  *         Filed herewith.
 **         Previously filed.
    


ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) As to Rule 415:

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

          (i)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;

          (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective  date of the  registration statement (or the  most recent post-
effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,
represent  a  fundamental  change  in   the  information  set  forth  in  the
registration  statement.    Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  any  increase or
decrease  in volume  of  securities offered  (if the  total  dollar value  of
securities  offered would  not  exceed  that which  was  registered) and  any
deviation from the  low or high end  of the estimated maximum  offering range
may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant
to  Rule  424(b)  if, in  the  aggregate,  the changes  in  volume  and price
represent no  more than 20 percent  change in the maximum  aggregate offering
price  set  forth in  the  "Calculation  of Registration  Fee"  table  in the
effective registration statement;

          (iii) To include any material  information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement;

     (2)  That,  for  the  purpose of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to
be a new  registration statement relating to the  securities offered therein,
and the  offering of such securities at  that time shall be deemed  to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3)  To remove from registration by  means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination
of the offering.

(b)  As to documents subsequently filed that are incorporated by reference:

     The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby undertakes  that,  for  purposes of
determining any liability  under the Securities Act  of 1933, each  filing of
the Registrant's  annual report  pursuant to  Section 13(a)  or 15(d)  of the
Securities Exchange Act  of 1934 (and,  where applicable,  each filing of  an
employee  benefit plan's  annual  report  pursuant to  Section  15(d) of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of  1934) that is  incorporated by reference  in the
registration statement  shall be  deemed to be  a new  registration statement
relating  to  the  securities  offered  therein, and  the  offering  of  such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide  offering
thereof.

(c)  As to indemnification:

     Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may  be permitted to directors, officers and  controlling persons
of the  Registrant pursuant  to the foregoing  provisions, or  otherwise, the
Registrant  has  been  advised that  in  the opinion  of  the  Securities and
Exchange   Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.   In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
the Registrant  of  expenses incurred  or  paid  by a  director,  officer  or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit  or proceeding)  is asserted  by such  director, officer  or controlling
person in  connection with  the securities  being registered, the  Registrant
will, unless  in the opinion  of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by
controlling precedent,  submit  to a  court of  appropriate jurisdiction  the
question  whether such  indemnification by  it  is against  public policy  as
expressed in  the Act and will be governed by  the final adjudication of such
issue.

(d)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1)  For purposes of  determining any liability under the Securities Act
of  1933, as  amended, the  information omitted from  the form  of prospectus
filed as  part of this Registration Statement in  reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a  form of prospectus filed  by the Registrant pursuant  to Rule
424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under  the Act shall be deemed to be  part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2)  For  the purpose of determining any  liability under the Securities
Act  of 1933, as amended, each post-effective  amendment that contains a form
of prospectus shall be deemed to be  a new Registration Statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and  the offering of such securities at  that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(e)  As to qualification of trust indentures:

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to  file an application for
the  purpose of  determining  the eligibility  of  the trustee  to act  under
subsection (a)  of Section 310 of the Trust  Indenture Act in accordance with
the  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the  Commission  under  Section
305(b)(2) of the Act.

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the Registrant certifies that it has  reasonable grounds to believe (i)  that
it meets  all of the  requirements for filing on  Form S-3 and (ii)  that the
security  rating  requirement  will  be  met  by  the  time  of  sale  of the
securities, and  has duly caused  this Amendment  No. 2  to the  Registration
Statement  to be  signed on  its  behalf by  the undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized, in the  City of  New York, the  State of  New York, on  March 20,
1998.
    

                              SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC. 


                              By:               *              
                                      --------------------------
                                  Name:  Jeffrey A. Perlowitz
                                  Title:  President


     Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Form S-3 Registration Statement  has been signed below by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            
         Signature                                 Title                              Date
<S>                             <C>                                            <C>

            *                   President and Director                         March 20, 1998
Jeffrey A. Perlowitz            (Principal Executive Officer)
            *                   Treasurer                                      March 20, 1998
David C. Fisher                 (Principal Financial Officer and Principal
                                Accounting Officer)
            *                   Vice President and Director                    March 20, 1998
Thomas G. Maheras


            *                   Vice President and Director                    March 20, 1998
Mark I. Tsesarsky


*by /s/ Ted Yarbrough       

Attorney-in-Fact


</TABLE>
    


                                                  Registration No. 333-41949



                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C.  20549

   

                            _____________________
                               Amendment No. 2
                                      to
                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

    

                            _____________________


                   SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
     (Exact name of registrant as specified in its governing instrument)

                            _____________________


                                EXHIBIT VOLUME




                                EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit                  Description
- ------                   -----------

   
** 1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement for Owner Trusts
** 1.2   Form of Underwriting Agreement for Grantor Trusts
** 3.1   Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
** 3.2   Bylaws of the Registrant
** 4.1   Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)
** 4.2   Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement (including form of
            Certificates)
** 4.3   Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)
* 5.1    Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to legality
* 8.1    Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to certain tax matters
**10.1   Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement
**10.2   Form of Administration Agreement
**10.3   Form of Receivables Purchase Agreement
*23.1    Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
*23.2    Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
**24.1   Power of Attorney (included on Page II-4)
*25.1    Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Indenture Trustee

___________________
  *           Filed herewith.
 **           Previously filed.
    




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission